You are on page 1of 370

I.

ABOUT THIS MANUAL


This manual is divided into five parts containing the information required for
servicing the W7200/W7250 printer.

Part 1: Safety and Precautions


This part contains information on how to service the unit safety. It is very
important, and must be read.

Part 2: Product Specifications


This part outlines the product and its specifications.

Part 3: Operating Instructions


This part explains how to operate the unit properly, how it is installed, and how
to use the service mode.

Part 4: Technical Reference


This part outlines the unit operation giving a technically.

Part 5: Maintenance
This part explains maintenance of the unit. It includes details of disassembly /
assembly, adjustments required when assembling, troubleshooting procedures, and
wiring / circuit diagrams, etc.

This manual does not contain complete information required for


REF. disassembling and assembling the printer. Please also refer to the
separate Parts Catalog.

I
II. TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS


1- 1 1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1- 1 1.1 Moving Parts
1- 2 1.2 Ink
1- 2 1.2.1 Ink passages
1- 3 1.2.2 Ink mist
1- 4 1.3 Electrical Parts
1- 5 1.4 Size and Weight of the Printer
1- 6 2. OTHER PRECAUTIONS
1- 6 2.1 Printhead
1- 6 2.1.1 How to handle the printhead
1- 7 2.1.2 Capping
1- 7 2.1.3 When the printer is not used for a long time
1- 7 2.1.4 Conductivity of ink
1- 8 2.2 Ink Tank
1- 8 2.2.1 Opening the ink tank
1- 8 2.2.2 Handling the ink tank
1- 9 2.3 Handling the Printer
1- 9 2.3.1 Precautions against static electricity
1 -10 2.3.2 Fixing the carriage
1 -11 2.3.3 Replacing the waste ink absorber
1 -11 2.3.4 Refilling the ink
1 -12 3. PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING THE PRINTER
1 -12 3.1 Stored Data
1 -13 3.2 Firmware Confirmation
1 -13 3.3 Precautions Against Static Electricity
1 -13 3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Assembly
1 -13 3.5 Self-Diagnostic Feature
1 -13 3.6 Disposing of Waste Ink
1 -13 3.7 Disposing of Lithium Battery

Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS


2- 1 1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
2- 1 1.1 Product Overview
2- 2 1.2 Features
2- 3 1.3 Printhead
2- 3 1.4 Ink Tank
2- 4 1.5 Roll Holder
2- 5 1.6 Consumables
2- 5 1.6.1 Printhead
2- 5 1.6.2 Ink tank
2- 6 2. SPECIFICATIONS
2- 6 2.1 General Specifications
2 -10 2.2 Interface Specifications
2 -10 2.2.1 Network
2 -11 2.2.2 USB (Universal Serial Bus)
2 -12 2.2.3 IEEE1394 (optional in W7250)
2 -13 2.3 Printer Driver Types

Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS


3- 1 1. NAMES AND FUNCTIONS OF COMPONENTS
3- 1 1.1 Names and Functions of Components
3- 1 1.1.1 Front
II
Page
3- 2 1.1.2 Rear
3- 2 1.1.3 Carriage unit
3- 3 1.1.4 Internal part
3- 4 1.1.5 Roll media tray unit
3- 5 2. PRINTER SETUP
3- 5 2.1 Installation
3- 6 2.1.1 Installation environment
3- 7 2.1.2 Unpacking
3 -10 2.1.3 Assembling the stand (optional for W7250)
3 -11 2.1.4 Installing the printer
3 -13 2.1.5 Removing packing materials
3 -14 2.1.6 Removing the belt stopper
3 -15 2.1.7 Connecting the power supply
3 -16 2.1.8 Installing the printhead
3 -17 2.1.9 Installing the ink tanks
3 -18 2.1.10 Language setting
3 -19 2.1.11 Loading paper
3 -19 2.1.12 Checking and adjusting the print status
3 -20 2.1.13 Connecting the interface cable
3 -21 3. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER
3 -21 3.1 Transporting the Printer
3 -22 3.1.1 Moving the printer on the same floor
3 -23 3.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor
3 -25 3.1.3 Manual capping
3 -26 3.2 Reinstalling the Printer
3 -26 3.2.1 Installing the printer on the same floor
3 -26 3.2.2 Installing the printer on a different floor
3 -27 4. OPERATION
3 -27 4.1 User Replacements
3 -27 4.1.1 Replacing print media
3 -27 4.1.2 When to replace roll media
3 -28 4.1.3 How to replace roll media
3 -31 4.1.4 Loading the cut sheets
3 -32 4.1.5 Replacing the printhead
3 -34 4.1.6 Replacing the ink tank
3 -36 4.2 Operation Panel
3 -38 4.3 Change of Printer Status
3 -39 4.4 Main Menu
3 -39 4.4.1 Main Menu operations
3 -40 4.4.2 Map of the main menu
3 -43 4.4.3 Contents of main menu
3 -50 5. PRINTER SERVICING FUNCTIONS
3 -50 5.1 Service Mode
3 -50 5.1.1 Service mode operation
3 -51 5.1.2 Map of the service mode
3 -54 5.1.3 Details of service mode
3 -63 5.2 Error Indicators
3 -64 5.2.1 Overview of warning and error codes
3 -65 5.2.2 Warning and error codes
3 -68 5.2.3 Description of warning and error codes
3 -74 6. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE
3 -74 6.1 Overview of Service Software
3 -74 6.1.1 Firmware version update software
3 -74 6.1.2 Service information access software

III
Page
3 -74 6.2 Firmware Version Update Software
3 -75 6.2.1 Upgrade procedure
3 -76 6.3 Service Information Access Software
3 -79 6.3.1 Service information access procedure

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE


4- 1 1. OVERVIEW
4- 1 1.1 Printer Block Diagram
4- 2 1.2 Print Signal Sequence
4- 5 1.3 Print Driving
4- 5 1.3.1 Print drive control
4- 6 1.3.2 Print drive timing
4- 7 2. FIRMWARE
4- 7 2.1 Power On/Off
4- 7 2.1.1 Power On
4- 8 2.2 Power Off
4- 8 2.2.1 Power Off sequence
4- 9 2.3 Print Control
4- 9 2.3.1 Print mode
4 -11 2.4 Print Position Adjustment
4 -11 2.4.1 Print position adjustment
4 -11 2.5 Overheating Protection Control of Printhead
4 -12 2.6 Pause between Pages
4 -12 2.7 White Raster Skip
4 -12 2.8 Sleep Mode
4 -13 3. PRINTER MECHANICAL SYSTEM
4 -14 3.1 Ink Passage
4 -14 3.1.1 Overview of the ink passage
4 -16 3.2 Ink Tank Unit
4 -16 3.2.1 Structure of ink tank unit
4 -18 3.3 Carriage Unit
4 -18 3.3.1 Carriage functions
4 -19 3.3.2 Structure of carriage
4 -22 3.4 Printhead
4 -22 3.4.1 Structure of printhead
4 -26 3.5 Purge Unit
4 -26 3.5.1 Functions of purge unit
4 -28 3.5.2 Structure of purge unit
4 -31 3.6 Waste Ink Absorber
4 -31 3.6.1 Structure of waste ink absorber
4 -32 3.7 Air Flow
4 -32 3.7.1 Air flow
4 -33 3.8 Paper Path
4 -33 3.8.1 Overview of paper path
4 -37 3.9 Structure of Paper Path
4 -37 3.9.1 Structure of roll media tray
4 -38 3.9.2 Structure of feed rollers
4 -40 4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
4 -40 4.1 Overview
4 -42 4.2 System Controller
4 -42 4.2.1 System controller components
4 -45 4.3 Engine Controller
4 -45 4.3.1 Engine controller components
4 -49 4.4 Carriage Relay PCB
4 -49 4.4.1 Carriage relay PCB components

IV
Page
4 -50 4.5 Head Relay PCB
4 -50 4.5.1 Head relay PCB components
4 -51 4.6 Motor Driver
4 -51 4.6.1 Motor driver components
4 -52 4.7 Power Supply
4 -52 4.7.1 Power supply block diagram
4 -54 5. DETECTION FUNCTIONS
4 -54 5.1 Detection Functions Based on Sensors
4 -54 5.1.1 Sensors for covers/roll media trays
4 -56 5.1.2 Ink passage system
4 -58 5.1.3 Carriage system
4 -60 5.1.4 Paper path system

manuals4you.com
Part 5: MAINTENANCE
5- 1 1. MAINTENANCE
5- 1 1.1 List of Regular Replacement Parts
5- 1 1.2 List of Consumables
5- 1 1.3 List of Regular Maintenance
5- 2 2. SERVICE TOOLS
5- 2 2.1 List of Tools
5- 3 2.2 Using the Cover Switch Tool
5- 4 3. APPLYING THE GREASE
5- 6 4. SERVICE PARTS
5- 6 4.1 Service Parts
5- 6 4.1.1 Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over.
5- 7 5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
5- 7 5.1 Disassembly/Reassembly
5- 8 5.1.1 Disassembly/assembly flowcharts for major parts
5 -10 5.2 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly
5 -10 5.2.1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly
5 -11 5.2.2 Manual carriage movement
5 -12 5.2.3 Units required for draining the ink
5 -13 5.2.4 Outer covers
5 -16 5.2.5 Driving unit
5 -17 5.2.6 Ink tube unit
5 -21 5.2.7 Carriage unit
5 -27 5.2.8 Feeder unit
5 -28 5.2.9 Purge unit
5 -29 5.2.10 Ink tank unit
5 -31 5.2.11 Waste ink absorber
5 -32 5.2.12 Boards
5 -33 5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper Unit
5 -33 5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins
5 -34 5.3.2 Opening and closing the ink supply valve
5 -35 5.3.3 Moving the wiper unit
5 -35 5.4 Draining the Ink
5 -35 5.4.1 Automatic ink drainage
5 -35 5.4.2 Manual ink drainage
5 -39 6. ADJUSTMENT AND SETUP
5 -39 6.1 Adjustment and Setup Items
5 -39 6.1.1 System controller DIP switch settings
5 -39 6.1.2 Engine controller short connector settings
5 -39 6.1.3 Adjustment of head holder tilt lever

V
Page
5 -40 6.2 Adjustment and Setup Procedures
5 -40 6.2.1 System controller DIP switch settings
5 -41 6.2.2 Engine controller short connector settings
5 -42 6.2.3 Adjustment of the head holder tilt lever
5 -44 7 TROUBLESHOOTING
5 -44 7.1 Outline of Troubleshooting
5 -44 7.1.1 Outline
5 -44 7.1.2 Notice for Troubleshooting
5 -45 7.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur
5 -45 7.2.1 x Ink Check (the ink color is indicated by x)
(W01000, W01001, W01002, W01003, W01004, W01005)
5 -45 7.2.2 W-Ink Full Soon
(W01006)
5 -46 7.2.3 Memory Overflow
(W0100C)
5 -46 7.2.4 Feed Limit
(W0100F)
5 -46 7.2.5 Incorrect Media
(W01021)
5 -47 7.2.6 W01030/W01031/W01032/W01033/W01034/W01035/W01036/
W01037/W01038/W01039
5 -48 7.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur
5 -48 7.3.1 E02000
Roll media end sensor error
5 -48 7.3.2 E02005/E0200D/E02016
Feed sensor error
5 -49 7.3.3 E0200A/E0200B/E0200C/E0200E/E0200F/E02010/E02015/
E02017/E02018
Media sensor error
5 -50 7.3.4 E02011
Roll media tray set sensor error
5 -50 7.3.5 E02400/E02401/E02402/E02403
Path mismatch error
5 -51 7.3.6 E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Ink empty error
5 -51 7.3.7 E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
Ink tank uninstalled error (during ink tank replacement)
5 -52 7.3.8 E02800/E02801/E02802/E02803/E02811
Printhead error
5 -52 7.3.9 E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809/E0280A/
E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Ink tank error
5 -53 7.3.10 E02812/E02A00/E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
Engine controller internal error
5 -53 7.3.11 E02B01
Tray sensor error
5 -54 7.3.12 E02B04
Upper cover sensor error
5 -54 7.3.13 E02B05
Right cover sensor error
5 -55 7.3.14 E02B06
Carriage cover sensor error
5 -55 7.3.15 E02D00/E02D01
Sensor error in purge unit

VI
Page
5 -56 7.3.16 E02D02
Carriage homeposition error
5 -57 7.3.17 E02D03
Feed motor error
5 -57 7.3.18 E02D04
Roll media feed motor error
5 -58 7.3.19 E02D05
Air flow fan error
5 -58 7.3.20 E02E01/E02E05
Carriage motor error
5 -59 7.3.21 E02E02
Roll media set sensor error
5 -60 7.3.22 E02E03
Pinch roller up/down sensor error
5 -61 7.3.23 E02E04
Roll feed sensor error
5 -61 7.3.24 E02E10
IEEE1394 error
5 -62 7.3.25 E02F00
System controller internal error
5 -63 7.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur
5 -63 7.4.1 Printhead error!
(E04000)
5 -63 7.4.2 Waste ink full!
(E04001)
5 -64 7.4.3 Scale read error!
(E04002)
5 -65 7.5 Troubleshooting for Other Problems Indicated on the Display
5 -65 7.5.1 Incorrect Value: Check Value
5 -65 7.5.2 Offline: Load Roll Media
5 -66 7.5.3 Offline: Load Cut Sheet
Offline: Remove Cut Sheet
5 -66 7.5.4 Offline: Open Upper Cover
5 -67 7.5.5 Offline: Open Tray
5 -67 7.5.6 Off line: Open Roll Tray
5 -68 7.5.7 Printer Setup: Install Phead
5 -68 7.5.8 Printer Setup: Ins. Ink Tank OK
5 -69 7.6 Troubleshooting for Problems Not Indicated on the Display
5 -69 7.6.1 Printer does not turn on
5 -69 7.6.2 Network is not connected
5 -70 7.6.3 Right cover does not open
5 -71 7.6.4 Printing problems (ink is full)
5 -72 7.6.5 Printing problems (ink is not full)
5 -72 7.6.6 Other printing problems
5 -74 8. CONNECTOR POSITIONS AND PIN ARRANGEMENT
5 -74 8.1 System Controller
5 -79 8.2 Engin Controller
5 -88 8.3 Carriage Relay PCB
5 -93 8.4 Head Relay PCB
5 -97 8.5 Motor Driver PCB
5 -100 8.6 Power Supply

VII
Page
5 -102 9. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5 -104 9.1 General Circuit Diagram
5 -108 9.2 System Controller
5 -123 9.3 Engine Controller
5 -136 9.4 Carriage Relay PCB
5 -145 9.5 Head Relay PCB
5 -148 9.6 Motor Driver
5 -151 9.7 Power Supply

VIII
III. ILLUSTRATION INDEX

Page Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS


1- 1 Figure 1- 1 Moving Parts of the Printer
1- 2 Figure 1- 2 Ink Passages
1- 3 Figure 1- 3 Ink Mist
1- 4 Figure 1- 4 Electrical Parts
1- 6 Figure 1- 5 Printhead
1- 8 Figure 1- 6 Installing the Ink tank
1- 9 Figure 1- 7 Precautions Against Static Electricity
1 -10 Figure 1- 8 Capping Position

Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS


2- 1 Figure 2- 1 External View of Printer
2- 3 Figure 2- 2 Printhead
2- 3 Figure 2- 3 Ink Tank
2- 4 Figure 2- 4 Roll holder
2- 5 Figure 2- 5 Printhead
2- 5 Figure 2- 6 Ink Tank

Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS


3- 1 Figure 3- 1 Front View of the Printer
3- 2 Figure 3- 2 Rear View of the Printer
3- 2 Figure 3- 3 Carriage Unit
3- 3 Figure 3- 4 Internal Parts of the Printer
3- 4 Figure 3- 5 Roll Media Tray Unit
3- 5 Figure 3- 6 Required Space when Removing from Box
3- 6 Figure 3- 7 Space Required for Installation
3- 7 Figure 3- 8 Unpacking the Printer (1/2)
3- 8 Figure 3- 9 Handles the Printer (2/2)
3- 9 Figure 3- 10 Unpacking the Stand
3 -10 Figure 3- 11 Assembling the Stand
3 -11 Figure 3- 12 Installing the Printer
3 -12 Figure 3- 13 Installing the Printer (Desktop 1/2)
3 -12 Figure 3- 14 Installing the Printer (Desktop 2/2)
3 -13 Figure 3- 15 Removing Packing Materials
3 -14 Figure 3- 16 Removing and Storing the Belt Stopper
3 -15 Figure 3- 17 Connenting the Power Supply
3 -16 Figure 3- 18 Installing Printhead
3 -17 Figure 3- 19 Installing an Ink Tank
3 -17 Figure 3- 20 Installing Order of Ink Tanks
3 -18 Figure 3- 21 Specifying Language
3 -20 Figure 3- 22 Connecting the Interface Cable
3 -25 Figure 3- 23 Position of the Carriage During Manual Capping
3 -27 Figure 3- 24 Remaining Roll Media Window
3 -28 Figure 3- 25 Loading the Roll Media (1/5)
3 -28 Figure 3- 26 Loading the Roll Media (2/5)
3 -29 Figure 3- 27 Loading the Roll Media (3/5)
3 -29 Figure 3- 28 Loading the Roll Media (4/5)
3 -30 Figure 3- 29 Loading the Roll Media (5/5)
3 -30 Figure 3- 30 Cutting the Roll Media
3 -31 Figure 3- 31 Loading the Cut Sheet Media
3 -32 Figure 3- 32 Replacing the Printhead (1/2)
3 -33 Figure 3- 33 Replacing the Printhead (2/2)

IX

manuals4you.com
Page
3 -34 Figure 3- 34 Replacing the Ink Tank (1/2)
3 -35 Figure 3- 35 Replacing the Ink Tank (2/2)
3 -36 Figure 3- 36 Operation Panel
3 -38 Figure 3- 37 Change of Printer States
3 -38 Figure 3- 38 Correlation Diagram for Each Mode
3 -40 Figure 3- 39 Map of the Main Menu (1/3)
3 -41 Figure 3- 40 Map of the Main Menu (2/3)
3 -42 Figure 3- 41 Map of the Main Menu (3/3)
3 -45 Figure 3- 42 Pattern A (Image)
3 -46 Figure 3- 43 Pattern B (Image)
3 -48 Figure 3- 44 Status Print (Image)
3 -49 Figure 3- 45 Nozzle Check Pattern (Image)
3 -49 Figure 3- 46 Viewing the Software Version
3 -51 Figure 3- 47 Map of the Service Mode (1/3)
3 -52 Figure 3- 48 Map of the Service Mode(2/3)
3 -53 Figure 3- 49 Map of the Service Mode(3/3)
3 -54 Figure 3- 50 PRINT-INF (Image)
3 -55 Figure 3- 51 WARNING
3 -55 Figure 3- 52 ERROR
3 -56 Figure 3- 53 P-SETTING
3 -57 Figure 3- 54 I/O DISPLAY
3 -58 Figure 3- 55 NOZZLE (Image)
3 -59 Figure 3- 56 SCALE (Image)
3 -75 Figure 3- 57 Message Displayed when Updating the Firmware Version
3 -76 Figure 3- 58 ssw (Image)
3 -77 Figure 3- 59 ssw_head (Image)
3 -78 Figure 3- 60 ssw_ink (Image)
3 -79 Figure 3- 61 Service Information Access Software (Startup 1)
3 -79 Figure 3- 62 Service Information Access Software (Startup 2)
3 -80 Figure 3- 63 Service Information Access Software (Setup 1)
3 -80 Figure 3- 64 Service Information Access Software (Setup 2)
3 -81 Figure 3- 65 Service Information Access Software (Code Input)
3 -81 Figure 3- 66 Service Information Access Software (Access Information Image)

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE


4- 1 Figure 4- 1 Printer Block Diagram
4- 2 Figure 4- 2 Print Signal Sequence
4- 5 Figure 4- 3 Conceptual Diagram of Nozzle Blocks
4- 6 Figure 4- 4 Example of Print Drive Timing (Nozzle Array Bk in Forward Printing)
4- 7 Figure 4- 5 Flow chart after Power On
4- 8 Figure 4- 6 Power Off Flow chart
4 -13 Figure 4- 7 Printer Mechanical System
4 -14 Figure 4- 8 Schematic Diagram of the Ink Passage (for One Color)
4 -16 Figure 4- 9 Ink Tank
4 -17 Figure 4- 10 Ink Supply Valve
4 -19 Figure 4- 11 Carriage Unit (1)
4 -20 Figure 4- 12 Carriage Unit (2)
4 -22 Figure 4- 13 Nozzle Configuration
4 -23 Figure 4- 14 Nozzle Structure
4 -24 Figure 4- 15 Signal Contact Points
4 -27 Figure 4- 16 Purge Unit
4 -28 Figure 4- 17 Caps
4 -29 Figure 4- 18 Wiping Operation (Image)
4 -30 Figure 4- 19 Pumps
4 -31 Figure 4- 20 Waste Ink absorber

X
Page
4 -32 Figure 4- 21 Air Flow
4 -33 Figure 4- 22 Paper Path
4 -34 Figure 4- 23 Roll Media feed Sequence
4 -35 Figure 4- 24 Cut Sheet feed Sequence
4 -37 Figure 4- 25 Roll Media Tray
4 -38 Figure 4- 26 Manual Feed Tray/Paper Feed Unit
4 -41 Figure 4- 27 Printer Electrical Section
4 -42 Figure 4- 28 System Controller
4 -45 Figure 4- 29 Engine Controller
4 -49 Figure 4- 30 Carriage Relay PCB
4 -50 Figure 4- 31 Head Relay PCB
4 -51 Figure 4- 32 Motor Driver
4 -52 Figure 4- 33 Power Supply Block Diagram
4 -54 Figure 4- 34 Layout of Sensors for Covers/Roll Media Trays
4 -56 Figure 4- 35 Layout of Sensors for Ink Passage System
4 -57 Figure 4- 36 Cap Sensor Flag
4 -57 Figure 4- 37 Pump Sensor Flag
4 -58 Figure 4- 38 Layout of Sensors for Carriage System
4 -59 Figure 4- 39 Media Sensor (Image)
4 -40 Figure 4- 40 Layout paperpath sensor

Part 5: MAINTENANCE
5- 3 Figure 5- 1 Using the Cover Switch Tool
5- 4 Figure 5- 2 Apply the grease of upper cover
5- 4 Figure 5- 3 Applying the grase of carriage
5- 5 Figure 5- 4 Applying the grease of pinch roller unit
5- 5 Figure 5- 5 Applying the grease of feed roller
5- 6 Figure 5- 6 "Right side up" Sign
5- 8 Figure 5- 7 Disassembly/Assembly Flowcharts for Major Parts
5 -10 Figure 5- 8 Units Needing to be Drained of Ink When the Printer is Disassembled
5 -11 Figure 5- 9 Manual Carriage Movement
5 -12 Figure 5- 10 ????
5 -13 Figure 5- 11 Opening the Right Cover
5 -13 Figure 5- 12 Rear Right Cover and Rear Left Cover
5 -14 Figure 5- 13 Upper Rear Cover
5 -14 Figure 5- 14 Upper Cover
5 -15 Figure 5- 15 Paper Release Lever
5 -16 Figure 5- 16 Drive Belt (for driving the feed roller)
5 -16 Figure 5- 17 Fan Support
5 -17 Figure 5- 18 Joints
5 -18 Figure 5- 19 Prevention of ink leaks
5 -19 Figure 5- 20 Cable Mount
5 -19 Figure 5- 21 Ink Tube Unit
5 -20 Figure 5- 22 Joints of Ink Tube (W7200)
5 -21 Figure 5- 23 Prevention of ink leaks
5 -22 Figure 5- 24 Ink Tube Unit
5 -22 Figure 5- 25 Carriage Unit
5 -23 Figure 5- 26 Belt Stopper
5 -24 Figure 5- 27 Prevention of ink leaks
5 -25 Figure 5- 28 Lock Pin of Head Holder
5 -25 Figure 5- 29 Removing the Head Holder
5 -26 Figure 5- 30 Checking the Printhead Height Adjustment Lever
5 -27 Figure 5- 31 Paper Guide B
5 -27 Figure 5- 32 Removing the Right Platen
5 -28 Figure 5- 33 Removing the Purge Unit

XI
Page
5 -29 Figure 5- 34 Opening the Ink Tank Unit
5 -29 Figure 5- 35 Joints
5 -30 Figure 5- 36 Purge Lever
5 -30 Figure 5- 37 Checking the Ink Supply Valve
5 -31 Figure 5- 38 Waste Ink Absorber
5 -33 Figure 5- 39 Opening the Caps and Releasing the Carriage Lock Pins
5 -34 Figure 5- 40 Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve
5 -36 Figure 5- 41 Overview of Manual Ink Drainage (single color)
5 -38 Figure 5- 42 Top View of Ink Tank Unit
5 -38 Figure 5- 43 Manual Ink Drainage
5 -40 Figure 5- 44 System Controller DIP Switch Settings
5 -41 Figure 5- 45 Engine Controller Short Connector Settings
5 -42 Figure 5- 46 Adjusting the Head Holder Tilt Lever
5 -74 Figure 5- 47 System Controller
5 -79 Figure 5- 48 Engin Controller
5 -88 Figure 5- 49 Carriage Relay PCB
5 -93 Figure 5- 50 Head Relay PCB
5 -97 Figure 5- 51 Motor Driver PCB
5 -100 Figure 5- 52 Power Supply

XII
I V. TABLE IND53EX

Page Part 1: SAFTEY PRECAUTIONS


1- 5 Table 1- 1 TYPICAL HEAVY SERVICE PARTS

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE


4 -10 Table 4- 1 PRINT MODES
4 -24 Table 4- 2 SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF THE SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS

XIII
This page is intentionaly left blank

XIV
Part 1
SAFETY AND
PRECAUTIONS

Page
1- 1 1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1- 1 1.1 Moving Parts
1- 2 1.2 Ink
1- 4 1.3 Electrical Parts
1- 5 1.4 Size and Weight of the Printer
1- 6 2. OTHER PRECAUTIONS
1- 6 2.1 Printhead
1- 8 2.2 Ink tank
1- 9 2.3 Handling the Printer
1 -12 3. PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING THE PRINTER
1 -12 3.1 Stored Data
1 -13 3.2 Firmware Confirmation
1 -13 3.3 Precautions Against Static Electricity
1 -13 3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Assembly
1 -13 3.5 Self-Diagnostic Feature
1 -13 3.6 Disposing of Waste Ink
1 -13 3.7 Disposing of Lithium Battery
W7200 / W7250 Part 1: Safety and Precautions

1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1.1 Moving Parts
Be careful not to get your hair, clothes, or accessories caught in the moving parts of the
printer.
These include the carriage and carriage belt activated by the carriage motor; a
caterpillar unit that interlocks with the carriage and protects the ink tube and flexible
cable and; motor-driven feed roller, purge unit and roll media tray activated by their
own motors.
To prevent accidents, the upper cover of the printer is locked during printing so that it
does not open. If the manual feed tray is opened during printing, the carriage moves to
the right or left to return to the home position, and the carriage motor and feed motor
are immediately stopped. If the upper cover is opened in the online/offline mode, the
carriage motor, feed motor, and other driving power supplies are turned off.

Carriage belt Caterpillar unit

Carriage unit

Carriage motor

Feed roller

Roll media tray

Pinch roller

Purge unit

Pinch roller drive unit

Roll drive unit Feed motor

Figure 1-1 Moving Parts of the Printer

1-1
Part 1: Safety and Precautions W7200 / W7250

1.2 Ink
1.2.1 Ink passages
Be careful not to touch the ink passages of the printer or to allow ink to stain the
workbench, hands, clothes or the printer under repair.
The ink flows through the ink tank unit, carriage unit, purge unit, maintenance-jet
tray waste ink absorber unit and the ink tubes that relay ink to each unit.

Although the ink is not harmful to the human body, it contains organic
CAUTION solvents.
Black/Photocyan/Photomagenta/magenta inks
Glycerin 56-81-5, Ethylene glycol 107-21-1,
Diethylene glycol 111-46-6, Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0
Cyan ink
Glycerin 56-81-5, Ethylene glycol 107-21-1,
Diethylene glycol 111-46-6, Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0
Copper compound
Yellow ink
Diethylene glycol 111-46-6, Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0
Avoid getting the ink in your mouth or eyes.
Flush well with water and see a doctor if contact occurs.
In case of accidental ingestion of a large quantity, call a doctor
immediately.
Since this ink contains dyes, stains will not come out of clothing.

Maintenance-jet tray

Purge unit

Carriage unit

Ink tank unit

Waste ink absorber

Figure 1-2 Ink Passages

1-2
W7200 / W7250 Part 1: Safety and Precautions

1.2.2 Ink mist


Since the printhead prints by squirting ink onto the media, a minute amount of ink
mist is generated in the printing unit during printing. The ink mist is collected in the
printer by the airflow. However, uncollected ink mist may stain the platen unit,
carriage unit, main rail unit, external unit, or purge unit.
These stains may soil the print media or hands and clothes when servicing the
printer, wipe them off carefully with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth.

Platen unit/Carriage unit/


Main rail unit/Purge unit

Upper cover

Figure 1-3 Ink Mist

1-3
Part 1: Safety and Precautions W7200 / W7250

1.3 Electrical Parts


The electrical unit of the printer is activated when connected to the AC power supply.
At the rear of the printer are the system controller, engine controller, power supply,
motor driver PCB, interface connector, and optional connector. The head relay PCB and
carriage relay PCB are incorporated in the carriage unit, and the operation panel is
located on the upper right cover.
When servicing the printer with the cover removed, be extremely careful to avoid
electric shock and shorting contacts.

Operation panel

Carriage relay PCB

System controller

Head relay PCB

AC inlet

Engine controller

Power supply

Interface connector
Motor driver PCB Optional connector
(W7200 only)

Figure 1-4 Electrical Parts

1-4

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 1: Safety and Precautions

1.4 Size and Weight of the Printer


This printer has service parts which are large and heavy.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught when carrying the printer or setting down the
parts during assembly or disassembly.
The printer stand sticks out of the body in front and behind. Take special care when
carrying large or heavy parts.

TABLE 1-1 TYPICAL HEAVY SERVICE PARTS

Service parts Dimensions of package box: Weight (kg)


width x depth x height (mm)
Roll media tray unit 1065 x 372 x 160 9.5
(W7200)
Roll media tray unit 783 x 372 x 160 7.5
(W7250)

1-5
Part 1: Safety and Precautions W7200 / W7250

2. OTHER PRECAUTIONS
2.1 Printhead
2.1.1 How to handle the printhead
Do not open the printhead package until you are ready to install the head.
When installing the printhead in the printer, hold the knob, and then remove the
protective material and protective cap, in that order. Do not replace the protection cap
once you have removed it from the printhead, since the cap may scratch the nozzles.
To prevent the nozzles from getting clogged with foreign matter or dried ink, install the
printhead immediately after you remove the protection cap. Also make sure to press
down the locking lever of the printhead until you feel a click.
In addition, to prevent clogging of the nozzles, never touch the nozzle unit or ink
supply unit of the printhead, or wipe it with tissue paper or anything else. Also, be
careful not to touch the electrical contact.
Never attempt to disassemble the printhead or to wash it with water.

If the nozzles are clogged or purging operation is poor, white horizontal


NOTE lines can appear in the printed output. If the problem is not resolved by
cleaning operations, replace the printhead with a new one.

Knob Nozzle unit

Protective material

Electrical contact
Ink port
Protective cap

Figure 1-5 Printhead

1-6
W7200 / W7250 Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.1.2 Capping
The printer will perform the capping operation when printing has finished or during
standby due to errors, in order to protect the printhead and avoid ink leakage.
If the power cord is accidentally unplugged, turn the power button off, reconnect the
power cord, and turn the power button on to confirm that the printer starts up
properly and changes to the “Online” or “Offline” state, then power off the printer
using the power button.

Improper ‘capping’ may cause clogged printhead nozzles due to dried ink
CAUTION or ink leakage from the printhead.

2.1.3 When the printer is not used for a long time


Keep the printhead installed in the printer even when it is not used for an extended
period of time.

If the printhead is left uninstalled, printing failure may arise from clogged
CAUTION nozzles due to the depositing of foreign matter or dried ink when it is re-
installed.
Even if the head remains installed, the nozzle may dry out and cause
printing failure if the ink is drained for transport.

2.1.4 Conductivity of ink


The ink used in this printer is electrically conductive. If ink leaks into the mechanical
unit, wipe clean with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth. If ink leaks onto electrical units,
wipe them completely using tissue paper. In particular, if ink penetrates beneath the
IC chips on the logic board and you cannot remove it completely, replace with a new
logic board.

If electrical units are powered on when ink has leaked, the units may be
CAUTION damaged.
Never connect the power cord when ink has leaked on the electrical units.

1-7
Part 1: Safety and Precautions W7200 / W7250

2.2 Ink Tank


2.2.1 Opening the ink tank
Do not open the ink tank until ready to use.
To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink supply unit, install the opened Ink
tank immediately.

2.2.2 Handling the ink tank


To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink flow path and causing ink suction and
printing problems, never touch the ink port or terminal section of the ink tank.
When you press down the ink tank cover, the needle enters the ink supply unit, which
allows ink to flow between the printer and ink tank.
Do not raise or lower the ink tank lever, except when replacing the ink tank.

Ink tank

Ink tank cover

Ink port

Terminal section

Figure 1-6 Installing the Ink tank

1-8
W7200 / W7250 Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.3 Handling the Printer


2.3.1 Precautions against static electricity
Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build
up on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices.
In particular, never touch the printhead contacts.

Printhead contacts

Carriage unit

Figure 1-7 Precautions Against Static Electricity

1-9
Part 1: Safety and Precautions W7200 / W7250

2.3.2 Fixing the carriage


After printing, the carriage caps the printhead and uses the lock arm inside the purge
unit to apply a mechanical lock.
When transporting the printer, use belt stoppers to secure the carriage at the carriage
home position so that the carriage does not become separated from the lock arm. This
will prevent damage and ink leakage during transportation.

Belt stopper

Figure 1-8 Capping Position

1-10
W7200 / W7250 Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.3.3 Replacing the waste ink absorber


When the waste ink absorber becomes full, an error occurs to indicate that the tank
must be replaced.
The printer will not operate until the error is canceled.
Be careful that the waste ink does not splash when you remove the waste ink
absorber from the printer.
When the waste tank absorbers are full, they hold approx. 10.5 kg in the W7200 and
approx. 9.0 kg in the W7250.

After replacing the waste ink absorber in the printer, be sure to always
CAUTION clear the counter value of the waste ink absorber using the Service mode.
The counter value of the waste ink absorber is stored in the EEPROM
(IC428) on the engine controller. Therefore, when replacing the engine
controller, be sure to refer to Part 5: 5.2.12 Boards (page 5-32).

2.3.4 Refilling the ink


After removing the ink in the printer according to the automatic or manual ink
draining procedure to disassemble, reassemble, or transport/ship the printer, refill
the ink as soon as possible upon completion of those tasks.
If the ink remaining in the printer after the removal has dried up, the ink deposits on
the surfaces of the components may cause damage or abnormal operation.

1-11
Part 1: Safety and Precautions W7200 / W7250

3. PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING THE PRINTER


3.1 Stored Data
This printer counts the printing length, number of ink tank replacements, carriage
driving time, number of cleanings, and the cutter usage, and stores this information in
the system controller EEPROM (IC36) and in the engine controller EEPROM (IC428) as
the service mode counter.
The counter holds important information for indicating printer usage status.
You can check the printer information in the counter by printing it in service mode or
displaying it on the display.
Be sure to follow the precautions below when servicing the printer.

1) Repairing or replacing the PCB


Follow the "Each Controller Replacement Procedures" when replacing the system
controller and engine controller.

2) After replacing the carriage unit


The information on the carriage driving time is generated from the carriage unit.
Initialize (clear) the carriage driving time information after replacing the carriage unit.

3) After replacing the purge unit


The information on the number of cleanings is generated from the purge unit. Initialize
(clear) the number of cleanings information after replacing the purge unit.

4) After replacing the waste ink absorber


The information in the waste ink counter is generated from the waste ink absorber.
Initialize (clear) the waste ink counter information after replacing the waste ink
absorber.

You cannot check the counter information once it is initialized (cleared).


CAUTION Be careful that you do not perform the initialization before checking the
information.
Also, you cannot modify the counter information from the operation panel.

For the "Each Controller Replacement Procedures," see Part 5: 5.2.12 Boards
REF. (Page 5-32).

1-12
W7200 / W7250 Part 1: Safety and Precautions

3.2 Firmware Confirmation


Firmware has been downloaded to each of a System Controller and Engine Controller.
When replacing each board with the one with Service Parts, confirm that each firmware
is the latest version. If it is not the latest version, please update it to the latest version.

For how to upgrade each board, please refer to Part 3: 6. PRINTER


REF. SERVICING SOFTWARE (Page 3-74).

3.3 Precautions Against Static Electricity


Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build up
on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices.
To prevent this, discharge any static buildup by touching a grounded metal fitting
before you start disassembling the printer.

3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Assembly


The Parts Catalog describes the disassembly/assembly procedures. See the Parts
Catalog when assembling/disassembling the printer. The precautions for
disassembly/assembly are described in Part 5: 5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY (Page 5-
7).

3.5 Self-Diagnostic Feature


The printer has a diagnostic feature which analyzes printer problems (which may
occur).
The diagnostic results will be displayed on the display and indicated by a light.
For detailed information, see Part 3: 5.2 Error Indicators (Page 3-63).

3.6 Disposing of Waste Ink


Dispose of the waste ink according to local regulations.

3.7 Disposing of Lithium Battery


Dispose of the lithium battery according to local regulations.

One lithium battery is installed in the System Controller of the


NOTE
W7200/W7250 is not a replacement part.

1-13
Part 2
PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS

Page
2- 1 1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
2- 1 1.1 Product Overview
2- 2 1.2 Features
2- 3 1.3 Printhead
2- 3 1.4 Ink Tank
2- 4 1.5 Roll holder
2- 5 1.6 Consumables
2- 6 2. SPECIFICATIONS
2- 6 2.1 General Specifications
2 -10 2.2 Interface Specifications
2 -13 2.3 Printer Driver Types

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 2: Product Specifications

1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
1.1 Product Overview
This printer is a BJ large format printer which is capable of high-speed, photo-quality
printing on large-size paper up to 36 inches wide (A0 size with index lines) for the
W7200 and up to 24 inches wide (A1 size with index lines) for the W7250.
The W7200 is a stand-mounted printer, and the W7250 is a desktop-type printer. Both
printers are capable of output to either roll media or cut sheet.

USB port

IEEE1394 port
(option in W7250)
Power connector
LAN port Media take-up unit
(W7200 only)

Tray

Left cover

Leg cover L
Upper cover
Stand
(option in W7250) Operation panel

Right cover
Stacker

Holder stopper Leg cover R


Roll holder

Hex key wrench

Printhead Belt stopper

Ink tank
(W7200)
Rail cleaner
Ink tank
(W7250)

Figure 2-1 External View of Printer

2-1
Part 2: Product Specifications W7200 / W7250

1.2 Features
• 1200 x 600 dpi high printing resolution.
• High-quality photo printing with six color inks (Bk, PC, C, PM, M, and Y).
• Bi-directional printing control for high-speed printing
A one-inch (1280 nozzles) printhead with six rows of integrated nozzles is installed on
each carriage.
• The printheads are completely separated from the high-capacity ink tank (330 ml for
W7200 and 130 ml for W7250). Ink is supplied to each printhead from the ink tank
through its own tube.
• Roll media can be fed automatically from the roll media tray.
• Cut sheets can be fed manually from the tray.
• Capable of feeding wide paper (up to 36 inches for the W7200 and up to 24 inches for
the W7250)
• Capable of printing long paper up to 18 m in length
• Cutter is provided for automatic cutting of media.
• Convenient front panel operations, including feeding and delivery of media and
replacement of ink tanks

2-2
W7200 / W7250 Part 2: Product Specifications

1.3 Printhead
On the carriage, disposable printhead are installed, each of which contains six rows of
integrated nozzles.
Each row consists of 1280 nozzles, which are arranged in a staggered pattern for
printing efficiency.
If print quality does not improve despite carrying out cleaning, the printhead should be
replaced with a new one. Generally, it is recommended that the print head be replaced
about 12 months after you have opened the package. The number of printable pages for
each model is shown below.
W7200: Approx. 1,100 sheets (Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A0 size, 20% duty pattern for each color)
W7250: Approx. 3,000 sheets (Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A1 size, 15% duty pattern for each color)

Figure 2-2 Printhead

1.4 Ink Tank


The ink tank is disposable.
There are six colors of dye based Black (Bk), Photocyan (PC), Cyan (C), Photomagenta
(PM), Magenta (M) and Yellow (Y).
To install an ink tank, open the right cover of the printer and insert the tank. The
printer features a mechanism by which only the correct color ink tank will fit in its
given slot.
When the “No Ink” message is displayed, replace the ink tank with a new one. Also, the
ink tanks should generally be replaced six months after you have opened the package.
The number of printable pages for each model is shown below.
W7200: Bk/Approx. 1,780 sheets, PC/Approx. 194 sheets, C/Approx. 882 sheets,
PM/Approx. 171 sheets, M/Approx. 619 sheets, Y/Approx. 272 sheets
(Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A0 size, Bicycle (ISO No.5) pattern)
W7250: Bk/Approx. 1,148 sheets, PC/Approx. 170 sheets, C/Approx. 663 sheets,
PM/Approx. 136 sheets, M/Approx. 502 sheets, Y/Approx. 213 sheets
(Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A1 size, Bicycle (ISO No.5) pattern)

W7200 W7250

Figure 2-3 Ink Tank

2-3
Part 2: Product Specifications W7200 / W7250

1.5 Roll Holder


One roll holder can be installed in the roll media tray.
The roll holder for a 2-inch inner diameter paper tube is shipped with the printer.
The roll holder locks into the cardboard tube of roll media with an outer diameter not
more than 130mm.

Figure 2-4 Roll holder

2-4
W7200 / W7250 Part 2: Product Specifications

1.6 Consumables
1.6.1 Printhead
The printhead for this printer is a consumable. This consumable printhead is the
same as the printhead shipped with the printer.

Figure 2-5 Printhead

1.6.2 Ink tank


The ink tanks are consumable and are available in six colors Black (Bk), Photocyan
(PC), Cyan (C), Photomagenta (PM), Magenta (M) and Yellow (Y). Consumable ink
tanks are the same as the ink tanks shipped with the printer except for the package.
Each bottle has a life of six-months from the time the package is opened.

W7200 W7250

Figure 2-6 Ink Tank

2-5
Part 2: Product Specifications W7200 / W7250

2. SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 General Specifications
1. Type
W7200: Bubble jet printer (Stand type)
W7250: Bubble jet printer (Desk top type)

2. Feeding system
Roll media: Automatic feeding
Cut sheet: Manual setting

3. Feeding capacity
Roll media: one of the roll media tray (outer diameter: 130mm or less)
Standard roll holder (provided with the product): inner diameter of the
paper tube: 50.8mm (2”)
Cut sheet: 1 sheet

4. Delivery system
Delivers the media with its printed side up in the forward direction

5. Sheet delivery capability


W7200: 1 sheet (Delivered in stacker)
W7250: 1 sheet

6. Cutter
Automated replaceable cartridge-type cutter

7. Type of media
Plain paper, Heavy coated paper, Coated paper, Glossy paper, Glossy film

8. Supported thickness
80µm to 500µm

2-6
W7200 / W7250 Part 2: Product Specifications

9. Media size
W7200
Supported size of media Width Length
Roll media 297mm (11.69”) to 917mm (36”) 210mm to 18m*
Cut sheet 210mm (8.27”) to 917mm (36”) 210mm to 1600mm
* Outer diameter of roll:130mm or less.
W7250
Supported size of media Width Length
Roll media 297mm (11.69”) to 635mm (24”) 210mm to 18m*
Cut sheet 210mm (8.27”) to 635mm (24”) 210mm to 1400mm
* Outer diameter of roll:130mm or less.

10. Printable area


The entire area inside the margins detailed in section 11 below.

11. Margins
Roll media Cut Sheet
Leading edge 20mm 20mm
Trailing edge 23mm 23mm
Left edge 5mm 5mm
Right edge 5mm 5mm

12. Printing speed and direction*1


*1 Typical speeds when a JIS SCID No.5 (ISO400) that has been enlarged to W7200:
A0 full-size/W7250: A1 full-size is used as a test image.

Processing Print resolution Print Printing Print speed*2


Media type Mode resolution (dpi) (dpi) pass direction W7200 W7250
Plain paper Draft 150 x 150 1200 x 300 2-pass Bi-directional Approx. 2.0 min. Approx. 1.5 min.
Standard 300 x 300 1200 x 600 4-pass Uni-directional Approx. 6.0 min. Approx. 3.5 min.
Coated paper Draft 150 x 150 1200 x 300 2-pass Bi-directional Approx. 2.0 min. Approx. 1.5 min.
Standard 300 x 300 1200 x 600 8-pass Bi-directional Approx. 6.0 min. Approx. 3.5 min.
Hight 600 x 600 1200 x 600 8-pass Bi-directional Approx. 10 min. Approx. 7.0 min.
Heavy coated paper, Standard 300 x 300 1200 x 600 8-pass Bi-directional Approx. 6.0 min. Approx. 3.5 min.
Glossy paper, High 600 x 600 1200 x 600 8-pass Bi-directional Approx. 10 min. Approx. 7.0 min.
Glossy film Highest 600 x 600 1200 x 600 8-pass Uni-directional Approx. 15 min. Approx. 11 min.
*2 Speeds represent the time period from when the carriage starts moving until the
final band is printed, excluding the data transmission time.

2-7
Part 2: Product Specifications W7200 / W7250

13. Emulation
None

14. Interface
Network (compliance with IEEE802.3 standards)
Compliance with USB specification 1.1 standards
Compliant with IEEE1394-1995 standards and P1394a (draft2.0)

15. Printhead/Ink Tank


Printhead and separate ink tanks
Printhead BC-1400
Architecture Six rows of integrated nozzles arranged in parallel
One row of nozzles: 1280 nozzles arranged in a
staggered pattern
Maximum number of sheets W7200: Approx. 1,100 sheets
that a printhead can print (Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A0 size,
20% duty pattern for each color)
W7250: Approx. 3,000 sheets
(Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A1 size,
15% duty pattern for each color)

W7200
Ink tank BCI-1401 Bk/PC/C/PM/M/Y
Ink type Dye ink
Ink capacity Approx. 330 ml
Maximum number of sheets Bk/Approx. 1,780 sheets, PC/Approx. 194 sheets,
that an ink tank can print C/Approx. 882 sheets, PM/Approx. 171 sheets,
M/Approx. 619 sheets, Y/Approx. 272 sheets
(Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A0 size,
Bicycle (ISO No.5) pattern)

W7250
Ink tank BCI-1411 Bk/PC/C/PM/M/Y
Ink type Dye ink
Ink capacity Approx. 130 ml
Maximum number of sheets Bk/Approx. 1,148 sheets, PC/Approx. 170 sheets,
that an ink tank can print C/Approx. 663 sheets, PM/Approx. 136 sheets,
M / Approx. 502 sheets, Y/Approx. 213 sheets
(Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A1 size,
Bicycle (ISO No.5) pattern)

2-8
W7200 / W7250 Part 2: Product Specifications

16. Detection functions


Presence or absence of media: Detectable Media trailing edge: Detectable
Media width: Detectable Skewed feeding: Detectable
Carriage position: Detectable Presence or absence of printhead:
Detectable
Presence or absence of ink tank: Detectable Ink level: Detectable
Full waste ink absorber: Detectable Roll media tray opened or closed:
Cover opened or closed: Detectable Detectable

17. Noise during operation


Average during standby: 35dB (A) or less
Average during printing: 58dB (A) or less (W7200), 55dB (A) or less (W7250)
(In conformance with ISO9296 sound pressure level )

18. Environmental Conditions


Operating environment
Temperature: 5°C to 35°C Humidity: 10% to 90% RH
Environment where the printing quality is assured
Temperature: 15°C to 30°C Humidity: 10% to 80% RH

19. Power source


AC100V (-15%) to AC240V (+10%)
48Hz to 62Hz

20. Power consumption


AC100V to AC240V
Max. 160W or less
Printing mode* 130W or less
Standby mode 30W or less
Average in the power-save mode 30W or less
* Average values when printed in the Standard mode (4-pass, Uni-directional).

21. Outer dimensions of the body


W7200: W1,063mm x D820mm x H1,175mm (including the stand)
W7250: W1,276mm x D517mm x H464mm

22. Weight
W7200: Approx. 88kg (including the stand. Approx. 64kg is only the printer.)
W7250: Approx. 51kg

2-9
Part 2: Product Specifications W7200 / W7250

2.2 Interface Specifications


2.2.1 Network
1) Interface format
Interface complying with IEEE802.3 standards

2) Data transfer
10Base-T/100Base-TX

3) Signal level
Input : threshold
100 Base-TX : turn-on +1000mV diff pk-pk
turn-off +200mV diff pk-pk
10 Base-T : max +585mV
min +300mV
Output:
100 Base-TX : +0.95V ~ +1.05V
10 Base-T : +2.2V ~ +2.8V

4) Interface cable
Category 5 (STP or UTP) cable, 100 m max.
Compliance with EIA/TIA-568A or EIA/TIA-568B standards

5) Interface connector
Printer side: IEEE802.3 standards, and compliance with ANSI X3.263 standards
Cable side: IEEE802.3 standards, RJ-45 type

6) Input/output signals and pin configuration


For details, see Part 5: 8. Connector Position and Pin Arrangement (Page 5-74).

2-10

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 2: Product Specifications

2.2.2 USB (Universal Serial Bus)


1) Interface format
Interface complying with USB specification 1.1 standards

2) Data transfer
Control transfer
Bulk transfer

3) Signal level
Input:
Input sensitivity difference: +0.2 V (Max.)
Common mode difference: +0.8 V to +2.5 V
Output:
Static output High: +2.8 V to +3.6 V
Static output Low: +0.3 V max.

4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 5.0 m max.
Compliance with USB standards
Wire materials AWG No. 28, data wire pair (AWG: American Wire Gauge)
AWG No. 20 to No. 28, wire pair

5) Interface connector
Printer side: USB standards, series B receptacle
Cable side: USB standards, series B plug

6) Input/output signals and pin configuration


For details, see Part 5: 8. Connector Position and Pin Arrangement (Page 5-74).

2-11
Part 2: Product Specifications W7200 / W7250

2.2.3 IEEE1394 (optional in W7250)


1) Interface format
Interface complying with IEEE1394-1995, P1394a (draft 2.0) standards

2) Data transfer
Asynchronous transfer

3) Signal level
Input:
Differential input voltage: S100 During negotiation period +173 mV to +260 mV
During data reception +142 mV to +260 mV
S200 During negotiation period +171 mV to +262 mV
During data reception +132 mV to +260 mV
S400 During negotiation period +168 mV to +265 mV
During data reception +118 mV to +260 mV
Output:
Differential output voltage: +172 mV to +265 mV

4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 4.5 m max.
Compliance with IEEE1394-1995 standards or P1394a (draft 2.0) standards

5) Interface connector
Printer side: IEEE1394 standards, 6-pin connector (socket)
Cable side: IEEE1394 standards, 6-pin connector (plug)

6) Input/output signals and pin configuration


For details, see Part 5: 8. Connector Position and Pin Arrangement (Page 5-74).

2-12
W7200 / W7250 Part 2: Product Specifications

2.3 Printer Driver Types


The relationship between the required operating environment and drivers for this
printer and the supplied software is shown in the table below.

Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows MacOS MacOS


XP 2000 NT 4.0 Me 98 95 X 8.6/9.x
GARO Printer
Driver
LPR Port – – –
USB Driver – – – (*1) – –
IEEE1394 Driver /
NetSpot Suite
Service
NetSpot Job
Monitor
NetSpot Console
Remote User
Interface
Device Status
Extension
Port Setting Tool – – – – –

: Installation required : Installation required for some interfaces


: Install if necessary – : Installation not necessary
: Not supported
*1 : Only inf file is necessary

The abbreviation GARO displayed in the printer driver stands for "Graphic
NOTE Arts Language with Raster Operations." GARO is a printer language for
creating raster image data.

2-13
Part 3
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS

Page
3- 1 1. NAMES AND FUNCTIONS OF COMPONENTS
3- 1 1.1 Names and Functions of Components
3- 5 2. PRINTER SETUP
3- 5 2.1 Installation
3 -21 3. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER
3 -21 3.1 Transporting the Printer
3 -26 3.2 Reinstalling the Printer
3 -27 4. OPERATION
3 -27 4.1 User Replacements
3 -36 4.2 Operation Panel
3 -38 4.3 Change of Printer Status
3 -39 4.4 Main Menu
3 -50 5. PRINTER SERVICING FUNCTIONS
3 -50 5.1 Service Mode
3 -63 5.2 Error Indicators
3 -74 6. Printer Service Software
3 -74 6.1 Overview of Service Software
3 -74 6.2 Firmware version update software
3 -76 6.3 Service Information Access Software
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

1. NAMES AND FUNCTIONS OF COMPONENTS


1.1 Names and Functions of Components
The names and functions of the printer parts are shown below.

1.1.1 Front

Upper cover
This cover is opened when installing the printhead,
sets cut sheets, removing paper jams inside the
printer, and other operations.

Operation panel
Tray The operation panel includes the
The tray sets cut sheets and Power button, Online button, and
discharges printed sheets. The display.
tray is opened when loading the
roll media.

Roll media tray Right cover


This tray is for loading the This cover is opened
roll holder. This tray is when replacing the ink
pulled out when loading tanks. This cover is
the roll media. normally locked.

Stacker (when stand is installed) Stand (optional for W7250)


This is a cloth tray where the printed This is a platform with casters that
media are stacked. supports the printer unit.
The inside of the stand can be equipped
with a stacker or optional take-up unit
(W7200 only).

Figure 3-1 Front View of the Printer

3-1
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

1.1.2 Rear
Ground cable connector
The ground cable is connected here.

Power connector
The power cord is connected here.
Take-up unit connector (W7200 only)
The take-up unit (optional) is connected here.

USB port

LAN port IEEE1394 port (optional for W7250)

Figure 3-2 Rear View of the Printer

1.1.3 Carriage unit


Printhead lock cover Carriage cover
This cover is used to lock the This cover protects the carriage.
printhead. This is opened when This cover is opened when
installing the printhead. installing the printhead.

Printhead

Carriage

Print head lock lever


This lever is used to lock the
printhead lock cover. This lever
is opened when installing the
printhead.

Figure 3-3 Carriage Unit

3-2
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

1.1.4 Internal part

Paper release lever


This lever is used to release the
pinch roller when loading cut
sheets and when a paper jam
occurs.

Figure 3-4 Internal Parts of the Printer

3-3
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

1.1.5 Roll media tray unit

Belt stopper
The belt stopper is used for locking the carriage into place
when moving the printer.

Roll release lever


This lever is used to release
the pressure for the roll feed roller.

Tray open lever


This lever is used to pull out
the roll media tray.

Figure 3-5 Roll Media Tray Unit

3-4
W7200 / W7250 PART 3 Operations

2. PRINTER SETUP
2.1 Installation
In addition to the printer unit, an accessory kit is needed when installing the printer.
The kit also includes regional components.

Take the following precautions when installing the printer.


CAUTION
• Always hold the handles when lifting and moving the printer. Never hold
the printer by any other parts.
• The printer unit weighs approximately 64 kg for the W7200 and
approximately 51 kg for the W7250. At least two people are required to
unpack the printer and take it out from the box.

1m

1m

1m

Figure 3-6 Required Space when Removing from Box

3-5
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

2.1.1 Installation environment


Leave a clear space around the printer to ensure easy operation and maintenance.

Height and Width


W7200 W7250

724mm
1432mm*
1432mm
1603mm 1276mm

Depth

W7200 Installation space

1m
1432mm

1m
1m

1603mm 1m

Figure 3-7 Space Required for Installation

Follow the precautions below when choosing the location.


CAUTION
• Do not subject the printer to extremely high or low temperature. Also
avoid extremely high or low humidity. The operating temperature is 5°C -
35°C with humidity 10% - 90% RH.
• Avoid direct sunlight. Use curtains if there is no alternative.
• Avoid abrupt changes in temperature.
• Avoid dusty locations.
• Avoid placing it in the vicinity of an air conditioner or an electric fan.
Their air currents may damage the printer.
• Avoid places prone to vibrations.
• Install the printer unit on a stable floor or table which safely supports
the printer weight (approx. 88 kg for the W7200 (including stand) and
approx. 51 kg for the W7250) and will not subject the printer to
vibrations. Do not install the printer on a carpeted floor, table with weak
support, or other surface where it cannot remain level and stable. Doing
so can harm the print quality. If the printer must be installed on a weak
surface due to unavoidable circumstances, install it on top of a sturdy
plate (such as an iron plate) which is broad enough to accommodate the
printer.

3-6

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

2.1.2 Unpacking
a) Unpacking the printer
1) Open the package and make sure that the items below have been included:

6 angle wench driver

Power cord

Printhead

Ink tank
(Bk,C,PC,M,PM,Y)
Set-up guide
User's guide
Network guide
Quick reference guide

User Softwere CD-ROM

Roll holder &


holder stopper

Rail cleaner

Figure 3-8 Unpacking the Printer (1/2)

3-7
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

Follow the precautions below when unpacking the printer.


CAUTION
• Always hold the handles when lifting and moving the printer. Holding the
printer by its cover can deform the cover.

Handle Handle

Figure 3-9 Handles the Printer (2/2)

3-8
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

b) Unpacking the accessory kit


Unpack the accessory kit and make sure that the items below have been included:
Hex key wrench, Power cord, Printhead, Ink tank, Set-up Guide, User's guide,
Network guide, Quick reference guide, User softwere CD-ROM, and Rail cleaner.

• Other types of power cords are also available. Make sure to use the
NOTE
correct type of accessory kit in accordance with the region (country)
where the printer is installed.
• A interface cable is needed to connect the printer to a computer.

c) Unpacking the stand (optional for W7250)


Unpack the stand, and check that the items shown below are provided.

Stand leg L,R Stand upper stay Stand lower stay

Leg cover L,R


Stacker

Anti-slip sheet (2 pcs)


Hex screw (16 pcs.) Hex key wrench

Figure 3-10 Unpacking the Stand

3-9
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

2.1.3 Assembling the stand (optional for W7250)


The stacker, leg cover L, leg cover R, anti-slip sheets (2) are used after the printer is
installed on the stand.

Leg cover L

Leg cover R

Anti-slip sheet

Anti-slip sheet

Stacker

Figure 3-11 Assembling the Stand

3-10
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

2.1.4 Installing the printer


Place the printer on a stand or table.
1) Grasp the handles on the bottom of the printer, and place the printer on the stand
or table.

If placing on a stand, proceed with the following steps.


2) Use the screws supplied with the stand to secure the printer to the stand.
3) Mount the right cover and left cover.

Figure 3-12 Installing the Printer

Always hold the handles when lifting and moving the printer. Holding the
CAUTION
printer by its cover can deform the cover.

3-11
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

Align

Figure 3-13 Installing the Printer (Desktop 1/2)

• For the W7250, the printer unit itself weighs approximately 51 kg. When
CAUTION installing on a table or other location, be sure to select a flat surface with
adequate strength to support the printer. Installing on unstable locations
or slanted surfaces can cause the printer to fall over, resulting in an
injury or damage to the printer.
• Do not press down on the roll media tray or lean on it when it is pulled
out. This can cause the printer to fall over, resulting in an injury or
damage to the printer.

In this printer, the roll media can develop slack due to the rewinding
NOTE operation and touch the installation location. As a result, if the surface of
the installation location has a rough texture or has dust and dirt on it, the
printing surface for certain types of roll media can become soiled. In this
case, affix regular or other types of paper (except for film-type paper)
under the printer as shown in the figure below.

800mm
500mm

Plain paper

Figure 3-14 Installing the Printer (Desktop 2/2)

3-12
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

2.1.5 Removing packing materials


After installing the printer on a stand or table, remove all of the packing materials
attached to the printer.

Figure 3-15 Removing Packing Materials

3-13
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

2.1.6 Removing the belt stopper


Remove the belt stopper (one screw).
The belt stopper is needed when transporting the printer, and so store the belt
stopper by screwing it to the left side of the roll media tray.

When removing the belt stopper, be careful not to bring it into contact
CAUTION with the linear scale. If the linear scale is scratched, the printer may not
operate properly.

Belt stopper

Figure 3-16 Removing and Storing the Belt Stopper

To prevent ink leakage and damage to the printhead, be sure to always


NOTE use the belt stopper to secure the carriage before moving the printer.

3-14
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

2.1.7 Connecting the power supply


1) Connect the power cord and the ground wire to the printer.
2) Connect the ground wire to a ground terminal. Connect the power plug to an
electrical outlet.

Tooth washer

Ground wire

Power cord

Figure 3-17 Connenting the Power Supply

• Be sure to connect the ground wire if a groundless power cord is being


CAUTION used. Failure to connect the ground wire can result in electric shocks.
• You may connect the ground wire to:
1. Grounding terminals of electrical outlets.
2. Terminals used to make a connection to a ground.

3-15
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

2.1.8 Installing the printhead


Follow the steps below to install the printhead.

1) Check that all covers are closed.


2) Press the Power button to turn on the printer.
3) Open the upper cover.
4) Remove the tape from the carriage cover and cutter.
5) Open the carriage cover, printhead lock lever, and printhead lock cover until they
stop.
6) Open the package containing the printhead.
7) Remove the orange protective cap on the printhead.
8) Install the printhead in the carriage.
9) Close the printhead lock cover, printhead lock lever, and the carriage cover, in that
order, and then lock the printhead into position.
10) Close the upper cover.

1
Carriage cover

Printhead 2 Printhead
lock lever lock cover

Figure 3-18 Installing Printhead

Take the following precautions when handling the printhead.


CAUTION • Unseal the package of the printhead only when you are ready to install
it.
• Do not replace the orange protective cap once you have removed it from
the printhead. If there is foreign matter stuck to the protective cap, it
may scratch the printhead.
• Never put a printhead on racks or tables with the nozzles facing
downward. If the head becomes scratched or dirty, it may result in poor
quality printing.
• Never touch the head area or the electrodes. If those areas become soiled
by dirt or finger grease, it may result in poor quality printing.

3-16

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

2.1.9 Installing the ink tanks


Follow the steps below to install the ink tanks.

1) After installing the printhead, open the right cover.


2) Open the package containing the ink tank.
3) Install the ink tank while holding up the ink tank lever.
4) Press down the ink tank cover firmly until you feel a click as the ink tank is locked
into position.
5) Repeat steps 2) to 4) until the ink tanks are installed for all six colors.
6) Close the right cover. The message "Ink Filling" is shown on the display, and the
initial filling of the ink is started automatically. It takes about 8 minutes for the
initial filling to be completed.
7) In the case of the W7250, "Stand" is displayed. Use the right and left arrow buttons
to select "Use" when the stand is installed and "No use" when the stand is not
installed, and then press the ENTER button. (It is not displayed in the case of the
W7200.)

Ink tank cover

Figure 3-19 Installing an Ink Tank

The ink tank covers have a mark which indicates which ink color goes in a
NOTE particular slot, and each tank can be installed only in the correct slot.
Never try to force a tank into a wrong slot, as this may damage the printer.
Install Black (Bk), Photo cyan (PC), Cyan (C), Magenta (m), Photomagenta
(PM) and Yellow (Y) from left to right.

BK PC C PM M Y

Figure 3-20 Installing Order of Ink Tanks

3-17
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

2.1.10 Language setting


This feature allows the user to specify which language should be used for message
display. Select from the following six languages: English, Japanese, French, German,
Italian and Spanish.
Follow the steps below to specify the language.

Language
English

Offline Enter the setting language.

Select the setting language.

Figure 3-21 Specifying Language

• To change the language setting, refer to Part 3: 4.4 Main Menu (Page 3-39)
NOTE and select the "Language" menu.
• After making the language setting, all messages are displayed in the
specified language except for those in Service mode. The messages in
Service mode are displayed in English regardless of the language setting
made in the menu.

3-18
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

2.1.11 Loading paper


Roll media and cut sheet media are available for this printer. Refer to Part 3: 4.1 User
Replacements (page 3-27) for how to load the print media.

2.1.12 Checking and adjusting the print status


After installing the printer, perform a nozzle check print and print position
adjustment to confirm that the printer is operating properly.

The printer may not produce satisfactory printing results when printing on
NOTE paper types other than those used for the adjustment or when the vertical
position of a printhead has been changed. It is recommended that you
make the "Adjustment" setting before a print job for producing optimum
print quality when a new paper type has been selected or when the vertical
position of a printhead has been changed.

a) Nozzle check
1) Select the media to be used. (Roll media or cut sheets that are A3 size or larger
are needed.)
2) Enter the Main menu. (See page 3-39.)
3) Select "Test Print" --> "Nozzle Check".
4) After printing, confirm that the check pattern printout is normal.

b) Adjusting the printhead position


1) Select the media to be used for adjustment. (Roll media or cut sheets that are A3
size or larger are needed.)
2) Enter the Main menu. (See page 3-39.)
3) Select "System Setup" --> "Adjust Printer" --> "Print Pattern A".
4) After printing, check the adjustment pattern, and then perform adjustment.

c) Adjusting the sheet feeding rate


1) Select the media to be used for adjustment. (Roll media or cut sheets that are A3
size or larger are needed.)
2) Enter the Main menu. (See page 3-39.)
3) Select "System Setup" --> "Adjust Printer" --> "Print Pattern B".
4) After printing, check the adjustment pattern, and then perform adjustment.

3-19
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

2.1.13 Connecting the interface cable


The printer is provided with USB port, IEEE1394 port (optional for W7250), and LAN
port interfaces. Connect to these ports according to the computer that you are using
and the connection method.
Note that this printer does not include an interface cable. Please obtain the suitable
cable (available commercially) for the required length and connection method that you
are using.

The available interfaces on the printer are 10Base-T/100Base-TX, USB


NOTE
(v1.1), and IEEE1394 (optional for W7250). Use the following lengths for
the connected interface cable.
10Base-T/100Base-TX: 100 m max., USB: 5.0 m max., IEEE1394: 4.5 m
max.

The printer can be damaged if the connectors of the interface cable are
CAUTION connected in the wrong direction. Be sure to check the direction of the
connectors before connecting the interface cable.

USB cable (type B)

Lan cable

Cable
Wire saddle

IEEE1394 cable

Figure 3-22 Connecting the Interface Cable

3-20
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

3. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER


Do not remove the printhead once they are installed, as this may cause the nozzles to
dry out or accumulate foreign matter. Also the head must be capped and stay in the
carriage while transporting the printer. In spite of this precaution, shocks incurred
during transportation can still damage the print heads. Print the "Nozzle Check" before
moving the printer, print the "Nozzle Check" after installing in a new location, and
compare the two printouts. If any deterioration is evident in the output quality, replace
the printhead with new ones.

3.1 Transporting the Printer


This subsection describes how to transport the printer.
When moving the printer to another place on the same floor of the building, move it
slowly so that it does not receive any shocks. Follow the steps shown in 3.1.1 Moving the
printer on the same floor (Page 3-22).
When moving it elsewhere, follow the steps shown in 3.1.2 How to transport the printer to a
different floor, (Page 3-23) to a Different Floor and Means of Transportation to prevent ink
leakage during transportation.

Always hold the handles at the bottom of the printer when lifting and
CAUTION moving the printer. Holding the printer by its cover can deform the cover.
Moving or transport operations where the printer needs to be temporarily
tilted or stood upright must be performed by service personnel.

3-21
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

3.1.1 Moving the printer on the same floor


1) Turn off the power button, and check that the heads are capped.
2) Open the upper cover, and mount the belt stopper.

When mounting the belt stopper, be careful not to move the carriage by
applying too much pressure. If the carriage moves when the heads are
CAUTION capped, the rubber part of the cap may touch the nozzles on the heads
and damage the printheads.

3) Close the upper cover.


4) Open the roll media tray, and wind the roll media back into the media cassette.
5) Remove the roll media from the roll media tray, and then close the roll media tray.
6) Remove the interface cable and power cord (ground wire) from the printer.
7) If using a stand, unlock the casters on the stand.
8) Grasp the printer by the handles at the bottom, and then slowly move the printer.

If the printer is subjected to strong vibrations when it is moved, it can


CAUTION cause ink leakage or damage to the printhead. Be sure to move the printer
slowly and carefully.

3-22
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

3.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor


If the W7200 has a take-up unit or other optional devices mounted on it, remove
these devices and have them packed for transportation.

Follow the steps shown in a) When the printer is operating properly. When the printer
is not operating properly due to breakdown or a power-supply problem, follow the
steps shown in b) When the printer is not operating properly.

a) When the printer is operating properly

Before starting the operation, be sure to always check the value for
COUNTER > PRINTER > LIFE under Service mode.
CAUTION If the LIFE value exceeds 9000 sheets for the W7200 or 5000 sheets for
the W7250, the waste ink may leak when the printer is temporarily tilted
or stood upright. To prevent the waste ink from leaking, drain the ink, and
then remove the waste ink absorber and air flow fan unit. Package the
removed waste ink absorber and air flow fan unit separately so that the
waste ink does not leak from them.

1) Turn on the power button on the printer


2) Open the roll media tray, and wind the roll media back into the media cassette.
3) Remove the roll media from the roll media tray, and then close the roll media tray.
4) While referring to Part 3: 4.4 Main Menu (Page 3-39), enter the Main menu, and then
select "System Setup" > "Move Printer". Follow the instructions in the messages,
and remove all of the ink tanks.
It takes approximately 4 minutes to complete the "Move Printer" operation.

• Never turn off the power button, disconnect the power cord, or open the
covers while the "Move Printer" operation is in progress since this can
CAUTION cancel the operation. If the "Move Printer" operation is canceled while in
progress, the printer will remain in offline mode, and it will not switch to
online mode. If the operation is canceled accidentally, restart the
procedure from step 4).
• The "Move Printer" operation will drain ink from the printer to the waste
ink absorber. The drain amounts are approximately 35g of ink.

5) Once the "Move Printer" operation is completed, turn off the power button.
6) Open the upper cover, check that the heads are capped, and then use the belt
stopper to secure the carriage in place. (See page 1-10.)

When mounting the belt stopper, be careful not to move the carriage by
applying too much pressure. If the carriage moves when the heads are
CAUTION capped, the rubber part of the cap may touch the nozzles on the heads
and damage the printheads.

3-23
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

7) Close the upper cover.


8) Disconnect the interface cable and power cord (ground wire) from the printer.
9) If the value for COUNTER > PRINTER > LIFE under Service mode that was
checked before operation exceeds 9000 sheets for the W7200 or 5000 sheets for
the W7250, remove the waste ink absorber and air flow fan unit, and package
them separately so that waste ink does not leak from them.
Reattach the parts removed in the process of removing the waste ink absorber and
air flow fan unit to the printer.
10) While referring to Part 3: 2.1.5 Removing the Packing Materials (Page 3-13), attach
the cushioning materials and tape.
11) If the stand is used, remove the printer from the stand.
12) Pack the printer into the packing box, and then put the roll media, ink tank, and
optional devices in another packing box for moving.
Use the original packing material for the printer and optional devices. If it is not
available, pack them with a sufficient amount of cushioning materials.

b) When the printer is not operating properly


1) Make sure that the printer is turned off.
2) Disconnect the interface cable and power cord (ground wire) from the printer.
3) Open the roll media tray, and wind the roll media back into the media cassette.
4) Remove the roll media from the roll media tray, and then close the roll media tray.
5) While referring to Part 5: 5.4.2 Manual Ink Drainage (Page 5-35), drain the ink from
the printer.
6) While referring to Part 3: 3.1.3 Manual Capping (Page 3-25), perform the capping
operation.
7) Remove the waste ink absorber and air flow fan unit, and then package them
separately so that the waste ink does not leak from them.
Reattach the parts to the printer that were taken off in the process of removing
the waste ink absorber and air flow unit.
8) Attach all of the exterior covers
9) Open the upper cover, and then use the belt stopper to secure the carriage in
place. (See page 1-10.)
10) Close the upper cover.
11) While referring to Part 3: 2.1.3 Removing the Packing Materials (Page 3-13), attach
the cushioning materials and tape.
12) If the stand is used, remove the printer from the stand.
13) Use the original packing material for the printer and optional devices. If it is not
available, pack them with a sufficient amount of cushioning materials.

3-24
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

3.1.3 Manual capping


When transporting the printer, cap the Printhead to protect the nozzles from drying
out and to keep them clean. Follow the procedures described below:

1) While referring to Part 5: 5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins
(Page 5-33), open all of the caps.
2) Move the carriage to the home position.
3) While referring to Part 5: 5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins
(Page 5-33).

Manual capping is an emergency measure when the printer does not


CAUTION operate. Manual capping can damage the printheads.

Carriage unit

Move until it comes to a stop.

Figure 3-23 Position of the Carriage During Manual Capping

3-25
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

3.2 Reinstalling the Printer

3.2.1 Installing the printer on the same floor


If ink has not been drained from the printer when moving it to another place on the
same floor, then an operation check (Nozzle Check) needs to be performed after the
printer is moved to a new location. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.12 Checking and adjusting the print
status (Page 3-19).

3.2.2 Installing the printer on a different floor


If ink has been drained when transporting the printer to a different floor, follow the
installation procedure below. It is nearly identical to the procedure when installing for
the first time.
1) Unpack the printer, and place it on a stand or table.
2) Remove the cushioning materials and tape. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.2 Unpacking (Page 3-7)
and Part 3: 2.1.5 Removing packing materials (Page 3-13).
3) Remount the waste ink absorber and air flow fan unit if they were removed.
4) Remove the belt stopper. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.6 Removing the belt stopper (Page 3-14).
5) Connect the power cord and ground wire. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.7 Connecting the power
supply (Page 3-15).
6) IInstall the ink tanks. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.9 Installing the ink tanks (Page 3-17).
7) ILoad the media, and perform the operation check. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.12 Checking
and adjusting the print status (Page 3-19).

3-26

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

4. OPERATION
4.1 User Replacements
The print media, the ink tanks, the printhead, and the waste-ink absorber can be
replaced by the user as required. When it is necessary to replace the ink tanks a
message is shown on the display.

4.1.1 Replacing print media


The printer can load roll media and cut sheet.

When loading the print media, always hold the paper edges, outside the
NOTE
print area. If you hold the print area, finger grease or foreign matter may
adhere to the paper surface, which may affect the print quality.

4.1.2 When to replace roll media


Each roll media tray has a window indicating the amount of roll media remaining.
This window allows you to check visually the approximate amount of roll media
remaining in the tray.

Roll holder

Roll media

Figure 3-24 Remaining Roll Media Window

3-27
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

4.1.3 How to replace roll media


1) Pull out the roll media tray until it moves no more.
2) Wind back the media, and then hold both ends of the roll holder to remove it from
the roll cassette.
3) Remove the holder stopper from the roll holder, and then pull out the roll holder
from the roll cassette.

Figure 3-25 Loading the Roll Media (1/5)

4) Prepare a new media roll.


5) Insert the roll holder while paying attention to the winding direction of the roll
media.
6) Attach the holder stopper.
7) Load the roll holder with the mounted roll media into the roll media tray.

Figure 3-26 Loading the Roll Media (2/5)

3-28
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

8) Flip the roll release lever to the back to release the paper guide.
9) Pull out the roll media with the leading end facing up, and then insert it between
the paper guides.

Figure 3-27 Loading the Roll Media (3/5)

10) Pull out the media edge evenly up to the roll media so that the right and left edges
are parallel. Using the edges of the roll media as a guide, pull out the right and left
edges evenly.
11) While holding down the center of the roll media, turn the roll holder in the
direction shown in the figure below to take up any slack.

Figure 3-28 Loading the Roll Media (4/5)

3-29
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

12) Pull the roll release lever forward while pressing down the roll holder to lock the
paper guides.
13) Turn the right and left roll holders in the direction of the arrows, and wind the
leading edge of the media so that approximately 1 to 2 mm is visible from the edge
of the paper guides.

1~2mm

Figure 3-29 Loading the Roll Media (5/5)

Make sure that the leading edge of the loaded media is straight and clean.
NOTE If it is not, unwind and trim the media as necessary. Slide a cutter along
the guide plate to cut the media.

Figure 3-30 Cutting the Roll Media


14) Close the roll media tray. The message display will ask you to specify the type of
media to be loaded in the media tray.
Select the media type, and then press the [ENTER] button. The printer feeds the
paper forward, cuts off about 100 mm (about 300 mm if the W7250 is being used
as a desktop) from the leading edge, and then winds it back to the print starting
position over the platen.

• The selected media type can be checked on the printer driver screen.
NOTE • If the roll media tray is pulled out of the printer, the printer assumes
that the media has been changed, and it will display the screen for
selecting the media type.

3-30
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

4.1.4 Loading the cut sheets


1) Press the Online button, and then select either "Offline" or "Main Menu".
2) Press the Paper Source button so that the Cut Sheet lamp turns on. The paper
release lever raises up, and the roll media is automatically rewound to the standby
position. If the W7250 is used without a stand, raise the paper release lever, pull
out the roll media tray, and then manually wind up the roll media.
3) Open the upper cover.
4) With the printing surface of the cut sheets facing upward, insert the sheet flatly
into the pinch roller, load in alignment with the right-side guide and rear-side
guides, and then close the upper cover.

Rear-side guide RIght-side guide

Figure 3-31 Loading the Cut Sheet Media

5) Closing the upper cover shows the screen on the display for selecting the media
type that is loaded. Select the media type, and then press the ENTER button.

You can not load the cut sheet media and print on the roll media. If the
NOTE roll media has been selected but cut sheet media is loaded, the printer will
eject the cut sheet automatically.
Likewise it is impossible to load the cut sheet media while the roll media is
being fed.

3-31
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

4.1.5 Replacing the printhead


The printer prints using four printhead. Each print head has six arrays of integrated
nozzles.

a) When to replace the printhead


If white lines appear on the printed image, it is possible that ink is not being
discharged due to clogging of the nozzles in the printhead. In this case, enter Main
menu, and perform the "Cleaning" operation two or three times, and then select
"Nozzle Check" under "Test Print" to print the check pattern. Verify the check
pattern, and then replace the printhead if there are any clogged nozzles.

b) How to replace the printhead


1) Enter the Main menu. (See page 3-39).
2) Select "Replace Head" under the "System Setup" menu.
The printer uncaps the printheads, and the carriage moves over the platen.
3) Open the upper cover.
4) Open the carriage cover, printhead lock lever, and printhead lock cover until they
come to a stop.
5) Open the package containing the printhead, and take out the printhead.
6) Remove the printhead from the carriage.

Carriage cover Printhead


lock lever

Printhead Printhead
lock lever

Figure 3-32 Replacing the Printhead (1/2)

3-32
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

7) Remove the orange protective cap from the new printhead.


8) Install the new printhead in the carriage.
9) Lower the printhead lock cover.
10) Lower the Printhead locking lever to secure the Printhead in place.
11) Close the carriage cover.
12) Close the upper cover.
13) The carriage moves to the home position, and filling of the ink starts.

Figure 3-33 Replacing the Printhead (2/2)

• Unseal the package containing the printhead only when you are ready to
CAUTION install it.
• Do not replace the orange protective cap once you have removed it from
the printhead. If there is any foreign matter on the protective cap, it may
scratch the printhead.
• Never put a printhead on any surface with the nozzles facing downward.
If the head becomes scratched or dirty, it may produce poor quality
printing.
• Never touch the head area or the electrodes. If these areas become soiled
by dirt or finger grease, this may result in poor quality printing.

3-33
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

4.1.6 Replacing the ink tank


The printer supplies ink from the six separate ink tanks. The user can replace the ink
bottles even when the printer is printing.

a) When to replace the ink tank


When the printer detects no ink in the ink tank, the "Replace X Tank" message
appears on the message display (X = the ink color).
If the "Replace X Tank" message appears on the message display during printing, the
printer will stop printing.

b) Replacing the ink tanks


1) Enter the Main menu.
2) Select "Rep. Ink Tank". The lock on the right cover is released, and the right cover
is opened.
3) Open the ink tank cover for the ink tank to be replaced.
4) Grasp the finger slots on the ink tank, and then remove the ink tank in the
upward direction. Put the removed ink tanks into a plastic bag, and then close the
bag.

Ink tank cover Ink tank

Figure 3-34 Replacing the Ink Tank (1/2)

3-34
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

5) Open the package containing the new ink tank.


6) Hold the grip and push the ink tank all the way into the slot.
7) Press down the ink tank cover firmly until you feel a click as the ink tank is
locked in position.
8) Close the right cover.

Ink tank cover

Figure 3-35 Replacing the Ink Tank (2/2)

Do not raise or lower the ink tank cover unnecessarily once the ink tank is
CAUTION installed.
The hollow needle may widen the holes in the ink supplier and the air
passage, causing ink -supply problems.

3-35
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

4.2 Operation Panel


This section describes the function of the buttons and the meaning of the LEDs on the
operation panel.
Buttons

Button Lamp
12
6 13
PAPER SOURCE DATA MESSAGE POWER PAPER SOURCE DATA MESSAGE POWER

ROLL MEDIA 7 10 ROLL MEDIA

CUT SHEET 8 CUT SHEET

1
CANCEL ENTER ONLINE
11 CANCEL ENTER ONLINE

2 9 14
3

4 15
5

Figure 3-36 Operation Panel


1) PAPER SOURCE button
Offline status: This button switches the paper source between roll media and cut
sheets. However, if sheets are loaded on the take-up reel, the paper source is fixed at
roll media.

2) CANCEL button
Offline status: Holding down this button for 0.5 seconds or longer aborts the job in
progress or ink drying and then discharges the media.
Pause status: Holding down this button for 0.5 seconds or longer aborts the paused
job and discharges the media.

3) Left arrow button


Offline status: The carriage moves to the left when the upper cover is close.
When a menu is displayed: This button functions as a selector button and is used to
display the previous option.

4) Lower arrow button


Offline status: When roll media is loaded, this button functions as a manual feed
button and feeds the media. When a cut sheet is loaded, the sheet is discharged.
When a menu is displayed: This button is used to go to the next lower-level menu.

5) Right arrow button


Offline status: The carriage moves to the left when the upper cover is close.
When a menu is displayed: This button functions as a selector button and is used to
display the next option.

6) Upper arrow button


Offline status: When roll media is loaded, this button functions as a manual feed
button and reverse-feeds the media. When a cut sheet is loaded, the sheet is
discharged.
When a menu is displayed: This button is used to return to the next higher-level
menu.

3-36

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

7) ENTER button
When setting values are displayed: This button sets or executes the selected value or
operation.

8) Power button
This button is used to turn the printer on and off.
When the power is off: Pressing this buttons turns on the power.
When the power is on: Holding down this button for about 2.5 or more seconds
turns off the power.

9) Online button
This button switches between online status, offline status, and menu display.
Online status: This button switches to offline status.
Offline status: This button switches to menu display.
Menu display: This button cancels the menu operation and switches to online
status. When an error message is displayed or media is not loaded, however, the
printer does not switch to online status until the problem is resolved.
Job processing: This button switches to the pause status and pauses processing of
the job.
Error display: The error is cancelled, and the process is executed.

10) Roll Media lamp


On: This indicates that roll media has been selected as the paper source.

11) Cut Sheet lamp


On: This indicates that cut sheets have been selected as the paper source.

12) DATA lamp


On: This indicates that a job is being received or processing.
Flashing: This indicates that there is a job that has been stopped in pause status.
Off: This indicates that there are no jobs.

13) Message lamp


On: This indicates that a warning is displayed.
Flashing: This indicates that an error has occurred.
Off: This indicates that operation is normal.

14) Online lamp


On: This indicates that the printer is in online status or job processing status.
Flashing: This indicates that media are being loaded or a job that cannot be
processed is being received.
Off: This indicates that the printer is in offline status, pause status, or turned off.

15) Display
The display shows the printer status and menu options. (16 characters x 2 lines)

3-37
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

4.3 Change of Printer Status


The chart below illustrates the various states of the printer and how they are changed
by means of key operations.

[Sleep status]
Power ON The printer enters Sleep mode from any one
of the states shown in the box when no key
operations or print command are issued for
Initializing a preset period of time.
When the printer wakes from Sleep mode,
it returns to the same state.

Canon W7200
Please wait.. Key operations and print commands

Online Offline MAIN MENU


Head Cleaning

Printing Holding down power button for


adout 2.5 or more secounds.

Pause Pause Shut Down..


Job Cancel.. Please Wait..

[POWER] button
MAIN MENU [ONLINE] button
Power Off
System Setup [CANCEL] button
Auto

Figure 3-37 Change of Printer States

Addition

MAIN MENU SERVICE MODE

Figure 3-38 Correlation Diagram for Each Mode

3-38
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

4.4 Main Menu


The printer has a User mode which provides the user with access to various adjusting
and configuring features, for example: adjusting print position; performing cleaning or
other maintenance features; auto-cutting, ink drying period and other print settings;
message language and other parameter settings.

4.4.1 Main Menu operations


a) How to enter the Main Menu
To enter the Main menu, press the printer's Online button several times.

b) How to exit the Main Menu


Press the Online key once to exit the User mode.

c) Keys used in the Main Menu


• Select menu and parameter: Left/Right arrow key
• Confirm menu and parameter, or decrease entered value: Down arrow key
• Return to the menu on the upper level, or increase entered value: Up arrow key

3-39
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

4.4.2 Map of the main menu


The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Main Menu is as shown below.

*Default values *1: Displayed only for W7200 *5: Displayed only when the
are underlined *2: Displayed only for W7250 take-up reel is enabled
*3: Displayed only in roll media mode *6: Displayed only when the
*4: Displayed only in cut sheet mode cutter is enabled

MAIN MENU Head Cleaning


Head Cleaning A
Head Cleaning B
manuals4you.com

Force Cutting *3 *6
Yes
No
Auto Feed *1 *3 *5
Yes
No
Take-up Reel *1
Disable
Enable
Cut Sheet Type *4
Plain Paper
Coated Paper
Heavy Coated
Glossy Paper
Semi-Glossy
Glossy Film
Special 1-5
Roll Media Type
Plain Paper
Coated Paper
Heavy Coated
Glossy Paper
Semi-Glossy
Glossy Film
Special 1-5
Rep. Ink Tank
No
Yes
Auto Cut *3
Yes
Print Cut Line
No

(System Setup)

Figure 3-39 Map of the Main Menu (1/3)

3-40
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

(Auto Cut)

System Setup Cutter


Enable
Disable
Buzzer
On
Off
Sleep Timer
Off
5 min.
10 min.
20 min.
30 min.
40 min.
50 min.
60 min.
EOP Timer
10 sec.
30 sec.
1 min.
2 min.
5 min.
10 min.
30 min.
60 min.
Replace P. head
No
Yes
Adjust Printer
Auto Print
On
Off
Print Pattern A
Print Pattern B
Move Printer
No
Yes
Stand *2
Use
No Use

(Test Print) (IP Setting)

Figure 3-40 Map of the Main Menu (2/3)

3-41
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

(System Setup) (Stand)

IP Setting IP Address
0-255.
0-255.
0-255.
0-255
Subnet Mask
0-255.
0-255.
0-255.
0-255
Default G/W
0-255.
0-255.
0-255.
0-255
Regis. Settings
No
Yes
Cut Dust Reduct. Plain Paper
Off
On
Coated Paper
Off
On
Heavy Coated
Off
On
Language Glossy Paper
English Off
On
Francais
Semi-Glossy
Deutsch
Off
Italiano
On
Espanol
Test Print Glossy Film
Status Print Off
Nozzle Check On
Information Special 1-5
Ink Off
Version On
RAM
Interface
Ext. Interface
MAC Address
ERROR

Figure 3-41 Map of the Main Menu (3/3)

3-42
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

4.4.3 Contents of main menu


The available options in the main menu are described below.

1) Head Cleaning
This option cleans the printheads to prevent nozzles from getting clogged and to
recover nozzles that are already clogged.

2) Force Cutting
This option is displayed only when "Cutter" is set to "Enable" in Roll Media mode.
This option is used to cut the media at any selected position when in Roll Media
mode.
However, if the cutting position is within 10 cm of the media leading edge, the media
will be fed until there is 10 cm at the edge of the media.
The operation will end without cutting if the media is not fed to the cutting position.

3) Auto Feed (Displayed only for W7200)


This option is displayed in the W7200 only when "Take-up Reel" is set to "Enable"
and the roll media is already loaded in Roll Media mode.
When media are loaded in the take-up reel, the setting is changed to "Enable". In
this case, the operation is identical to operation when "Cut Type" is set to "No Cut".
Cutting can be performed, however, by selecting the "Force Cutting" option in the
Main menu.

4) Take-up Reel (displayed only for W7200)


This option is set when the take-up reel is used.
When the "Enable" setting is made, the "Auto Feed" option is displayed in the Main
menu.

5) Cut Sheet Type


This option is displayed only in Cut Sheet mode.
This is used to select the media type loaded in the cut sheet tray.

6) Roll Media Type


This is used to select the media type loaded in the roll media tray.

7) Rep. Ink Tank


Select this option when replacing the ink tank. It unlocks and opens the right cover
so that the ink tank can be replaced.

8) Auto Cut
This option is displayed only in Roll Media mode.
When printing in Roll Media mode, this is used to select the operation that is
performed at the trailing edge of each media after printing is finished.
To cut the media, select the "Yes" setting. To print a cut line at the cut position
without cutting, select the "Print Cut Line" setting. Also, to print without cutting,
select the "No" setting.

3-43
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

9) System Setup

a. Cutter
This option prohibits all cutting operations when "Disable" is set.

b. Buzzer
When this option is selected, the buzzer sounds whenever a warning or error
occurs. The buzzer sounds once for warnings and three times at approximately 0.2
second intervals for errors.

c. Sleep Timer
This sets the time until the device enters the sleep state.

d. EOP Timer
This sets the timeout time for a printing job.

e. Replace P.Head
Select this option when replacing the printhead. This operation uncaps the
printhead and moves the carriage over the platen so that the printheads on the
printer can be replaced.

f. Adjust Printer
This option allows the user to check if the nozzles are discharging normally or if
the discharge positions are misaligned.
Check each test pattern, and make the proper adjustment settings.
Print Pattern B can be set for all media types.
When Auto Print is set to "On", Print Pattern A is performed automatically after the
printhead is replaced.
When Print Pattern A is executed in Cut Sheet mode, it is divided as shown below.
First sheet: Even and odd register adjustment and color separation adjustment
(A to I)
Second sheet: Bi-directional register adjustment (J)
Third sheet: Bi-directional register adjustment (K)

3-44
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

• Print Pattern A
Pattern for even and odd adjustment, bi-directional adjustment, and color
separation adjustment.

Even and Odd adjustment : 8-pass, Uni-directional printing


Color separation adjustment : 8-pass, Uni-directional printing
Bi-directional adjustment : 2-pass, Bi-directional printing

Canon Large Format Printer W7200 HEAD ADJUSTMENT MAC ADDRESS : 000085184004

A B C D E F G H I
(+6) (+2) (+3) (+4) (+2) (+0) (+0) (+0) (-1)
+14
+10
Base line

+12
+ 8

+10
+ 6

+ 2
- 2

+ 0
- 4
Color separation
adjustment
- 2
- 6

-10

Even and odd


-12
adjustment

-14

+5 +4 +3 +2 +1 +0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5
Base line
J (+1)

+5 +4 +3 +2 +1 +0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5
Bi-directional
K (+2)
adjustment

Figure 3-42 Pattern A (Image)

3-45
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

• Print Pattern B (Pattern for band separation correction)

Canon Large Format Printer W7200 BAND ADJUSTMENT


MAC ADDRESS : 000085184004 R (+0) - Glossy Film
Media type
+5

1-pass, Uni-directional printing


+4

2-pass, Uni-directional printing


+3

+2

+1

+0

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5

Figure 3-43 Pattern B (Image)

3-46

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

g. Move Printer
This option is selected when transporting the printer or moving it to another floor
after installation.
For details, refer to Part 3: 3.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor (page. 3-
23).

h. Stand (Displayed only for W7250)


This option is set to "Use" when the W7250 is placed on the stand.
When the setting is "No use", the rewind operation for the roll media is disabled to
prevent slack forming in the roll media. Also, the leading edge cutting position
when loading the roll media is switched to about 300 mm.

i. IP Setting
This option sets the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

j. CutDustReduct.
This option reduces the scattering of cutting dust during roll media printing by
printing a line at the cutting position.
This option can be set for all media types.

k. Language
This option is used to change the language for messages on the display.
The available languages are Japanese, English, French, German, Italian, and
Spanish.

3-47
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

10) Test Print


This option allows printing of Status Print or Nozzle Check.
In Status Print, a status sheet is printed that contains the setting values,
adjustment values, and other data in the "Information" option.
In Nozzle Check, a nozzle check pattern is printed to check that the discharge from
the nozzles is normal.
If a check of the pattern reveals that the nozzles are not discharging properly,
perform the "Head Cleaning" option from the Main menu. If the clogging of the
nozzles is not improved after two or three cleanings, perform the "Replace P.Head"
operation to replace the printhead.

Canon Large Format Printer W7200 STATUS PRINT


S/C : Ver.0100 S/BOOT : Ver.0100
E/C : Ver.0100 E/Rel :Ver.0100
MAC Address : 00008518408F RAM : 64MB
Panel Status
Cut Sheet Type : Glossy Film Roll Media Type : Coated Paper
Auto Cut : Yes Take-up Reel : Disable
Cutter : Enable Buzzer : On Sleep Timer : 20 min. EOP Timer : 30 sec.
Language : Japanese
Adjust Printer
Auto Adjust : On
A:+0 B:+1 C:+1 D:+0 E:+1 F:+0 G:+0 H:+1 I:+0 J:+2 K:+2
Cut Dust Reduction
Plain Paper : Off Coated Paper : Off Heavy Coated : Off
Glossy Paper : Off Semi-Glossy : Off Glossy Film : On
Special 1 : Off Special 2 : Off Special 3 : Off Special 4 : Off Special 5 : Off
Ink
Bk : 100% C : 100% M : 100% Y : 100% PC : 100% PM : 100%
Interface : LAN/USB1.1 00000000208F
Ext. Interface : IEEE1394 00008514000004DC
Warning
01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000
Error
01:E02000 02:E02005 03:E02005 04:E02D03 05:E02D03
TCP/IP
Frame Type : Ethernet I I IP Address : 192.168.0.215
Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0 Default G/W : 0.0.0.0
DHCP : Off BOOTP : Off RARP :Off
Apple Talk
Phase Type : Phase2 Network Number : 65280 Node ID : 128
Name : Canon NB-12FB
Zone : *
Type : GARO

Figure 3-44 Status Print (Image)

3-48
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

The nozzle check pattern is printed in the Standard mode for each media type.

Canon Large Format Printer W7200 NOZZLE CHECK


MAC ADDRESS : 000085184004

Bk

PC

PM

Figure 3-45 Nozzle Check Pattern (Image)

11) Information
IThis option displays the ink level remaining in the ink tanks, versions of the system
controller and engine controller, RAM capacity, interface name, MAC address, and
warning and error history.

Version Version
S/C : XXXX S/Boot : XXXX

Version Version Version


E/C : XXXX E/Rel : XXXX E/Boot : XXXX

Version No.

Figure 3-46 Viewing the Software Version

3-49
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

5. PRINTER SERVICING FUNCTIONS


5.1 Service Mode
This mode is used for servicing the printer.

5.1.1 Service mode operation


a) How to enter Service mode
Follow the procedure below to enter Service mode.

1) Turn off the printer.


2) Turn on the printer while holding down the [PAPER SOURCE] button and [Online]
button.
3) Check that "Canon W72xx" is shown on the display, and then release the buttons.
4) Next, "SERVICE MODE" is shown on the display. (If sheets are inserted, this will
be displayed after the sheets are loaded.)
5) Use the [down arrow] button to make a selection.

Service mode is added to the options in the Main menu.


Service mode can be entered even during error status (when Exxxx and Wxxxx are
shown on the display) by turning the power off and then using the above key
operation.

b) How to exit Service mode


To exit Service mode, turn off the printer.

c) Buttons used in Service mode


• Selecting menus and parameters: [Left arrow] button and [right arrow] button
• Entering a lower-level menu: [Down arrow] button
• Entering a higher-level menu: [Up arrow] button
• Setting menus and parameters: [ENTER] button

3-50
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

5.1.2 Map of the service mode


The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Service mode is as shown below.

System Setup

SERVICE MODE DISPLAY PRINT INF YES


NO
Test Print
SYSTEM TYPE
TMP BK
TMP C
TMP M
TMP Y
TMP PC
TMP PM
SIZE LF
SIZE CR

HEAD S1
L1

INK BK
C
M
Y
PC
PM

WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING

I/O DISPLAY

ADJUST PRINT PATTERN BAND


NOZZLE
BAND SCALE

(FUNCTION)

Figure 3-47 Map of the Service Mode (1/3)

3-51
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

(ADJUST)

FUNCTION PANEL LED/LCD


PANEL KEY
PLATEN FAN
MIST FAN
PURGE
PINCH ROLLER
LF MOTOR
CR MOTOR
CUTTER

COUNTER PRINTER LIFE


POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER

CARRIAGE PRINT
DRIVE

PURGE CLN
CLN-A
CLN-M

INK INK BK
INK C
INK M
INK Y
INK PC
INK PM

HEAD DOT
DOT BK
DOT C
DOT M
DOT Y
DOT PC
DOT PM

(INITIALIZE) (CUT SHEET)

Figure 3-48 Map of the Service Mode(2/3)

3-52
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

(COUNTER) (HEAD)

CUT SHEET 36
30
24
OTHER
ROLL MEDIA 36
30
24
OTHER
MEDIA-ALL 00
01
02
03
OTHER
MEDIA-00 36
30
24
OTHER
MEDIA-01 36
30
24
OTHER
MEDIA-02 36
30
24
OTHER
MEDIA-03 36
30
24
OTHER
MEDIA-OTHER 36
30
24
OTHER

INITIALIZE WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING
ADJUST
W-INK
CUTTER
CARRIAGE
PURGE
INK
HEAD
S/C REPLACE
E/C REPLACE

Figure 3-49 Map of the Service Mode(3/3)

3-53
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

5.1.3 Details of service mode


The details of the Service mode menus are as shown below.

a) DISPLAY
Displays and prints the printer information.

1) PRINT-INF
Prints the following information.
• DISPLAY > SYSTEM
• DISPLAY > WARNING
• DISPLAY > ERROR
• DISPLAY > P-SETTING
• ADJUST
• COUNTER
PRINT INF
Canon Large Format Printer W7200
SYSTEM
TYPE:36" TMP BK:00.0 TMP C:00.0 TMP M:00.0 TMP Y:00.0 TMP PC:00.0 TMP PM:00.0
SIZE-LF: 0.0 SIZE-CR: 0.0
2)
HEAD
S1:00000000 L1:00000000 3)
INK
BK:00000000 C:00000000 M:00000000 Y:00000000 PC:00000000 PM:00000000 4)
WARNING
01:Wxxxxx 02:Wxxxxx 03:Wxxxxx 04:Wxxxxx 05:Wxxxxx 06:Wxxxxx 5)
07:Wxxxxx 08:Wxxxxx 09:Wxxxxx 10:Wxxxxx 11:Wxxxxx 12:Wxxxxx
ERROR
01:Exxxxx 02:Exxxxx 03:Exxxxx 04:Exxxxx 05:Exxxxx 06:Exxxxx 07:Exxxxx 08:Exxxxx 09:Exxxxx 10:Exxxxx 6)
11:Exxxxx 12:Exxxxx 13:Exxxxx 14:Exxxxx 15:Exxxxx 16:Exxxxx 17:Exxxxx 18:Exxxxx 19:Exxxxx 20:Exxxxx
P-SETTING
01:R103302S0236E 02:R103302S0236E 03:R103302S0236E 04:R103302S0236E 05:R103302S0236E 06:R103302S0236E
07:R103302S0236E 08:R103302S0236E 09:R103302S0236E 10:R103302S0236E 11:R103302S0236E 12:R103302S0236E
7)
ADJUST
A:+0 B:+0 C:+0 D:+0 E:+0 F:+0 G:+0 H:+0 I:+0 J:+0 K:+0
L:+0 M:+0 N:+0 P:+0 Q:+0 R:+0 V:+0 W:+0 X:+0 Y:+0 Z:+0
COUNTER
PRINTER : 5000 000000 000000 000000
CARRIAGE : 8 6
PURGE : 000000 000000 000000
INK : 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000
HEAD : 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 e)
CUT SHEET : 000000 000000 000000 000000
ROLL MEDIA : 000000 000000 000000 000000
MEDIA-ALL : 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000
MEDIA-00 : 000000 000000 000000 000000 MEDIA-01: 000000 000000 000000 000000
MEDIA-02 : 000000 000000 000000 000000 MEDIA-03: 000000 000000 000000 000000
MEDIA-OTHER: 000000 000000 000000 000000

Adjustment settings of MAIN MENU "Pattern A".


Adjustment settings of MAIN MENU "Pattern B".
L=Plain Paper V=Special 1
M=Coated Paper W=Special 2
N=Heavy Coated X=Special 3
P=Glossy Paper Y=Special 4
Q=Semi-Glossy Z=Special 5
R=Glossy Film

Figure 3-50 PRINT-INF (Image)

2) SYSTEM
Displays the printer information shown below.

Display Description
TYPE Engine controller type setting
H-TMP BK Calibrated temperature of head temperature sensor (Bk)
H-TMP C Calibrated temperature of head temperature sensor (C)
H-TMP M Calibrated temperature of head temperature sensor (M)
H-TMP Y Calibrated temperature of head temperature sensor (Y)
H-TMP PC Calibrated temperature of head temperature sensor (PC)
H-TMP PM Calibrated temperature of head temperature sensor (PM)
SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media (feeding direction)
SIZE CR Detected size of loaded media (carriage direction)

3-54
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

3) HEAD
Displays the following EEPROM information in the printhead.

Display Description
S1 Printhead serial number
L1 Printhead lot number

4) INK
Displays the following EEPROM information in the ink tank.

Display Description
BK Bk ink lot number
C C ink lot number
M M ink lot number
Y Y ink lot number
PC PC ink lot number
PM PM ink lot number

5) WARNING
Displays the warning history (up to 12 events). The newest event has the smallest
history number.

WARNING
01: Wxxxxx

Record No. Warning code

Figure 3-51 WARNING

6) ERROR
Displays the error history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the smallest
history number.

ERROR
01: Exxxxx

Record No. Warning code

Figure 3-52 ERROR

3-55
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

7) P-SETTING
Displays the print setting history (up to 12 events). The newest event has the
smallest history number.

P-SETTING
01:R100362SW130-
Printing status
Record No. Print end time
Image quality
Feeding method Media size

Media type

Figure 3-53 P-SETTING

Classification Display Description


Feeding method R1 Roll media feeding
C1 Cut sheet feeding
Media type 00 Plain paper
01 Coated paper
02 Glossy paper
03 Film
ZZ All other types
Media size 36 36 inches or more
30 30 to less than 36 inches
24 24 to less than 30 inches
LL Banner-size sheets exceeding the maximum fixed size
ZZ Other sizes
Image quality 2W 2-pass, bi-directional (fast)
4S 4-pass, Uni-directional (standard)
8W 8-pass, bi-directional (standard/high image quality)
8C 8-pass, Uni-directional (highest image quality)
Print end time 0000 Seconds
Printing status - Printing ends normally
W Warning occurs during printing
E Error occurs during printing

3-56

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

b) I/O DISPLAY
Displays the status of the port I/O signal of the sensors and other devices
connected to the engine controller.

I/O DISPLAY
0000 0000 00000

bit12 bit0

Figure 3-54 I/O DISPLAY

Bit Sensor name Description


1 Pump homeposition sensor 1: Homeposition
2 Carriage homeposition sensor 1: Homeposition
3 Roll media tray set sensor 1: Open
4 Pinch roller sensor 0: Cancel
5 Right cover sensor 0: Open
6 Feed sensor 0: With media
7 Cap sensor 0: With flag
8 Roll media set sensor 0: Set
9 Tray sensor 0: Open
10 Roll media end sensor 0: No roll media
11 Upper cover sensor 1: Open
12 Carriage cover sensor 0: Open

3-57
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

c) ADJUST
Performs adjustment and prints the adjustment and check patterns needed for
adjusting the printer parts.
The adjustment values under this option can be printed using the "PRINT-INF"
option.

- PRINT PATTERN > BAND


The same pattern as Print Pattern B in the Main menu is adjusted to the media
width and printed over the entire area.
- PRINT PATTERN > NOZZLE
This is used for a nozzle check pattern during servicing that prints a single pass in a
single direction.
This is used to check for nozzles that are not discharging properly.

BK PC C PM M Y
Nozzle No.0

Nozzle No.1279

Figure 3-55 NOZZLE (Image)

3-58
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

- PRINT PATTERN > SCALE


Maintenance test pattern

580mm

795mm

870mm

1000mm

1170mm

Figure 3-56 SCALE (Image)

- BAND
Not used.

3-59
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

d) FUNCTION
Checks the operation of the buttons on the operation panel and printer parts.

Display Description
PANEL LED/LCD This checks the LEDs and LCD on the operation panel.
The LEDs flash, and the squares in the LCD are displayed in a
checkerboard pattern with and flash alternately.
PANEL KEY This checks the buttons on the operation panel.
The name and symbol of the pressed button is displayed.
Pressing the upper arrow button exits this mode after the key
name is displayed. Also, pressing the Power button turns off
the printer.
PLATEN FAN This checks operation of the suction fan.
The fan rotates for five seconds at maximum speed and then
rotates for five seconds at minimum speed.
MIST FAN This checks operation of the air flow fans.
The right and left fans operate simultaneously for 10 seconds.
PURGE This checks operation of the recovery system.
After the carriage is moved to the homeposition, the recovery
suction operation is performed independently in the recovery
system.
PINCH ROLLER This checks the up/down operation of the pinch roller.
After the carriage is moved to the homeposition, the release
(up) and pressure (down) operations are performed each time
the ENTER button is pressed.
LF MOTOR This checks operation of the feed motor.
The media is moved forward 500 mm and then stopped
regardless of whether media is loaded or not.
CR MOTOR This checks operation of the carriage motor.
The carriage moves back and forth once at the maximum
printing width regardless of whether media is loaded or not.
CUTTER This checks operation of the cutter.
When roll media is loaded, the roll media is cut for each 100-
mm that it is fed. No operation is performed if roll media is not
loaded. Press the CANCEL button to stop operation in
progress.
If using glossy film, shavings can adhere to the nozzle face of
the printhead and damage the printhead.

e) COUNTER
Displays the service life (number of operation times and time) of each unit and print
counts for each media type.
The count values under this option can be printed using the "PRINT-INF" option.

- PRINTER Counter for product life


Display Description Unit
LIFE Number of printed media expressed as A0/A1 sheets
equivalent (for checking printer durability)
POWER ON Cumulative power-on time Hours
W-INK Waste ink full detection counter ml
CUTTER Number of cutter usages Single usage

3-60
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

- CARRIAGE Counter for carriage unit


Display Description Unit
PRINT Cumulative printing time Hours
DRIVE Cumulative carriage driving time Hours

- PURGE Counter for purge unit


Display Description Unit
CLN Number of automatic and manual cleanings Single cleaning
CLN-A Number of automatic cleanings Single cleanings
Each type (cleaning object) of automatic cleaning
is counted as one cleaning.
CLN-M Number of manual (main menu) cleanings Single cleanings

- INK Counter for ink tank


Display Description Unit
INK xx Number of times ink tank is replaced Single replacement
(xx indicates the color)

- HEAD Counter for printhead


Display Description Unit
DOT Total amount of ink discharged from integrated Display value
printhead (minimum
unit=100,000)x
65,535 dots
DOT xx Amount of ink discharged (xx indicates the color)

- CUT SHEET Cumulative printing length of cut sheets for different media widths
- ROLL MEDIA Cumulative printing length of roll media for different media widths
Display Description Unit
36 36" or more m
30 30" to less than 36" m
24 24" to less than 30" m
OTHER Less than 24" m

- MEDIA-ALL Cumulative printing length for different media types


Display Description Unit
00 Plain paper m
01 Coated paper m
02 Glossy paper m
03 Film m
OTHER Other media m

- MEDIA-00 Cumulative printing length for different media widths (plain paper)
- MEDIA-01 Cumulative printing length for different media widths (coated paper)
- MEDIA-02 Cumulative printing length for different media widths (glossy paper)
- MEDIA-03 Cumulative printing length for different media widths (film)
- MEDIA-OTHER Cumulative printing length for different media widths (other media)
Display Description Unit
36 36" or more m
30 30" to less than 36" m
24 24" to less than 30" m
OTHER Less than 24" m

3-61
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

f) INITIALIZE
The DISPLAY histories, ADJUST settings, COUNTER values, and other parameters
can be cleared individually.

Display Description
WARNING Initialization of DISPLAY>WARNING
ERROR Initialization of DISPLAY>ERROR
P-SETTING Initialization of DISPLAY>P-SETTING
ADJUST Initialization of ADJUST and
Main menu
W-INK Initialization of COUNTER>PRINTER>W-INK
CUTTER Initialization of COUNTER>PRINTER>CUTTER
CARRIAGE Initialization of COUNTER>CARRIAGE
PURGE Initialization of COUNTER>PURGE
INK Initialization of COUNTER>INK
HEAD Initialization of COUNTER>HEAD
S/C REPLACE Not used
E/C REPLACE Not used

3-62
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

5.2 Error Indicators


The printer indicates errors using the display and LEDs.
If an error occurs while a print job is in progress, the printer status is also displayed on
the status monitor of the printer driver.
There are two types of errors indicated on the display.
• Warnings
Status where the print operation can be continued without remedying the cause of
the problem. This can, however, adversely affect the print results.
• Errors
Status where the print operation is stopped, and regular operation cannot be
recovered until the cause of the problem is remedied.

Refer to Part 5: 7 Troubleshooting (Page 5-44) for the remedy procedures when warning
and errors occur.

3-63
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

5.2.1 Overview of warning and error codes

Codes* Problem type


W0100z Ink warning
W0100a Other warning
W0102x Media warning
W0103x GARO warning
E020xx Media feeding error
E020Bx Cover error
E025xx Ink error
E024xx Pass mismatch error
E028xx Printhead/Ink tank error
E02Axx Engine controller internal error
E02Dxx Other error
E02Exx Other error
E02Fxx System controller internal error
E040xx Service call error
*: THE ABOVE CODES SHOW "X" TO INDICATE A NUMBER OR LETTER, "A" TO
INDICATE A LETTER, AND "Z" TO INDICATE A NUMBER.

3-64
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

5.2.2 Warning and error codes


a) Warnings

Code*1 Display message Status Maintenance No.*2


(W01000) Bk Ink Check Bk ink tank is almost empty 7.2.1
(W01001) Y Ink Check Y ink tank is almost empty
(W01002) M Ink Check M ink tank is almost empty
(W01003) C Ink Check C ink tank is almost empty
(W01004) PM Ink Check PM ink tank is almost empty
(W01005) PC Ink Check PC ink tank is almost empty
(W01006) W-Ink Full Soon Waste ink absorber is almost full 7.2.2
(W0100C) Memory Overflow Data fault due to insufficient memory 7.2.3
(W0100F) Feed Limit.. Manual feed limit 7.2.4
W01021 Incorrect Media Media type is not correct 7.2.5
W01030 GARO W1030 Unsupported command in GARO image 7.2.6
mode
W01031 GARO W1031 Invalid number of parameters in GARO
image mode
W01032 GARO W1032 Required item was omitted in GARO
image mode
W01033 GARO W1033 Data out of range in GARO image mode
W01034 GARO W1034 Other warning in GARO image mode
W01035 GARO W1035 Unsupported command in GARO setting
mode
W01036 GARO W1036 Invalid number of parameters in GARO
setting mode
W01037 GARO W1037 Required item was omitted in GARO
setting mode
W01038 GARO W1038 Data out of range in GARO setting mode
W01039 GARO W1039 Other warning in GARO setting mode
*1: The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the display in the service mode.
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when warning occurs.
*2: The maintenance numbers correspond to the section title numbers in Part 5: 7
Troubleshooting (page 5-44).

3-65
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

b) Errors

Code*1 Status Maintenance No.*2


E02000 No roll media 7.3.1
E02005 Roll media feeding jam 7.3.2
E0200A Media sensor light intensity adjustment error 7.3.3
E0200B Media loading position error 7.3.3
E0200C Media leading edge not detected 7.3.3
E0200D Cut sheet trailing edge not detected 7.3.2
E0200E Media is too small 7.3.3
E0200F Media is too large 7.3.3
E02010 Media is skewed 7.3.3
E02011 Roll media tray was open during loading or printing 7.3.4
E02015 Cutting failure 7.3.3
E02016 Cut sheet trailing edge error during printing 7.3.2
E02017 Media right edge not detected 7.3.3
E02018 Media left edge not detected 7.3.3
E02400 Cut sheets were loaded even though the received data 7.3.5
indicated roll media
E02401 Roll media was not loaded even though the received data 7.3.5
indicated roll media
E02402 Cut sheets were not loaded even though the received data 7.3.5
indicated cut sheets
E02403 Media was too small during printing of adjustment pattern 7.3.5
E02500 No ink (Bk) 7.3.6
E02501 No ink (Y)
E02502 No ink (M)
E02503 No ink (C)
E02504 No ink (PM)
E02505 No ink (PC)
E02506 Ink tank not installed (Bk) 7.3.7
E02507 Ink tank not installed (Y)
E02508 Ink tank not installed (M)
E02509 Ink tank not installed (C)
E0250A Ink tank not installed (PM)
E0250B Ink tank not installed (PC)
E02800 No head 7.3.8
E02801 Head overheating 7.3.8
E02802 Incorrect head was installed 7.3.8
E02803 Head EEPROM error 7.3.8
*1: The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the display in the service mode.
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when warning occurs.
*2: The maintenance numbers correspond to the section title numbers in Part 5: 7
Troubleshooting (page 5-44).

3-66
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

Code*1 Status Maintenance No.*2


E02804 Incorrect ink tank was installed (Bk) 7.3.9
E02805 Incorrect ink tank was installed (Y)
E02806 Incorrect ink tank was installed (M)
E02807 Incorrect ink tank was installed (C)
E02808 Incorrect ink tank was installed (PM)
E02809 Incorrect ink tank was installed (PC)
E0280A Ink tank EEPROM error (Bk) 7.3.9
E0280B Ink tank EEPROM error (Y)
E0280C Ink tank EEPROM error (M)
E0280D Ink tank EEPROM error (C)
E0280E Ink tank EEPROM error (PM)
E0280F Ink tank EEPROM error (PC)
E02811 Unable to correct head DI 7.3.8
E02812 Engine controller internal error 7.3.10
E02A00
E02A01
E02A02
E02A03
E02B01 Manual feed tray was open during loading or printing 7.3.11
E02B04 Upper cover was open when upper cover was locked 7.3.12
E02B05 Right cover error 7.3.13
E02B06 Carriage cover was open when upper cover was locked 7.3.14
E02D00 Unable to detect home position of purge motor 7.3.15
E02D01 Unable to detect home position of pump motor 7.3.15
E02D02 Unable to detect home position of carriage motor 7.3.16
E02D03 Feed motor timeout 7.3.17
E02D04 Roll feed motor timeout 7.3.18
E02D05 Air flow fan was locked 7.3.19
E02E01 Cannot move carriage 7.3.20
E02E02 Paper holder opening/closing failure 7.3.21
E02E03 Pinch roller up/down failure 7.3.22
E02E04 Roll media does not feed 7.3.23
E02E05 Carriage movement timeout 7.3.20
E02E10 IEEE1394 interface error 7.3.24
E02F00 System controller internal error 7.3.25
*1: The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the display in the service mode.
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when warnig occurs.
*2: The maintenance numbers correspond to the section title numbers in Part 5: 7
Troubleshooting (page 5-44).

c) Service call error list

Code*1 Display message Status Maintenance No.*2


(E04000) Printhead Error! Head voltage error 7.4.1
(E04001) Waste Ink FULL! Waste ink absorber is full 7.4.2
(E04002) Scale Read Error Linear scale reading error 7.4.3
*1: The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the display in the service mode.
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when warning occurs.
*2: The maintenance numbers correspond to the section title numbers in Part 5: 7
Troubleshooting (page 5-44).

3-67
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

5.2.3 Description of warning and error codes


a) Warning description

1) x Ink Check (the ink color is indicated by x)


This is displayed when the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle detect that the
ink is below the prescribed level.

2) W-Ink Full Soon


This is displayed when a nearly full (approx. 95% capacity of the waste ink absorber)
waste ink level is detected in the waste ink absorber.

3) Memory Overflow
This is displayed when a data fault occurs due to insufficient memory.

4) Feed Limit..
This is displayed when the engine controller has detected the feed limit during
manual feeding.
During back feeding, the print standby position (on feed roller) is the feed limit.
During forward feeding, however, the feed limits are as follows.
Roll media: 18 m
Cut sheet: Detected size when sheets are loaded

5) Incorrect Media
During data reception, this is displayed when the media type required by the
received data is different from the media type that is currently loaded.

6) GARO W0103x (number is indicated by x)


During data reception, this is displayed when an error occurs in the data reception
GARO command.

3-68
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

b) Error description

1) E02000
End of Roll
This is displayed when a roll media end sensor has detected the roll media trailing
edge during printing or loading of the roll media.

2) E02005
Media Jam
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the roll media even after
feeding the prescribed length during loading of the roll media.

3) E0200A
Size undetected
This is displayed when the light intensity of the media sensor could not be adjusted
during media loading.

4) E0200B
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media loading position error
during detection of the media right edge.

5) E0200C
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media leading edge
during detection.

6) E0200D
Size undetected
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the cut sheet trailing edge
even after feeding the prescribed length during cut sheet loading.

7) E0200E
Media Too Small
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media smaller than the
prescribed size during media loading.
Media width: Less than 200 mm
Media length: Less than 100 mm

8) E0200F
Media Too Large
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media larger than the
prescribed size during media loading.
Media width: More than 927 mm (W7200)/More than 645 mm (W7250)
Media length (roll media): More than 18 m
Media length (cut sheets): More than 1.6 m (W7200) / More than 1.4m (W7250)

9) E02010
Media Skewed
This is displayed when the media sensor detects slanting that exceeds the prescribed
amount during media loading.

10) E02011
Close Roll Tray (cut sheet mode) / Remove Roll Media (roll media mode)
This is displayed when a roll media tray set sensor has detected that the roll media
tray has been pulled out during printing or loading of the roll media.

3-69
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

11) E02015
Cut Failed
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media leading edge
during detection after cutting of the roll media.

12) E02016
Load Cut Sheet
This is displayed during printing when the feed sensor has detected the cut sheet
trailing edge at a different position from the media loading position.

13) E02017
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media right edge
during media loading.

14) E02018
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media left edge during
media loading.

15) E02400
Eject Cut Sheet
This is displayed when the loaded media is a cut sheet when the received data is
designated for roll media.

16) E02401
Load Roll Media
This is displayed when the roll media is not loaded when the received data is
designated for roll media.

17) E02402
Load Cut Sheet
This is displayed when the cut sheet is not loaded when the received data is
designated for cut sheets.

18) E02403
Media Too Small
This is displayed when the loaded media is smaller than the prescribed size during
printing of the adjustment pattern.

19) E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Replace x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when no ink is detected in the ink tank.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <0:Bk, 1:Y, 2:M, 3:C, 4:PM, 5:PC>

20) E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
No x Ink Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when the sensor detects that the right cover is closed with an ink
tank removed during ink tank replacement.
This error is canceled when the required ink tank is installed and the right cover is
closed.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <6:Bk, 7:Y, 8:M, 9:C, A:PM, B:PC>

3-70
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

21) E0250C/E0250D/E0250E/E0250F/E02510/E02511
Remove x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when the sensor detects installation of the ink tank after all of the
ink tanks have been removed during head replacement or secondary transport
processing. This error is canceled by removing the respective ink tank so that the
process being performed can be completed.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <C:Bk, D:Y, E:M, F:C, 0:PM, 1:PC>

22) E02800
No Printhead
This is displayed when no printhead is detected.

23) E02801
Check Printhead
This is displayed when unusually high temperatures are detected in the printhead.

24) E02802
Check Printhead
This is displayed when an incorrect printhead is installed.

25) E02803
Check Printhead
This is displayed when a checksum error is detected in the printhead EEPROM.

26) E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809
Check x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when an incorrect ink tank is installed.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <4:Bk, 5:Y, 6:M, 7:C, 8:PM, 9:PC>

27) E0280A/E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Check x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when a checksum error is detected in the ink tank EEPROM.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <A:Bk, B:Y, C:M, D:C, E:PM, F:PC>

28) E02811
Check Printhead
This is displayed when a DI correction failure is detected in the printhead.

29) E02812
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the EEPROM of the engine
controller.

30) E02A00
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error occurs in the firmware of the engine controller.

31) E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error occurs in the FLASH ROM of the engine controller.

3-71
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

32) E02B01
Close Tray
This is displayed when the manual feed tray sensor has detected that the tray is
open during media loading or printing.

33) E02B04
Close Upper Cover
This is displayed when the upper cover sensor has detected that the upper cover is
open while the upper cover is locked.

34) E02B05
Close Right Cover
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected that the right cover has
been opened not using operations from the main menu.
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected that the right cover is
closed even though the right cover opening operation has been performed the
prescribed number of times.

35) E02B06
Close CRG Cover
This is displayed when the carriage cover sensor has detected that the carriage cover
is open while the upper cover is locked.

36) E02D00/E02D01
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when sensors for the purge unit could not detect the positions of
the motors within the prescribed time.

37) E02D02
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the carriage homeposition sensor could not detect the home
position of the carriage motor within the prescribed time.

38) E02D03
End of Roll
This is displayed when the feed motor could not reach the prescribed speed within
the prescribed time or the feed roller sensor could not detect the prescribed number
of steps from the encoder slit.

39) E02D04
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the roll feed motor could not reach the prescribed speed
within the prescribed time.

40) E02D05
Turn Power Off!!
This message is displayed when a fan lock is detected when the air flow fan is
running.

3-72
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

41) E02E01
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when a jam or other physical problem puts an excessive load on
the carriage motor so that the carriage cannot operate.

42) E02E02
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the roll media set sensor could not detect positional changes
by the paper holder during the paper holder opening and closing operations.

43) E02E03
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the pinch roller up/down sensor could not detect positional
changes by the pinch roller during the pinch roller up/down operations.

44) E02E04
End of Roll
This is displayed when the roll feed sensor has detected stoppage of the rotating flag
during supplying or feeding of the roll media.

45) E02E05
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the carriage motor could not reach the prescribed speed
within the prescribed time.

46) E02E10
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the IEEE1394 interface.

47) E02F00
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the firmware of the system
controller.

c) Service call error description

1) Printhead Error!
This is displayed when a voltage error occurs in the printhead.

2) Waste Ink FULL!


This is displayed when a full waste ink absorber is detected.

3) Scale Read Error


This is displayed when the carriage sensor could not read the linear scale.

3-73
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

6. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE


6.1 Overview of Service Software
In this printer, the service tools can be used to update the versions of the firmware for
the two controllers installed in the printer.
The service tools can also be used to access various types of information from the
printer.
The required operating environment and conditions for upgrading the firmware and
obtaining service information are shown below.

Software OS Printer port Interface cable


Upgrading lpr.exe(*1) Windows 95, 98, Me, LAN (10Base-T/100Base-TX) Crossover type
firmware version Windows NT, 2000, XP
Obtaining service hypertrm.exe Windows 95, 98, Me,
information (*2) Windows NT, 2000, XP RS-232C (9-pin, male) Crossover type
*1: Included in standard installations of Windows NT, 2000, and XP.
*2: Included in standard installations of Windows 95, 98, Me, Windows NT, 2000, and XP.

6.1.1 Firmware version update software


This tool is used to update the versions of the firmware for the system controller and
engine controller.
The required operating environment and conditions are shown below.

Software OS Printer port Interface cable


lpr.exe(*1) Windows 95, 98, Me, LAN (10Base-T/100Base-TX) Crossover type
Windows NT, 2000, XP
*1: Included in standard installations of Windows NT, 2000, and XP.

6.1.2 Service information access software


This tool is used to access varions types of Service mode information from the system
controller.
The required operating environment and conditions are shown below.

Software OS Printer port Interface cable


hypertrm.exe(*2) Windows 95, 98, Me, RS-232C (9-pin, male) Crossover type
Windows NT, 2000, XP
*2: Included in standard installations of Windows 95, 98, Me, Windows NT, 2000, and XP.

6.2 Firmware Version Update Software


In Windows NT, 2000, and XP, use the lpr.exe file that is provided in the standard
installation.
This is a software tool that connects the LAN cable to the LAN port on the system
controller.
This allows the software to upgrade the firmware (for the system controller and engin
controller) contained the printer.

3-74
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

6.2.1 Upgrade procedure


1) Connect the printer and computer using a LAN cable, and then turn the printer on.
2) Check the IP address of the printer by referring to Part 3: 4.4 Main Menu (page 3-39).
3) Check whether the printer is in online or offline status, and then start the program
below.
- Windows NT, 2000, and XP
"Command Prompt" program
- Windows 95, 98, and Me
"MS-DOS Prompt" program
4) In the case of Windows NT, 2000, and XP, proceed to step 5.
In the case of Windows 95, 98, and Me, enter the following command after the ">"
prompt.
set TEMP=c:\windows\temp
5) Enter the following command after the ">" prompt to run the lpr.exe program.
- Windows XP
c:\widows\system32\lpr.exe
- Windows NT and 2000
c:\winnt\system32\lpr.exe
- Windows 95, 98, and Me
Since lpr.exe is not provided in the standard installation, obtain lpr.exe as a
freeware file, and then specify the storage location of lpr.exe and run the file.
Example: d:\lpr.exe
6) Enter the following commands after the ">" prompt to designate the IP address and
firmware of the printer, and then perform the upgrade.
Example: IP address=192.168.1.1
Firmware=v0001.cpca
Storage location=d:\firm\v0001.cpca

- Windows NT, 2000, and XP


lpr -S192.168.1.1 -Plp -o l d:\firm\v0001.cpca

- Windows 95, 98, and Me


lpr -Plp -S192.168.1.1 -l d:\firm\v0001.cpca
7) If the version is update correctly, the "ROM Update OK?" is shown in the printer
display.
Press the ENTER button to upgrade the version.
Pressing the CANCEL button cancels the upgrading operation.
After "Turn Power Off!" is displayed, turn off the printer.
8) Turn on the printer, and then check the firmware version.

Press the ENTER button

S/C:XXXX->#### S/C:XXXX->####
ROM Update OK? ROM Update..

Completed!
Turn Power Off!!
Figure 3-57 Message Displayed when Updating the Firmware Version

3-75
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

6.3 Service Information Access Software


Use the HyperTerminal software supplied in the standard installation in Windows 95,
98, Me, NT, 2000, and XP.
HyperTerminal is a software tool used to connect the serial cable to the serial port on
the sysytem controller.
The following service information can be accessed based on the code that is entered.

a) Access service mode information


Entering the code below will display as log data all the information for the Service
mode and Main menu stored in the printer.
Input code: ssw

ssw
MachineType:36"
TMP:26.0 TMP BK:25.0 TMP C:26.0 TMP M:25.0 TMP Y:26.0 TMP PC:25.0 TMP PM:25.0
SIZE-LF:0.0 SIZE-CR:914.3
HeadEEPLotNo:001B01A0
HeadSerialNo:00017BB3
TankLotNo BK:20222810
TankLotNo C:21240310
TankLotNo M:21240310
TankLotNo Y:20212510
TankLotNo PC:21240310
TankLotNo PM:21240310
WARNING 01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000 06:W00000
07:W00000 08:W00000 09:W00000 10:W00000 11:W00000 12:W00000
ERROR 01:E02000 02:E02005 03:E02005 04:E02D03 05:E02D03 06:E02D03 07:E02D03
08:E02D03 09:E02010 10:E02010 11:E02000 12:E02B04 13:E00000 14:E00000
15:E00000 16:E00000 17:E00000 18:E00000 19:E00000 20:E00000
P-SETTING 01:R101ZZ8W0244- 02:R101248W0420- 03:R101368W0235- 04:R101368W1206-
05:C103368W1030- 06:R103368W0002E 07:R101308W0924- 08:R101308W0757-
09:R100ZZ4S0049W 10:0000000000000 11:0000000000000 12:0000000000000
ADJUST A:+0 B:+1 C:+1 D:+0 E:+1 F:+0 G:+0 H:+1 I:+0 J:+2 K:+2
L:+4 M:+2 N:+2 P:+2 Q:+2 R:+2 V:+0 W:+0 X:+0 Y:+0 Z:+0
COUNTER PRINTER: 19 7131 59
CARRIAGE: 2 2
PURGE: 5 5 0
INK: 2 2 2 2 2 2
HEAD: 10 1 1 1 1 1 1
CUT SHEET: 0 0 0 0
ROLL MEDIA: 0 0 0 0
MEDIA ALL: 0 0 0 0 0 0
MEDIA-00: 0 0 0 0
MEDIA-01: 0 0 0 0
MEDIA-02: 0 0 0 0
MEDIA-03: 0 0 0 0
MEDIA-OTHER: 0 0 0 0
S/C:Ver. 00.34.00 S/BOOT:Ver. 01.00.00 E/C:Ver. 0.13 E/Rel:Ver. 00010.01
MAC Address:00008518408F RAM:64MB
Current Path:1 CutSheetType:Glossy Film RollMediaType:Coated Paper
AutoCut:Yes TakeUpReel:Disable
Cutter:Enable Buzzer:On SleepTimer:20 min. EOPTimer:30 sec.
Stand:J504Only Language:Japanese
Auto Adjust:On
Adjust A:+0 B:+1 C:+1 D:+0 E:+1 F:+0 G:+0 H:+1 I:+0 J:+2 K:+2
L:+4 M:+2 N:+2 P:+2 Q:+2 R:+2 V:+0 W:+0 X:+0 Y:+0 Z:+0
CutDustReduct Plain:Off Coated:Off HeavyCoated:Off
GlossyPaper:Off Semi-Glossy:Off GlossyFilms:On BPF:Off
Special1:Off Special2:Off Special3:Off Special4:Off Special5:Off
InkBk:100% InkC:100% InkM:100% InkY:100% InkPC:100% InkPM:100%
Interface:LAN/USB1.1 00000000208F Ext.Interface:IEEE1394 00008514000004DC
Warning 01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000
Error 01:E02000 02:E02005 03:E02005 04:E02D03 05:E02D03
TCP/IP FrameType:Ethernet II IPAddress:192.168.0.215 SubnetMask:255.255.255.0
DefaultG/W:0.0.0.0
DHCP:Off BOOTP:Off RARP:Off
Apple Talk PhaseType:Phase2 NetworkNo:65280 NodeID:128
Name:Canon NB-12FB
Zone:*
Type:GARO
value = 10 = 0xa
->

Figure 3-58 ssw (Image)

3-76
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

b) Access printhead EEPROM information


Entering the code below will display as log date the serial number and all other
information stored in the printhead EEPROM.
Input code: ssw_head

ssw_head
Head EEPROM Dump
003E 0401 EAD8 0000
0012 0410 3D3D 423A
3A3C 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0606
0706 0505 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 4102 003E 0401
EAD8 0000 0012 0410
3D3D 423A 3A3C 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0606 0706 0505
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 4102
0000 0000 0002 0003
value = 3 = 0x3
->

Figure 3-59 ssw_head (Image)

3-77
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

c) Access ink tank EEPROM information


Entering the code below will display the serial numbers and all other information
stored in each color's ink tank EEPROM in the form of log data for the six colors
simultaneously.
Input code: ssw_ink

ssw_ink
InkTank EEPROM Dump
Black Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20 494E
432E 1401 424B F122
0521 0000 0000 0000
F122 0521 0000 0001
DBF4 0001 D4BF 6100
0001 43F4 0001 DBF4
0001 D4BF 6100 0001
43F4 0000 3134 3031
0000 8979 0001 FBD0
0001 DBF4 0061 0001
0000 7953 0001 DBF4
0061 0001 0000 7953
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
Light Cyan Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20 494E

0000 0000 0000 0000


Yellow Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20 494E
432E 1401 5900 F122
0822 0000 0000 0000
F122 0822 0000 0001
A8B0 0000 2C0F 6100
0001 1FE9 0001 A8B0
0000 2C0F 6100 0001
1FE9 0000 3134 3031
0000 8354 0001 FBD0
0001 A8B0 0061 0001
0000 AC97 0001 A8B0
0061 0001 0000 AC97
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
value = 3 = 0x3
->

Figure 3-60 ssw_ink (Image)

3-78
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

6.3.1 Service information access procedure


1) Connect the printer and computer with a serial cable, and then turn on the
printer.
2) Check that the printer is in the Online or Offline mode, and then start the
computer.
3) At the Run command of the start menu, enter "hypertrm.exe", and then click OK.

Figure 3-61 Service Information Access Software (Startup 1)

4) Enter the name, select the icon, and then click OK.

Figure 3-62 Service Information Access Software (Startup 2)

3-79
Part 3: Operations W7200 / W7250

5) Once the screen shown below is displayed, select the serial port of the computer
that is used, and then click OK.

Figure 3-63 Service Information Access Software (Setup 1)

6) Once the screen shown below is displayed, set the values as indicated below, and
then click OK,

Figure 3-64 Service Information Access Software (Setup 2)

3-80
W7200 / W7250 Part 3: Operations

7) Enter the access information cade, and then press Enter.

Figure 3-65 Service Information Access Software (Code Input)

8) The log data corresponding to the input code is displayed.

Figure 3-66 Service Information Access Software (Access Information Image)

3-81
Part 4
TECHNICAL
REFERENCE

Page Page
4- 1 1. OVERVIEW 4 - 22 3.4 Printhead
4- 1 1.1 Printer Block Diagram 4 - 26 3.5 Purge Unit
4- 2 1.2 Print Signal Sequence 4 - 31 3.6 Waste Ink Absorber
4- 5 1.3 Print Driving 4 - 32 3.7 Air Flow
4- 7 2. FIRMWARE 4 - 33 3.8 Paper Path
4- 7 2.1 Power On/Off 4 - 37 3.9 Structure of Paper Path
4- 8 2.2 Power Off 4 - 40 4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL
4- 9 2.3 Print Control SYSTEM
4 - 11 2.4 Print Position Adjustment 4 - 40 4.1 Overview
4 - 11 2.5 Overheating Protection 4 - 42 4.2 System Controller
Control of Printhead 4 - 45 4.3 Engine Controller
4 - 12 2.6 Pause between Pages 4 - 49 4.4 Carriage Relay PCB
4 - 12 2.7 White Raster Skip 4 - 50 4.5 Head Relay PCB
4 - 12 2.8 Sleep Mode 4 - 51 4.6 Motor Driver
4 - 13 3. PRINTER'S MECHANICAL 4 - 52 4.7 Power Supply
SYSTEM 4 - 54 5. DETECTION FUNCTIONS
4 - 14 3.1 Ink Passage 4 - 54 5.1 Detection Functions
4 - 16 3.2 Ink Tank Unit Based on Sensors
4 - 18 3.3 Carriage Unit
Carriage unit Air flow fan (L)
Printhead
J65
J1102 J200 Upper cover lock
+18V Media sensor solenoid (L)

J208

J203
GND Pinch roller

Tank sensor (C)


drive unit J66 Pinch roller

Tank sensor (Y)


W7200 / W7250

Tank sensor (M)


Tank sensor (BK)
Tank sensor (PC)

Tank sensor (PM)


Head Carriage Linear up/down clutch
relay PCB encoder J59

J210
J206

J212
relay Pinch roller
PCB up/down sensor
Carriage cover
Tank relay PCB sensor J60

J205

J211
J213
Manual feed
1. OVERVIEW

J6 tray sensor
Ink tank unit J407 J406 J405
Feed roller
sensor
J209 J210 J211
Feed motor
1.1 Printer Block Diagram

J84
FG

J410
Roll drive unit
J412 J409 J413 Roll drive
Air flow fan (R) Roll media motor
J67
end sensor Follow-up roller
Purge unit up/down clutch
Roll media tray
J68

J17
Pump motor set sensor Roll feed
clutch

4-1
Roll media Motor
Purge motor set sensor driver W7200 only
J30

J11
Pump homeposition Carriage
sensor homeposition sensor Option PCB To take-up unit
J14

Cap sensor Feed sensor J13


J1004 J1003 J1007 J1006 J1008

J19
J31
Roll feed J106
Suction fan sensor

Figure 4-1 Printer Block Diagram


J1

Power supply To power cord


J1
A block diagram of the printer is shown in Figure 4-1 below.

Feed sensor unit


J104

Carriage motor J1002 J1005 J103 J105 J102


Upper cover lock +3.3V Power button +5.1V,GND
GND signal +26.5V,GND

J403
solenoid (R)
J414 J415 J417 J419 J418
J24
Right cover
sensor
J404 Engine controller
Right cover Right cover lock Optional in
J408 W7250
lock solenoid unit (R) J2
Upper cover Operation Expansion
System controller
J1
J1

J6
J86

board

J82
CN1

J88
sensor (L) panel
Upper cover J5 J7 J2
sensor (R) Network USB1.1 Expansion
Part 4: Technical Reference
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

1.2 Print Signal Sequence


The signal sequence from when the printer receives the print signals until printing
starts is shown in Figure 4-2 below.

Host computer : Image data


: Mask pattern data
Printer driver Optional software : Heat pulse
RIP etc.
a a : Command data
a' a' : PCI bus
: Data bus

Interface unit
W7200 / W7250

Expansion Network USB1.1

b b b
CPU unit Image processing
unit

j
CPU ASIC Operation
c panel

EEPROM FCRAM Printhead


h
FLASH c, j EEPROM

SDRAM
d d Head relay PCB
g Latch IC
System controller

Engine controller
g g
Driver Receiver
ASIC ' ASIC
e ASIC g
SDRAM
Carriage relay PCB
e, f Motor driver PCB
i i
EEPRROM Driver IC
f
FLASH Ink tank
i i
SDRAM EEPROM
CPU

i
i
i
Sensor and drive unit

Figure 4-2 Print Signal Sequence

4-2
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

a) The printer driver in the host PC compresses the image data, and then sends the
command data and other print data to the printer.
The resolution conversion, color conversion process, and six-color binary conversion
process for the image data are not performed.
The image process table data is used in the color conversion process, binary
conversion process, and other operations of the image data to achieve a high-quality
image output. This data is created and sent as command data based on the Paper
Type setting specified in the printer driver.

a') An optional software RIP performs resolution conversion of the image and then
sends this image data to the printer together with the command data after a color
conversion process or six-color binary conversion is performed.

b) This printer receives the print data from the interfaces controlled by the interface
unit of the system controller.
The received print data is sent to the CPU or ASIC.

c) The system controller extracts the print data that was sent to the CPU or ASIC, and
then performs resolution conversion, color conversion process, and six-color binary
conversion while storing the data in the SDRAM or FCRAM at the optimal timing.

d) The ASIC in the system controller converts the print data to six-color binary image
data and command data and sends the data to the ASIC in the engine controller.

e) The ASIC in the engine controller stores the received image data in the SDRAM at
the optimal timing, and the data is combined with the mask data in the ASIC and
output in coordination with the discharge timing. The ASIC also sends the command
data from the system controller to the CPU.

f) The CPU in the engine controller obtains the mask pattern data from the FLASH
ROM based on the command data, printhead information from the EEPROM in the
printhead, and internal temperature from the latch IC on the head relay PCB, and
sends this data to the ASIC.

g) The ASIC in the engine controller sends the image data combined with the mask
pattern to the printhead as print signals while converting to data corresponding to
the printhead information and internal temperature. During this operation, heat
pulses are sent to the printhead for performing the optimal head driving.

g') The print signals undergo differential processing by the driver ASIC to reduce noise
and then are restored by the receiver ASIC.

h) The printheads convert the received print signals internally, which are in serial
format, into the parallel data used by a single nozzle array, and then perform heat
pulse and AND processing to carry out the printing.

4-3
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

i) The CPU in the engine controller manages the overall print drive operations while
controlling the motor driver and monitoring the status of the printer components
based on the adjustment values stored in the EEPROM.
The SDRAM is used as work memory.

j) The CPU in the system controller manages the overall image processing operations
while controlling key operation and message display based on the adjustment values
stored in the EEPROM.
The firmware is stored in the FLASH ROM.

4-4
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

1.3 Print Driving


In this printer, the print signals and control signals pass through the carriage relay
PCB and head relay PCB and are output to the printheads. This allows the printheads
to perform printing operations by discharging ink from the printhead nozzles.
Each printhead has six nozzle arrays (Bk, PC, C, PM, M, and Y from the left with the
carriage installed).
The print signals received by each printhead include even nozzle data (E_DTBK1,
DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2)
and odd nozzle data (O_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2,
DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2). These two data types are sent according to the timing
determined by the data transfer clock (HSCLK) and data latch pulse (LTH).
The drive control signals include heat enable signals (HE_BK, LC, C, LM, M, Y) for
ejecting ink from the printhead nozzle and subheat enable signals (SHE_BK, LC, C, LM,
M, Y) for maintaining stable ink discharge rates by raising the temperature of the head
when it is lower than the optimum operating temperature.

1.3.1 Print drive control


Each nozzle array on a printhead has 1280 nozzles.
The nozzles used for discharging ink are selected by the block enable information in
the even nozzle data and odd nozzle data and are separated into 24 blocks. (The
1280th nozzle ends at block number 15.) There are 54 nozzles in blocks 0 to 15, and
52 nozzles in blocks 16 to 23.
In the printhead nozzles in the selected block, heat enable signals and subheat
enables signals are applied to adjust the pulse width according to the head rank, head
temperature, internal temperature, and other factors to ensure optimal ink discharge,
and then the heat board in the printhead nozzle is driven so that ink is discharged.
The optimal nozzle block is selected based on the printing pass.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223 Block No.


0
Printhead nozzle No.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47

1279
The pattern is repeated until 1280 nozzles is reached.
The 1280th nozzle ends at block 15.

Figure 4-3 Conceptual Diagram of Nozzle Blocks

4-5
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

1.3.2 Print drive timing


Each printhead has six nozzle arrays (Bk, PC, C, PM, M, Y). These six arrays all use
the data transfer clock (HSCLK) and data latch pulse (LTH) signals.
The even nozzle data (E_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1,
DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2), odd nozzle data (O_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1,
DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2), heat enable
signals (HE_BK, LC, C, LM, M, Y), and subheat enable signals (SHE_BK, LC, C, LM,
M, Y) are sent to a specific array as required to control each array separately.
Printing is performed in both the carriage forward and reverse directions.
The encoder sensor installed on the carriage generates 300-dpi pitch linear scale
detection signals (CRENCA) and 90°-phase shift signals (CRENCB). The carriage
recognizes the movement direction by the state of the CRENCB signals with respect to
the rising of the CRENCA signals.
The printhead is driven using the 1200-dpi timing signals (XCOL-STR) that divide the
CRENCA signals detected by the 300-dpi timing into four equal parts.
Forward printing is based on the rising of the detection signals (CRENCA).
Reverse printing is based on the falling of the detection signals (CRENCA) and is
performed in the same manner as forward printing, except that the transmission
order of the even nozzle data and odd nozzle data reverses the heating order of the
printhead nozzles.

300dpi

Linear scale

CRENCA

CRENCB

1200dpi

XCOL-STR

1200dpi

HSCLK

O_DTBK1 Data of block 0 Data of block 2 Data of block 4 Data of block 20 Data of block 22

O_DTBK2 Data of block 0 Data of block 2 Data of block 4 Data of block 20 Data of block 22

E_DTBK1 Data of block 0 Data of block 2 Data of block 4 Data of block 20 Data of block 22

E_DTBK2 Data of block 0 Data of block 2 Data of block 4 Data of block 20 Data of block 22

LTH

HE_BK
Low active

SHE_BK
Low active

Figure 4-4 Example of Print Drive Timing (Nozzle Array Bk in Forward Printing)

4-6
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

2. FIRMWARE
2.1 Power On/Off
2.1.1 Power On
The initialization sequence when the power is turned on and before the printer enters
the online state is shown in the flow chart below. The printer requires about 2
minutes* to perform the initialization sequence.
* This does not include the time required for supplying ink and cleaning after storage
for an extended period of time.

Power button ON * LEDs on operation panel turn on


"Initializing" shown on display

"Initializing" is * LEDs on operation panel turn off


Software * The system controller and engine controller are initialized
shown on
display initialization * LEDs on operation panel flash twice at one-second intervals
* EEPROM check

"Canon W72xx" Engine status check * Check of status when Error message
is shown on power was last turned off
display

* Available printheads Error message


Printhead check * Printhead EEPROM check

Right cover Error message


lock check

* Available ink tanks


Ink tank check * Ink tank EEPROM check
* Ink tank level detection

Upper cover lock Error message

* Carriage motor is initialized


Carriage/feeding * Carriage homeposition Error message
initialization detection
* Feeding motor is initialized

Ink Error message


supply/cleaning

Upper cover lock release

No media
Media detection
Media detected
Upper cover lock "Offline" is shown Waiting for
on display media loading

Media load

Upper cover lock release Error message

"Online" is shown
on display Waiting for print operation

Figure 4-5 Flow chart after Power On

4-7
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

2.2 Power Off


Turning off the power button will cut off the voltage to all driving systems that are
supplied power. In this case, the power-off sequence by the firmware is started.

This printer immediately suspends all operations in progress and stops


CAUTION whenever the power cable is unplugged, or the upper cover, right cover, or
roll media tray are opened. In this case, the printer may stop without
performing the regular capping operation for the printheads. If the power
was turned off by unplugging the power cable, plug the power cable into
the outlet and turn the power on again so that the printer enters the
online state, and then press the power button to turn off the power.

2.2.1 Power Off sequence

Power button OFF * Hold down for at least 2.5 seconds

"Exiting" is shown on System controller data * Writing to EEPROM


display backup

Cut sheet
Media detection
Roll media
Discharge operation

Engine controller data * Writing to EEPROM


backup

Power off

Figure 4-6 Power Off Flow chart

4-8
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

2.3 Print Control


2.3.1 Print mode
This printer is capable of fast, high-quality printing without blurring or inconsistent
ink density by changing the carriage operation, sheet feeding operation, and other
printing methods according to the selected paper, print quality, and print data.
Printing is performed using a multi-pass technique for each color. This allows not only
a faster print speed, but also reduces the inconsistency in ink density due to different
amounts of ink discharged from the printhead nozzles. Blurring is also prevented
since the multi-pass printing technology shifts the print timing so that the ink
discharged onto the paper in the previous pass is nearly dry before the next ink
discharge occurs in the next pass.
The printer supports a maximum of 8-pass printing according to the required print
quality.

a) Draft mode
In the high-speed print mode, the image data is thinned out and a single band
(equivalent to the height of a nozzle array) is printed in a two-pass operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Draft" option under Print Quality settings in the
printer driver.
The image data is allocated for each color by the mask pattern control, divided into
two parts by the nozzle block control, and then printed by a 2-pass bidirectional.

b) Standard mode
In normal print mode, a single band (equivalent to the height of a nozzle array) is
printed using a 4-pass or 8-pass operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Standard" option under Print Quality settings
in the printer driver.
The printing operation varies depending on the sheet settings in the printer driver.
If Plain Paper is selected in the sheet settings, the image data is allocated for each
color by the mask pattern control, divided into four parts by the nozzle block
control, and then printed by a 4-pass single-directional carriage 2x-speed
movement.
If a media other than Plain Paper is selected in the sheet settings, the image data is
allocated for each color by the mask pattern control, divided into eight parts by the
nozzle block control, and then printed by an 8-pass bidirectional.

c) High mode
In high quality print mode, a single band is printed using an 8-pass operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "High" option under Print Quality settings in the
printer driver.
The image data is allocated for each color by the mask pattern control, divided into
eight parts by the nozzle block control, and then printed by an 8-pass bidirectional.

4-9
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

d) Highest mode
In super-high quality print mode, a single band is printed using an 8-pass
operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Highest" Fine option under Print Quality
settings in the printer driver.
The image data is allocated for each color by the mask pattern control, divided into
eight parts by the nozzle block control, and then printed by an 8-pass single-
directional.

Table 4-1 PRINT MODES


Mode Print resolution Number of Print direction Paper type
(dpi) passes
Draft 1200 x 300 2 Bidirectional Plain paper, coated paper
Standard 1200 x 600 4 Single-directional Plain paper
1200 x 600 8 Bidirectional All sheets except plain paper
High 1200 x 600 8 Bidirectional All sheets except plain paper
Highest 1200 x 600 8 Single-directional All sheets except plain paper and coated paper

4-10
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

2.4 Print Position Adjustment


For instructions on how to perform print position adjustments, see Part 3: 4.4.3 Contents of main
menu (page 3-43).

2.4.1 Print position adjustment


This printer incorporates a print position adjustment function for manual adjustment of the
vertical/horizontal positions, bidirectional printing position, and sheet feeding rate of the
printheads installed on the carriage.
The print position is adjusted by first printing the print position adjustment patterns with
slightly modified conditions and setting the adjustment values observed visually from the
operation panel.
The print position adjustment requires a roll media or cut sheet that is A3 size or larger.

2.5 Overheating Protection Control of Printhead


This printer is provided with an overheating protection control function that detects abnormally
high temperatures in the printheads.
The printheads can overheat, for instance, when the printing process continues for
some time with no ink supplied to the printhead nozzles. The overheating protection
control function prevents a printhead nozzle from becoming permanently clogged or
damaged due to excessive heat.
The overheating protection control process is based on the detected temperature of the
head temperature sensors in each nozzle array. If overheating is detected in a single
nozzle array, control is performed in one of the two stages below according to the
temperature.
Protection level 1:
If the head temperature sensor detects a temperature above 80°C, the printer allows
the carriage to continue in the direction of its scanning pass and then stops it at the
scan end position. The wait control is activated to allow the heat to dissipate.
Printing resumes when the temperature drops below 80°C or 30 seconds have
passed in the wait state.
Protection level 2:
If the head temperature sensor detects a temperature above 120°C, the printer
immediately stops the printing operation, and the carriage returns to the home
position where capping is performed. An error message is shown on the display.

4-11
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

2.6 Pause between Pages


To prevent ink blots from forming, this printer discharges printed pages so that they
hang down from the platen and dry and is provided with a Pause between Pages function
for discharging sheets after a specified wait time. The user can set the wait time from the
printer driver. This function is particularly useful for film-type and other sheets that
need extra time to dry.

2.7 White Raster Skip


To improve the printing throughput, this printer incorporates a White Raster Skip
function for skipping the carriage scan operation for continuous blank segments of
print data.

2.8 Sleep Mode


This printer has a Sleep mode for reducing the standby power.
The printer automatically enters Sleep mode (Power Save mode) when there are no user
operations and no print data has been received for a preset period of time in the Online
or Offline mode. The printer wakes from Sleep mode whenever the user performs any
key operations on operation manual or print data is received from the host computer.
Whenever the roller trace preventive sequence starts automatically, the printer
temporarily switches to the normal power mode and then returns to Sleep mode again
once the operation is finished.
The time until the printer enters Sleep mode can be changed from the operation panel.
See Part 3: 4.4.3 Contents of main menu (page 3-43) for the procedure for changing this
setting.

4-12
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

3. PRINTER MECHANICAL SYSTEM


The printer mechanical system can be roughly divided into two major components: the
ink passage and paper path.
The ink passage consists of ink tank unit and a carriage unit where printheads are
installed, purge unit, and waste ink absorber unit and performs the supply, circulation,
and suction/removal of ink.
The paper path includes the roll media tray, roll media feeder, paper feeder and performs
two types of feeding, transport, and discharge of media.

This section presents an overview of the components of the mechanical system.

Roll media feeder

Carriage unit

Purge unit

Roll media tray unit

Paper feed

Ink tank unit

Waste ink Absorber

Figure 4-7 Printer Mechanical System

4-13
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

3.1 Ink Passage


3.1.1 Overview of the ink passage
The ink passage consists of the ink tanks, printheads, caps, maintenance jet tray,
waste ink absorber, ink tubes for connecting the mechanical components, and ink
suction pump that is activated when ink is removed. These components are used to
perform the supply, circulation, and suction/removal of ink.

A schematic diagram of the ink passage (for one color) and the ink flow are shown in
the figure below.

Mechanical Drive Unit


Ink or air flow

Joint

Carriage unit
Joint
Printhead

Suction pump Cap

Waste ink absorber

Ink tank
To waste ink absorber
W7250

Ink supply valve

Sub buffer

To waste ink absorber

Figure 4-8 Schematic Diagram of the Ink Passage (for One Color)

4-14
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

a) Ink supply from ink tank to ink supply valve


The ink tank contains ink which is supplied to the printhead.
Ink flows from the ink tank to the ink supply valve due to the fluid level difference.

b) Ink inflow from ink tank to sub buffer


Although ink flows from the ink tank to the sub buffer due to the fluid level
difference, air also enters from the air passage of the sub buffer to maintain the
pressure inside the ink tank at a fixed level. If the ink inside the sub buffer exceeds
a certain level, the ink passes through the air passage and flows to the waste ink
absorber.

c) Ink supply from ink supply valve to printhead


Ink is supplied from the ink tank to the printhead by opening the ink supply valve,
capping the heads, and then driving the suction pump. The ink removed from the
caps flows to the waste ink absorber.

d) Ink supply during printing


During the printing operation, ink is constantly filling the printheads from the ink
tank due to the negative pressure applied to the printhead nozzle by the opening of
the ink supply valve and discharging of the print ink.
Waste ink removed by the cleaning operation and waste ink in the right maintenance
jet tray flows to the waste ink absorber.

If all of the ink passages are opened (ink tank is not installed, ink supply
CAUTION valve is opened, and printhead lock lever is opened) when ink fills the ink
tube, the ink in the ink tube may reverse-flow due to the difference in the
water head, and ink may leak from the ink supply needle. Therefore, do
not open all of the ink passages at the same time when the ink tube is
filled with ink.

4-15
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

3.2 Ink Tank Unit


3.2.1 Structure of ink tank unit

a) Ink tank
The ink tanks contain ink (approx. 330 ml for W7200, approx. 130 ml for W7250) for
each color.
The amount of ink is stored in the EEPROM mounted on the ink tank.
The remaining ink level in the ink tank is detected using a dot count based on the
EEPROM information.
When the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle detect that there is no electrical
current, a message appears on the display indicating that the ink is nearly empty. If
the dot count reaches the prescribed value from this state, the ink tank is
considered to be empty.

b) Ink port
The hollow needle enters the ink port (covered by a rubber plug) when the ink tank
lever of the printer is pressed down to the ink tank fixing position, and this
establishes an ink passage between the printer and ink tank.

c) Air passage
The open hollow needle enters the air passage (covered by a rubber plug) when the
ink tank lever of the printer is pressed down to the ink tank fixing position, and the
internal pressure of the ink tank is opened so that the internal pressure is
maintained at a fixed level.

d) Notches for preventing incorrect installation


The ink tanks have notches for preventing incorrect installation. The wrong ink
tanks cannot be inserted and set because of these notches.
The ink tank lever can be lowered only when the ink tank has been installed in the
set position, and the ink supply will not start unless the ink tank lever is lowered.

Air passage Air passage

Ink port Ink port

EEPROM EEPROM

Notches for preventing


incorrect installation

Notches for preventing


incorrect installation
Ink tank Ink tank

W7200 W7250

Figure 4-9 Ink Tank

4-16
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

e) Ink supply valve


The ink supply valve is located between the ink tank and ink tube. This valve
presents ink leakage from occurring when the ink tube on the ink tank side is
opened during replacement of the ink tank.

Ink supply valve Ink supply valve

W7200 W7250

Figure 4-10 Ink Supply Valve

4-17
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

3.3 Carriage Unit


3.3.1 Carriage functions

a) Printhead mounting
The carriage mechanically locks the printheads and connects them to the terminals
on the head relay PCB.

b) Control
A carriage relay PCB and encoder are installed on the carriage. The carriage relay
PCB communicates the drive signal of the printhead, and the encoder detects the
carriage position and generates print timing signals. The carriage relay PCB is
connected to the engine controller by flexible cable.

c) Carriage drive
The carriage belt moves the carriage back and forth on the platen. The carriage belt
is driven by the power from the carriage motor.

d) Printhead maintenance
This printer has a cleaning function that performs wiping and suction of the printheads
when the carriage is stopped at the carriage homeposition.

e) Media thickness adjustment


The gap between the bottom face of the printheads and the media surface can be
adjusted according to the media thickness. Although the print quality is higher when
the gap is narrow, ink blots may form on the print surface due to contact of the
media with the printhead face, or the printhead nozzles may be damaged.
In this printer, the user can use the printhead height adjustment lever to select the
gap width according to the media thickness (3 positions).

f) Paper width/skew detection


A media sensor is installed at the bottom left of the carriage for detecting the paper
width and skewing of the paper on the platen.

g) Internal temperature detection


Thermistors installed in the printhead relay PCBs are used to detect the internal
temperature in the vicinity of the printhead.

4-18
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

3.3.2 Structure of carriage


a) Printhead mounting unit
The printheads are mounted to the carriage by the printhead lock cover and
printhead lock lever. When the printheads are fixed to the carriage, the signal
contact point of the head relay PCB contacts the signal contact point of the
printheads, and this results in the transmission of print signals. Also, the ink
passage from the ink tank passes through the ink tube and connects to the
printheads.

b) Ink port
Ink passes through the ink tube and is supplied to the printheads.
The ink tubes run through the joints and inside the frame-shape caterpillar and
move in coordination with the carriage.

Contact
Ink supply joint Printhead lock cover

Caterpiller

Printhead lock lever

Carriage motor

Carriage

Ink tube

Figure 4-11 Carriage Unit (1)

4-19
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

c) Control unit
The carriage relay PCBs are connected to the head relay PCBs by short flexible
cables. The flexible cable between the engine controller and carriage relay PCB is
mounted on a frame-shaped caterpillar and moves in coordination with the carriage.
A photocoupler-type encoder is mounted at the bottom of the rear of the carriage for
reading the linear scale during carriage movement.

d) Carriage drive unit


Mechanical misalignment of the installed printheads in the vertical/horizontal
direction and in bidirectional printing can be corrected by using the Adjustment
command in the Main Menu to shift the print timing.
The carriage belt, which is driven by the power from the DC motor-type carriage
motor, moves the carriage in the sheet horizontal direction.
The carriage homeposition, which is also the capping position, is detected by the
carriage homeposition edge on the right side of the carriage and the photo
interrupter-type carriage homeposition sensor on the carriage right-side plate. The
position on the linear scale that corresponds to the detected carriage homeposition
is recorded as the homeposition, and this position is set as the reference point for
position control. The carriage motor is then driven and controlled using the control
signals generated by the engine controller.

Carriage relay PCB

Head relay PCB

Media sensor
Printhead height
adjustment lever

Carriage
homeposition edge

Carriage cover sensor

Maintenance-jet tray

Carriage homeposition sensor

Figure 4-12 Carriage Unit (2)

4-20
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

e) Printhead maintenance unit


The printer performs cleaning operations of the printheads at the carriage
homeposition.
In the wiping operation, the printheads installed in the carriage are wiped as the
purge motor rotates when the carriage is stopped at the carriage homeposition. The
maintenance jets are discharged when the carriage passes through the maintenance
jet tray, located at the right side of the platen, while the carriage is moving forward.
The suction operation is performed using the suction cap of the purge unit.

f) Gap adjustment unit


The paper thickness lever located on the right side of the carriage works in
coordination with the height adjustment cam. The height adjustment rollers located
at the bottom-right edge of the carriage front are moved up and down by this
mechanism, and this moves the head holder position up or down to change the gap
between the face of the printheads and the media.

g) Media sensor unit


The media sensor located at the bottom left of the carriage consists of an LED and
photosensor.
The sensor is protected by a transparent cover to prevent the adhesion of dust and
other foreign substances due to ink mist.

h) Internal temperature detection


A thermistor for measuring the internal temperature is installed on the head relay
PCB on the rear of the head holder.

i) Carriage homeposition edge


The carriage homeposition is determined to be the position on the linear scale
measured when the carriage homeposition edge has been detected.

4-21
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

3.4 Printhead
3.4.1 Structure of printhead
A printhead has six nozzle arrays. Each nozzle can be controlled individually so that a
six-color discharge action is performed by a single printhead.

a) Nozzle arrays
Each nozzle array provides 1280 nozzles arranged in a two-column staggered
pattern. Each column is comprised of 640 nozzles separated by an interval of 1/600
inch and is arranged in a staggered pattern to form 1280 nozzles separated by an
interval of 1/1200 inch.

5/600inch

0 0 0 0 0 0 1/1200inch
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3

1276 1276 1276 1276 1276 1276


1277 1277 1277 1277 1277 1277
1278 1278 1278 1278 1278 1278
1279 1279 1279 1279 1279 1279

Bk PC C PM M Y
82/600inch

Figure 4-13 Nozzle Configuration

4-22
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

b) Nozzle structure
Ink is supplied from the ink tank, passes through by a mesh ink filter, and is sent to
the nozzles.
Ink is supplied from the shared ink chamber to the nozzles. When the head driving
current is applied to the nozzle heater, this causes the ink to boil and form bubbles
so that ink droplets are discharged from the nozzles.

Resin

Silicon plate

Heater Heater
Shared ink chamber

Figure 4-14 Nozzle Structure

4-23
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

c) Signal contact points


The signal contact points on the printhead are connected to the signal contact points
on the head relay PCB so that print signals and other information are sent from the
carriage relay PCB to the nozzles.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78

Figure 4-15 Signal Contact Points

Table 4-2 SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS (1/2)

Pin number Signal IN/OUT Function


1,2,3 HGND - GND
4 E_DTLM1 IN Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/even nozzle)
5 E_DTLC1 IN Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/even nozzle)
6 O_DTLM2 IN Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/odd nozzle)
7,8 GND - GND
9 E_DTC1 IN Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/even nozzle)
10 E_DTC2 IN Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/even nozzle)
11 O_DTC2 IN Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/odd nozzle)
12,13,14,15 HGND - GND
16 SHE_LC IN Sub heat enable signal (PC nozzle array)
17 O_DTLC1 IN Nozzle data signal (PC nozzle array/odd nozzle)
18 SHE_BK IN Sub heat enable signal (Bk nozzle array)
19 SHE_LM IN Sub heat enable signal (PM nozzle array)
20 HE_LM IN Heat enable signal (PM nozzle array)
21 GND - GND
22 E_DTM2 IN Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/even nozzle)
23 LTH IN Data latch signal
24,25 HGND - GND
26 VHFBG - NC
27 DIALC() OUT DI sensor signal (PC nozzle array)
28 DIAK() OUT DI sensor signal (Bk nozzle array)
29 DIAK() OUT DI sensor signal (Bk nozzle array)
30 O_DTBKI IN Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/odd nozzle)

4-24

manuals4you.com
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

Table 4-2 SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS (2/2)

Pin number Signal IN/OUT Function


31 HE_LC IN Heat enable signal (PC nozzle array)
32 DIALM1 OUT DI sensor signal (PM nozzle array)
33 SHE_M IN Sub heat enable signal (M nozzle array)
34 HE_Y IN Heat enable signal (Y nozzle array)
35 DIAM1 OUT DI sensor signal (M nozzle array)
36 E_DTY2 IN Nozzle data signal (Y nozzle array/odd nozzle)
37 P_DTM2 OM Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/even nozzle)
38 DIAY0 OUT DI sensor signal (Y nozzle array)
39 E_DTY1 IN Nozzle data signal (Y nozzle array/even nozzle)
40 O_DTBK1 IN Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/odd nozzle)
41 E_DTBK1 IN Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/even nozzle)
42 E_DTLC2 IN Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/even nozzle)
43 HE_BK IN Heat enable signal (Bk nozzle array)
44 DIALM0 OUT DI sensor signal (PM nozzle array)
45 DIAC0 OUT DI sensor signal (C nozzle array)
46 HSCLK IN Synchronous clock signal
47 HE_M IN Heat enable signal (M nozzle array)
48 DIAY1 OUT DI sensor signal (Y nozzle array)
49 O_DTY2 IN Nozzle data signal (Y nozzle array/odd nozzle)
50 O_DTY1 IN Nozzle data signal (Y nozzle array/odd nozzle)
51 P_DTM1 IN Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/odd nozzle)
52 DIAM0 OUT DI sensor signal (M nozzle array)
53 VHFBH - NC
54 VH IN Head drive power supply (18 V)
55 E_DTBK2 IN Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/even nozzle)
56 O_DTLC2 IN Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/odd nozzle)
57 O_DTLM2 IN Nozzle data signal (PM nozzle array/odd nozzle)
58 H5V IN Head logic power supply (5.1 V)
59 PECE IN Head EEPROM chip select signal
60 SHE_C IN Sub heat enable signal (C nozzle array)
61 EPDO OUT Head EEPROM read data signal
62 E_DTM1 OUT Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/even nozzle)
63 O_DTC1 IN Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/odd nozzle)
64,65,66,67 VH IN Head drive power supply (18 V)
68 VHT IN Power transistor drive power supply (18 V)
69 DIALC1 OUT DI sensor signal (PC nozzle array)
70 O_DTLM1 IN Nozzle data signal (PM nozzle array/odd nozzle)
71 H5V IN Head logic power supply (5.1 V)
72 EPCLK IN Head EEPROM clock signal
73 EPD1 IN Head EEPROM write data signal
74 DIACI OUT DI sensor signal (C nozzle array)
75 HE_C IN Heat enable signal (C nozzle array)
76 SHE_Y IN Sub heat enable signal (Y nozzle array)
77,78 VH IN Head drive power supply (18 V)

4-25
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

3.5 Purge Unit


3.5.1 Functions of purge unit
To maintain high print quality, the purge unit performs maintenance of the nozzles in
the printheads.
The functions of the purge unit include capping, cleaning, and ink supply.

a) Capping
Capping prevents nozzle drying and dust adhesion by pressing the cap of the purge
unit to the face plate on the nozzle section of the printhead.
Capping is performed when printing is completed, at the start of the suction
operation, and when switching to the standby state due to an error.
The capping operation also connects the ink passage between the printhead and
purge unit.

b) Cleaning
Cleaning includes a wiping operation for removing paper fibers and dried ink
deposits adhering to the nozzle face plates of the printheads, a suction operation for
removing ink from the nozzles and drawing new ink to refresh the nozzles, and a
maintenance jet operation where ink is sprayed from the nozzles to the cap or
maintenance jet tray to remove bubbles in the nozzles and dust and other foreign
particles near the nozzles. The combination of these three maintenance operations
improves nozzle discharge performance.

Details of the cleaning function are shown in the table below.

Printer status Cleaning description Ink consumption*1


At installation Initial refilling suction Approx. 35 g
Power has been turned on after a Cleaning C Approx. 13 g
predefined amount of ink has been
discharged since the last ink level
adjustment suction 2
Power has been turned on after at Cleaning C Approx. 13 g
least 720 hours has elapsed since
the last ink level adjustment suction 2
Before printing when less than Wiping + Maintenance jet Approx. 0.008 g
48 hours has elapsed since the last
printing was completed
Before printing when between Wiping + Maintenance jet Approx. 0.016 g
48 hours and 168 hours has elapsed
since the last printing was completed
Before printing when more than Cleaning A Approx. 1 g
168 hours has elapsed since the last
printing was completed
Scan period during printing Maintenance jet 5 discharges per nozzle
After printing is completed when a Wiping + Maintenance jet Approx. 0.008 g
predefined amount of ink has been
discharged since the last wiping*2
After printhead replacement Cleaning C Approx. 13 g

4-26
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

Printer status Cleaning description Ink consumption*1


Manual cleaning (Head Cleaning A) Cleaning A Approx. 1 g
Manual cleaning (Head Cleaning B) Cleaning B Approx. 6 g
suction
When printer is exited normally*3 Cleaning C Approx. 13 g
*1 Ink consumption amount for each nozzle array.
*2 In the banner (48” oversize) print mode, the cleaning operation starts upon reaching a
predefined point.
*3 When the power button was not pressed and capping could not be performed, such as
during a power outage or when the power cable is unplugged.

c) Ink supply
The suction pump of the purge unit operates in coordination with the ink supply
valve to deliver the ink in the ink tank to the printheads during the initial refilling
and ink level adjustment.

Purge unit

Figure 4-16 Purge Unit

4-27
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

3.5.2 Structure of purge unit


a) Caps
The caps are used to cap the nozzle arrays on the printheads during the capping and
cleaning operations. The rubber section of the cap touches the face plate of the
nozzle array. Each printhead (six nozzle arrays) installed in the carriage has two
caps.
The caps are activated during the capping operation and are used to protect the
nozzle arrays. The caps are raised by the cap cams operated by the purge motor to
cover the arrays when the carriage has moved to the homeposition.
Capping is also performed during the cleaning operation, and the suction pump is
then used to remove ink from the printheads.

Carriage lockpin
Wipers

Cap

Cap sensor

Purge motor

Pump motor

Pump homeposition sensor

Figure 4-17 Caps

4-28
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

b) Wipers
The wipers are operated by the purge motor and perform the wiping of six nozzle
arrays simultaneously of the printheads. One pairs of wiper blades are used to
provide improved wiping performance. The wiping operation is performed in a "slide
wipe" style where the wiper blades slide based on the forward rotation of the purge
motor. This action is performed after the printing or suction operations using a
constant-speed movement in the front direction as viewed from the printer front.
The wiper cam raises the wiper unit to the wiping position. The wiper blade, which is
positioned perpendicular to the printhead, wipes the entire face plate of the
printhead, and then the narrow blade is used to wipe the nozzle array.
After wiping, the wiper blades are cleaned before they are set at the wiping position
so that maximum wiping performance can be maintained.
In the wiper blade cleaning, ink that was wiped from the head section is rubbed off
by an ink scrapping receptacle connected to the waste ink absorber, and then the
blades are wiped off with a blade cleaner.

Printhead

Ink scrapping receptacle Wiper blade


Wipers
Blade cleaner

Cap

Figure 4-18 Wiping Operation (Image)

4-29
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

c) Pumps
In this printer, tube pumps press on the ink tubes using push rollers to produce
negative pressure and enable suction of the ink. Two rollers are used to press a
single tube one after the other to allow flexible control over the ink suction volume.
The rotation timing of the push rollers in the suction pump is detected by the pump
home position sensor, and the rotation speed is controlled by the driving of the
pump motor (stepping motor).

Cap

Cap

Pumps
Push rollers

Ink tubes

to Waste ink absorber

Pump homeposition sensor


Pump motor

Figure 4-19 Pumps

d) Sensors
Sensors are located in the purge unit for detecting the status of the printer
components.
For more information, see Part 4: 5 Detection Functions (page 4-54).

4-30
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

3.6 Waste Ink Absorber


3.6.1 Structure of waste ink absorber

a) Waste ink absorber


The waste ink absorber can hold approx. 14400 ml ml of waste ink in the W7200
and approx. 12000 ml in the W7250.

b) Waste ink absorber full detection


The waste ink absorber full detection is calculated based on the dot count.
When about 14,100ml or more of waste ink accumulates in the W7200 and about
11,750ml or more of waste ink accumulates in the W7250, a warning message
appears on the display indicating that the waste ink is nearly full. Once about
14,400 ml of waste ink accumulates in the W7200 and about 12,000 ml of waste ink
accumulates in the W7250, an error occurs when printing is completed and
operation is stopped.

After replacing the waste ink absorber in the printer, be sure to always
CAUTION clear the counter value of the waste ink absorber using the Service mode.
The counter value of the waste ink absorber is stored in the EEPROM
(IC428) on the engine controller. Therefore, when replacing the engine
controller, be sure to refer to Part 5: 5.2.12 Boards (page 5-32).

The ink discharge rate from the ink tubes and subbuffer resulting from
NOTE execution of the Move Printer command in the Main menu is counted
during the initial filling suction.
Ink discharge rate occurring from "Move Printer" command: Approx. 35 g
per color

Waste ink absorber

Figure 4-20 Waste Ink absorber

4-31
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

3.7 Air Flow


3.7.1 Air flow
Ink mist that floats inside the printer or splashes from the paper during printing is
collected by the waste ink absorber at the right side and the mist tank at the left side
of the printer through the air flow inside the printer.
The suction fans at the right and left sides of the printer create an air current that
carries the ink mist to the waste ink absorber and mist tank.

Air flow fan unit (L)

Air flow fan

Mist tank

o m
. c
u Waste ink absorber

yo
Figure 4-21 Air Flow

s 4
a l
n u
a
m
4-32
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

3.8 Paper Path


3.8.1 Overview of paper path
The paper path includes the following components: roll media tray, roll drive unit, roll
feed unit, feed rollers, pinch roller drive unit for pressing and releasing the pinch
rollers, and sensors for detecting the media feeding status. The paper path performs
automatic feeding for the roll media and manual feeding, transport, and delivery for
the cut sheets.

The diagram below presents an overview of the paper path and its operations.

Printhead

Pinch roller

Roll feed roller Feed roller

Roll media

Roll load roller Roll holder

Figure 4-22 Paper Path

4-33
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

Roll media feeding starts

Media is not in print standby position


Media detection
Media is in print standby position

Feeding 1) Media is fed 50 mm forward Feeding and transport 1) Media is supplied to the feed
from the media sensor roller
2) Pinch rollers are pressed down
3) Media is fed 5 mm in reverse
4) Media is fed 40 mm forward
from the media sensor
5) Pinch rollers are released
Media sensor calibration 1) Media sensor is moved over the media. 6) Media is fed 40 mm in reverse
2) Sensor output is determined, and the sensor input value over 7) Pinch rollers are pressed down
the media is checked. 8) Madia is fed 50 mm forward
3) Media sensor is moved over the platen.
4) The sensor input value over the platen is checked.
This is performed each time the media is loaded since the
sensor input value varies depending on the media type.

1) Media sensor is moved over the media.


Media leading 2) The media is fed in reverse, and preliminary detection of the
edge detection media leading edge is made. (Feeding stops when detection
is made.)
3) The media is fed forward, and the media leading edge is detected.
1) The media sensor moves over the platen and the media is fed 50 mm forward.
Media width detection 2) The media left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
momentarily when detection is made.)
3) Preliminary detection of the media right edge is made. (The carriage forward
movement is stopped when detection is made.)
4) The media right edge is detected. (The carriage backward movement is stopped
momentarily when detection is made.)
Media skewing detection 1) media
The media sensor moves over the platen at the media left edge and the
is fed 300 mm forward.
2) The media left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
momentarily when detection is made.)
This is compared with the media left edge found at media width detection
to find the skewing amount. (The skewing amount must be 1 mm or less.)

Roll media feeding ends Print standby position

Print

Figure 4-23 Roll Media feed Sequence

a) Roll media tray feeding


Roll media fed in the roll media tray are transported by the roll media supply rollers,
and feed rollers.
If roll media is fed when the roll media tray feeding option is selected, the roll drive
motor and feed motor start operating once the roll media tray and tray are closed.
When the roll media leading edge is detected by the feed sensor and moves a
predetermined length from the feed sensor, the feeding operation is stopped
momentarily.
Next, to remove the slack from the roll media, temporarily release the pinch roller
unit, increase the suction rate of the suction fan, run the feed motor in reverse to
rewind the prescribed amount, and apply pressure with the pinch roller to pause the
feeding operation.
After performing calibration of the media sensor in this state, perform media leading
edge detection, media width detection, and skewing detection, and then stop the roll
media at the print standby position.
The roll media is then fed by a length equivalent to the margin of the leading edge,
and the printing operation is started. Feeding of the roll media during printing is
performed by controlling the rotation of the feed rollers according to the printing
mode.

4-34
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

Cut sheet fed starts

1)The sheet is fed forward, and preliminary detection of the sheet


Media trailing edge trailing edge is made by the feed sensor. (Feeding stops
detection momentarily when detection is made.)
2)The sheet is fed in reverse, and the sheet trailing edge is detected
by the feed sensor. (Feeding stops when detection is made.)

Media sensor calibration 1)Media sensor is moved over the sheet.


2)Sensor output is determined, and the sensor input value over the sheet
is checked.
3)Media sensor is moved over the platen.
4)The sensor input value over the platen is checked.
This is performed each time the media is loaded since the sensor input
value varies depending on the media type.
1)The sheet left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
Media width detection momentarily when detection is made.)
2)Preliminary detection of the sheet right edge is made. (The carriage forward movement
is stopped when detection is made.)
3)The sheet right edge is detected. (The carriage backward movement is stopped
momentarily when detection is made.)

1)Media sensor is moved over the sheet.


Media leading edge 2)The sheet is fed 300 mm in reverse. (Feeding
detection (start) stops when detection is made.)

Unable to detect
Leading edge detection
Detected

Media leading edge 1)The sheet is fed forward, Media leading edge 1)The media sensor moves over
detection (continued) and the sheet leading edge detection (shutdown) the platen at the sheet left
is detected. edge.

1)The sheet left edge is detected. (The


Media skewing carriage forward movement is stopped
detection momentarily when detection is made.)
This is compared with the sheet left
edge found at media width detection
to find the skewing amount. (The
skewing amount must be 1 mm or
less.)
1)The media sensor is moved to
Media leading edge the leading edge detection
detection (recovery) shutdown position.
2)The sheet is fed in reverse, and
preliminary detection of the
sheet leading edge is made.
(Feeding is stopped when
1) The media sensor moves over the platen at the sheet detection is made.)
Media skewing detection left edge and the sheet is fed 50 mm forward. 3)The sheet is fed forward, and
2) The sheet left edge is detected. (The carriage forward the sheet leading edge is
movement is stopped momentarily when detection detected. (Feeding is stopped
is made.) when detection is made.)
This is compared with the sheet left edge found at
media width detection to find the skewing amount.
(The skewing amount must be 1 mm or less.)
Cut sheet fed ends Print standby position

Print

Figure 4-24 Cut Sheet feed Sequence


b) Tray feeding
Cut sheets that are loaded on the platen are transported by the feed rollers.
If the cut sheets are loaded when the tray feeding option is selected, the feed motor
starts operating once the upper cover is closed. The trailing edge of the cut sheets
loaded on the platen is detected by the feed sensor. After performing calibration of
the media sensor in this state, perform media leading edge detection, media width
detection, and skewing detection, and then stop the cut sheet at the print standby
position. The cut sheets are then fed by a length equivalent to the margin of the
leading edge, and the printing operation is started. Feeding of the cut sheets during
printing is performed by controlling the rotation of the feed rollers according to the
printing mode.

4-35
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

c) Paper delivery
If the cutter is enabled when using roll media, the media is fed to the cut position
after printing and cut using the cutter. Then, the roll media on the platen is fed by
approximately 100 mm, and the cut roll media is pushed out. The discharged sheet
is stacked on the stacker (optional in the W7250) with the printed side face down.
The roll media on the platen is wound back to the print standby position.
In continuous banner printing with roll media, the paper is not cut and waits in
pause mode for maintenance operations such as cleaning.
The printed cut sheets stop on the platen, and a message is displayed when printing
is finished.

d) Other paper feed operations


i) Roll media replacement sequence
This printer assumes that the roll media has been replaced when the sensor detects
that the tray is opened and closed.
When the roll media is replaced, the roll media is fed over the platen where the
media leading edge detection, media width detection, and skewing detection is
performed. If no skewing is detected, approximately 100 mm of the media leading
edge is trimmed, and the roll media is wound back to the print standby position on
the platen.
Media leading edge detection, media width detection, and skewing detection are
performed by the media sensor.
In media width detection, the media edges at the carriage homeposition side and at
the opposite side are detected at the position where the media leading edge is fed
approximately 50 mm from the media sensor to find the media width.
In skewing detection, the skewing amount is found using the media edge at the
carriage homeposition side found by media width detection and the shift of the
media edge at the same position when the media leading edge is fed approximately
300 mm from the media sensor.

ii) Roll media trailing edge detection sequence


The roll media is handled in the following manner according to the paper type.
Recommended roll media:
When the roll media end sensor detects the roll media trailing edge during the roll
media feeding operation, the feeding operation is stopped, and a warning message
is shown on the display.

Non-recommended roll media:


If the roll media trailing edge is secured by strong adhesive tape, the roll media
trailing edge cannot be detected by the roll media end sensor. In this case, the roll
feed sensor detects a media feeding error, the feeding operation is stopped, and a
warning message is shown on the display.

iii) Roller trace prevention sequence


Pinch roller trace prevention sequence
Pinch roller traces can form on the roll media when the roll media is left at the
print standby position for an extended period of time. As a result, the following
sequence is performed to prevent roller traces from forming.
While the power is on, the media is fed by about 2 mm at 100-minute intervals four
times, and then the media is rewound back to the roll media tray for standby.
If printing is started during the roller trace prevention sequence, the media is
rewound back to the print standby position before printing starts.
If printing is started after the roller trace prevention sequence, the roll media is
reloaded before printing starts.

4-36
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

3.9 Structure of Paper Path


3.9.1 Structure of roll media tray
a) Roll media load unit
One roll media can be loaded in the roll media tray with the roll holder as the shaft.
The roll drive motor transmits its power to the roll media load unit through the gear
train, and feeding of the roll media is performed.

b) Roll media detection unit


The roll media is detected by the roll media end sensor of the roll media load unit
and the roll media feed sensor of the roll feed unit.
The remaining amount of roll media can be checked visually from the small window
at the right side of the tray.

Roll media
Roll media set sensor
end sensor
Roll feed sensor
Roll media tray
set sensor

Pinch roller
drive unit

Roll drive unit Roll media tray

Figure 4-25 Roll Media Tray

4-37
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

3.9.2 Structure of feed rollers


a) Paper feed unit
The paper feed unit consists of paper path parts, including the paper guides and
platen; and media feeding mechanisms, including feed rollers driven by the feed
motor and the pinch roller unit operating in conjunction with the feed rollers.
To ensure that no waves form on the media, the paper remains flat as it passes over
the platen so that it is carried horizontally as it passes under the printheads of the
carriage.

b) Detection unit
The paper feed unit includes sensors for monitoring the media feeding status and
sensors for monitoring the status of the component parts of the paper path.
For more information, see Part 4: 5 Detection Functions (page 4-54).

c) Sheet cutter
When "Autocut: Yes" is selected in the Main Menu, the cutter mounted on the left
side of the carriage automatically cuts the roll media.
The cutter homeposition is on the left side. Once the sheet is fed to the cut position,
the sheet is cut when the carriage moves from the left to the right in the backward
movement.

Cutter

Pinch roller

Feed roller

Paper guide

Cut

Figure 4-26 Manual Feed Tray/Paper Feed Unit

4-38
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

This page intentionally left blank

4-39
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


4.1 Overview
The printer electrical system consists of the system controller, engine controller, motor
driver PCB, power supply, all of which are mounted at the rear of the printer; the
carriage relay PCBs, head relay PCBs, and printheads, which are located in the carriage
unit; the operation panel on the upper right cover; and other electrical components
such as the sensors and motors.
The system controller manages image data, and the engine controller manages all
electrical components. The other relay PCBs and drivers control the various functions
under the management of the engine controller.

4-40
Carriage unit
Printhead

Head relay PCB


W7200 / W7250

Temperature reading
control function
Sensors
DI sensor reading
control function
Host computer
Operation panel

Power supply
Ink tube unit
Interface control Operation panel
Head relay PCB +3.3 V generation
function control function AC inlet
function
Image data demodulation
function
Image data control function and RGB Optional connector
Printhead driving power supply +5.1 V generation
multi-data 6-color binary conversion assembly
(+18 V) generation function function
System controller

4-41
+26.5 V generation
function

Image data control function


Ink tank unit - Mask conversion
- Differential conversion
Motor driver
Ink tank Remaining ink level
detection function Sensor detection Sensors

Figure 4-27 Printer Electrical Section


function Sensors
Purge unit
Feed motor excitation
Feed motor
Motor control signal generation function
Carriage motor function Roll media feeding motor Roll media
excitation signal feed motor
generation function
Clutch control function Clutches

Fans Fan control function Fan

Solenoids Solenoid control function Solenoid


Engine controller
Part 4: Technical Reference
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

4.2 System Controller


4.2.1 System controller components

IC13

IC11
IC8 IC6 IC9 IC7
IC12
IC4 IC2 IC5 IC3

IC44
IC34 IC32 IC35
LED14
J13
IC1
SW3

LED8
LED7 IC36 SW2
LED6
LED5

Figure 4-28 System Controller


a) CPU (IC1)
The CPU, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 250-MHz
internal clock that is generated from a 33.333-MHz external clock.
The CPU also includes eight 8-MB RAM chips, three 2-MB ROM chips, 2-Kbit
EEPROM chip, The CPU is connected to eight 8-MB RAM chips, three 2-MB ROM
chips, and a 2-Kbit EEPROM chip. The CPU has the following functions.

DMA controller
The DMA controller manages the network, expansion card slots, and other input
interfaces and DMA transfer of the data stored in the SDRAM.

Interrupt controller
The interrupt controller receives and processes the external interrupts from the
network, image process ASIC (IC12), and the expansion card slots, in addition to
the internal interrupts.

Serial input/output (I/O)


The serial I/O controls input and output of the DIP switch settings and LED on/off
settings as serial signals.

4-42
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

b) Image process ASIC (IC12)


The image process ASIC converts the RGB multi-value image data and YMCK multi-
value image data from the host computer received after passing through the
interface connectors to six-color binary image data. In addition, the image process
ASIC has the following functions.

Engine controller communication control


This function controls serial communication with the engine controller.

USB device controller control


This function performs DMA control of the USB device controller.

Operation panel control


This function controls serial communication with the operation panel.

c) USB device controller (IC11)


The USB device controller receives print data transmitted from the host computer
after passing through the interface connectors. The controller also incorporates DMA
for performing DMA transfer of image data to the image process ASIC (IC12).

d) Network device controller (IC44)


The network device controller receives print data sent from the host computer after
passing through the interface connectors.

e) SDRAM (IC2, IC3, IC4, IC5, IC6, IC7, IC8, IC9)


The 64-MB SDRAM is connected to the 64-bit data bus and is used as the work
area.
The SDRAM is used as the image buffer when print data is received.

f) FLASH ROM (IC32, IC34, IC35)


The 6-MB FLASH ROM is connected to the 8-bit data bus and 64-bit data bus and
stores a printer control program.

g) EEPROM (IC36)
The 2-Kbit EEPROM stores the setting values and adjustment values from the Main
Menu.

h) FCRAM (IC13)
The 8-MB FCRAM is connected to the image process ASIC and is used as the image
buffer when print data is received.

4-43
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

i) LED (LED5)
This LED turns green when a program error occurs.

j) LED (LED6)
This LED turns green when a hardware (PCI, RAM, NIC) error occurs.

k) LED (LED7)
This LED turns green when the printer is in Service mode.

l) LED (LED8)
This LED is for R&D and factory use.

m) LED (LED14)
This LED turns green when network communication is being performed.

n) DIP switches (SW2)


These DIP switches are for R&D and factory use.

o) DIP switches (SW3)


This is for setting the network communication speed and transfer mode.
Once the settings are modified, the power must be turned off and then on again.

No. ON OFF
1 Manual Automatic
2 100 Mbps 10 Mbps
3 Full duplex mode Half duplex mode
4 In development In development

The current communication settings can be checked using the LED of the LAN port.
Green : 100 Mpbs
Yellow : 10 Mbps

Do not try to operate the DIP switches and buttons for R&D and factory
CAUTION use. This could result in a malfunction or breakdown.

NOTE See Part 5: 6.2.1 System controller DIP switch settings (page 5-40) for
information on the factory default settings.

4-44
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

4.3 Engine Controller


4.3.1 Engine controller components
IC408 IC402 IC403

IC401

BAT401 IC407 IC410


IC409

IC411
IC412
JP401
IC417 LED404

IC415 IC416 IC418

IC421

IC422

IC424

IC445

IC432

IC428 IC439 IC440

Figure 4-29 Engine Controller

a) CPU (IC401)
The CPU, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 130.8-
MHz internal clock that is generated from a 32.7-MHz external clock.
The CPU also includes 8-MB SDRAM (IC408) and 16-Kbit EEPROM (IC428). The
CPU performs parameter control and has the following functions.

Power supply on/off control


This function performs on/off control of the drive power (26.5 V, 5.1 V, and 3.3 V)
supplied from the power supply based on the power button push-down signal that
is input after passing through the system controller.

Timer function
This function is used for the roller trace prevention sequence and cleaning
functions.
The internal RTC (realtime clock) and lithium battery allow the timer to operate
even when the AC power supply is off for performing the cleaning function.

4-45
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

Ink tank EEPROM control


This function controls the reading and writing of data to the EEPROM mounted on
the ink tank for each color.

Ink tank level detection


This function detects the remaining ink level for each color based on the signals
from the electrodes mounted on the hollow needle.

b) ASIC (IC409)
The ASIC, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 65.4-MHz
internal clock that is generated from a 32.7-MHz external clock.
The CPU also includes two 16-MB SDRAM chips and two driver ASIC chips. The
ASIC has the following functions.

System controller communication control


This function controls serial communication with the system controller.

Image data reception


This function receives the image data from the system controller and stores it in
the SDRAM (IC402, IC403).

Image data generation/output


This function generates the image data for printing each color from the image data
received from the system controller and mask pattern corresponding to the print
mode in the SDRAM (IC408).
This function also controls the output of the generated image data to the carriage
relay PCB.

Heat enable signal control


This functions uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time that the
heat enable signal is applied to the nozzle heater board for each nozzle array in the
printheads.

Linear scale count


This function reads the linear scale during carriage driving and generates the 300-
dpi timing signal.

1200-dpi timing generation


This function divides the linear scale 300-dpi timing into four equal parts to
generate the 1200-dpi timing signal.

Dot count
This function counts the discharge dots used as information for the heat enable
signal function, maintenance jet control, cleaning function, and remaining ink level
for each nozzle array.

PWM control
This function performs driving control of the carriage motor, suction fan, and air
flow fans and temperature control of the printheads based on the control signals
from the CPU.

4-46
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

Feed motor control


This function performs rotation detection of the encoder slit after passing through
the motor driver and control of the feed motor speed and position based on the
control signals from the CPU.

I/O port
This function performs I/O control from the sensors and controls the driving units
of the motors, clutch, solenoids, and other parts.

c) Driver ASIC (IC410, IC411)


The image data generated by the ASIC (IC409) undergoes differential processing to
reduce noise and then is sent to the carriage relay PCB.

d) SDRAM (IC402, IC403)


The 16-MB SDRAM is connected to the 32-bit data bus and is used as an image
buffer when receiving the print data.

e) Flash ROM (IC407)


The 2-MB FLASH ROM is connected to the 16-bit data bus and stores a printer
control program and mask patterns.

f) SDRAM (IC408)
The 8-MB SDRAM is connected to the 16-bit data bus and is used as a CPU work
memory. It also is used to store the service mode history (P-SETTING, WARNING,
ERROR).

g) EEPROM (IC428)
The 16-Kbit EEPROM stores the printer adjustment values.

h) Motor driver (IC412, IC417)


This motor driver is used to drive the carriage motor, which is a DC motor with
built-in software servo.

i) Motor driver (IC415)


This motor driver is used to perform constant-voltage driving of the pump motor,
which is a two-phase stepping motor.

j) Motor driver (IC416, IC418)


This motor driver is used to perform constant-current driving of the purge motor,
which is a two-phase stepping motor.

k) Regulator IC (IC421)
The regulator IC generates the ASIC internal driving power supply (2.5 V).

l) Regulator IC (IC422)
The regulator IC generates the CPU internal driving power supply (1.9 V)

m) Regulator IC (IC445)
The regulator IC generates the RTC driving power supply (1.8 V) in the CPU.

n) D/A converter (IC432)


This converter is used to drive the media sensor LEDs.

4-47
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

o) D/A converter (IC439)


This converter is used to set the driving current of the roll feed motor.

p) D/A converter (IC440)


This converter is used to set the driving current of the feed motor.

q) Reset IC (IC424)
The reset IC initializes the engine controller based on the control signals from the
system controller.

r) LED (LED404)
This LED turns red when driving power (26.5 V, 5.1 V, 3.3 V) is supplied to the
engine controller.

s) Short connector (JP401)


This connector is used for switching W7200/W7250.

NOTE For information on short connector switching, see Part 5: 6.2.2 Engine
controller short connector settings (page 5-41).

t) Lithium battery (BAT401)


The lithium battery is connected to the RTC in the CPU. The battery can performs
backups for approximately two weeks with the AC power unconnected.

4-48
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

4.4 Carriage Relay PCB


4.4.1 Carriage relay PCB components

IC201 IC202

Q211

J206

Figure 4-30 Carriage Relay PCB


a) Receiver ASIC (IC201, IC202)
The receiver ASIC receives and recovers the image data that has undergone
differential processing by the driver ASIC (IC410, IC411) in the engine controller,
and then sends this data to the printheads.

b) Regulator IC (Q211)
The regulator IC is used to generate the discharge drive power supply (18 V) of the
printheads from +26.5 V.

4-49
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

4.5 Head Relay PCB


4.5.1 Head relay PCB components

TH1101

IC1101

Figure 4-31 Head Relay PCB

a) Latch IC (IC1101)
DI sensor reading control
The DI sensor value in the printheads and head rank are obtained for each color
and sent to the engine controller based on the control signals that are sent from
the engine controller.

Environment temperature reading control


The environment temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1101) on the head
relay PCB is sent to the engine controller based on the control signals that are sent
from the engine controller.

Relay for head logic driving power supply


The logic driving power (5 V) is supplied to the printheads based on the control
signals that are sent from the engine controller.

b) Thermistor (TH1101)
The thermistor sends the environment temperature in the vicinity of the head relay
PCB to the engine controller after passing through the carriage relay PCB.

4-50
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

4.6 Motor Driver


4.6.1 Motor driver components

IC1001

IC1002

Figure 4-32 Motor Driver


a) Feed motor driver (IC1001)
This driver generates and sends the excitation signals for the feed motor based on
the control signals from the engine controller.

b) Roll feed motor driver (IC1002)


This driver generates and sends the excitation signals for the roll feed motor based
on the control signals from the engine controller.

4-51
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

4.7 Power Supply


4.7.1 Power supply block diagram

AC inlet
100 V to 240 V

Power supply

Carriage motor driving power: +26.5 V +26.5 V Inverter


generation transformer Noise filter circuit
+26.5V circuit
Operation panel System controller Engine controller

STANDBY DC power DC power


supply supply
START control circuit control circuit

+5.1V
+5.1 V/+3.3V
generation Active filter circuit
+3.3V circuit

Figure 4-33 Power Supply Block Diagram

The universal power supply converts AC voltages ranging from 100 V to 240 V
supplied from the AC inlet to DC voltages for supplying the driving voltages of ICs,
motors, and other parts.
The voltage generating circuits are divided into the power supply system for driving
the motors (+26.5 V) and sensors (+5.1 V) and the power supply system for driving the
logic circuits (+3.3 V).
The +26.5 V/+5.1 V system uses a combination of START signals sent regularly from
the power supply and power button signals to control the STANDBY signals and turn
the power on and off.
During power save mode, the STANDBY signals are controlled to turn off the +26.5
V/+5.1 V output. Also, only the carriage motor driving +26. 5 V power is turned off
when the upper cover is opened.

4-52
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

This page intentionally left blank

4-53
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

5. DETECTION FUNCTIONS
5.1 Detection Functions Based on Sensors
5.1.1 Sensors for covers/roll media trays

Upper cover sensor (R)

Roll media tray


set sensor
Right cover sensor

Upper cover sensor (L)

Tray sensor

Figure 4-34 Layout of Sensors for Covers/Roll Media Trays

4-54
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

Upper cover sensors


The microswitch-based upper cover sensors detect opening and closing of the upper
cover.
When the upper cover is closed, a switch is depressed to notify the sensor that the
cover is closed.
To prevent the uneven fitting of the upper cover, sensors are located on both the
right and left sides.

Right cover sensor


The photo interrupter-based right cover sensor detects the opening and closing of
the right cover.
When the right cover is closed, the sensor light is cut off by the sensor arm, and this
notifies the sensor that the right cover is closed.

Tray sensor
This photo interrupter-based tray sensor detects when the tray is opened and
closed. When the tray is closed, the sensor light is cut off by the sensor arm, and
this notifies the sensor that the tray is closed.

Roll media tray set sensor


The photo interrupter-based roll media tray set sensor detects the opening and
closing of the roll media tray.
When the roll media tray is closed, the sensor light is transmitted through the
sensor arm, and this notifies the sensor that the roll media tray is closed.

NOTE When the upper cover is closed, the +26.5 V power is supplied by the
power supply to drive the carriage motor and feed motor.

4-55
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

5.1.2 Ink passage system

Cap sensor
Pump homeposition
sensor

Figure 4-35 Layout of Sensors for Ink Passage System

4-56
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

Cap sensor
The photo inerrupter-based cap sensor detects the status of the caps on the purge
unit.
The sensor determines that the cap is closed when the rotary flag, which operates in
conjunction with the cap cam shaft, cuts off the sensor light. The other states are
determined by the number of pulses from the pulse motor based on the timing when
the sensor light is cut off.

Sensor
Rotary flag

* Carriage lock * Lowering of cap * Wiping start * Wiper reversal


* Capping * Opening of air through * Closing of air through
valve valve
Figure 4-36 Cap Sensor Flag

Pump homeposition sensor


The photo interrupter-based pump sensor detects the homeposition of the suction
pump rollers.
The homeposition of the pump is defined as the position where the rotary flag, which
operates in conjunction with the drive gear shaft of the rollers, cuts off the sensor
light.

* Pump * Homeposition * During suction * Homeposition

Sensor
Rotary flag

Figure 4-37 Pump Sensor Flag

4-57
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

5.1.3 Carriage system

Madia sensor

Head relay PCB


Environment
temperature sensor

Linear encoder

Carriage cover sensor

Linear scale

Carriage homeposition sensor

Figure 4-38 Layout of Sensors for Carriage System

4-58
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

Media sensor
The photo reflection-based media sensor detects the edges of the media. The sensor
detects the edges by monitoring the change in voltage with respect to changes in the
reflection density from the media.
Since the sensor light uses infrared light, light emission cannot be confirmed
visually.

Sensor cover
Photo-reflective sensor unit

Media

Figure 4-39 Media Sensor (Image)

Carriage cover sensor


The photo interrupter-based carriage cover sensor detects opening and closing of the
carriage cover.
When the carriage cover is closed, the sensor light is cut off by the sensor arm, and
this notifies the sensor that the carriage cover is closed.

Carriage homeposition sensor


The photo interrupter-based carriage homeposition sensor detects the home position
of the carriage.
The sensor, located on the right-side plate, detects the carriage homeposition edge
on the carriage unit during carriage traveling.
The carriage homeposition is defined based on the location where the edge is
detected.

Linear encoder
The linear encoder, installed on the rear of the carriage, detects the position of the
carriage using the slits on the linear scale while the carriage is moving.

Environment temperature sensor


The environment temperature sensor (thermistor) installed on the head relay PCB
detects the environment temperature in the vicinity of the carriage.
The resistance measured by the thermistor, which varies as the temperature inside
the printer changes, is sent to the engine controller after passing through the
carriage relay PCB.
The environment temperature is used to calibrate the head temperature sensor and
to detect abnormal internal printer temperatures.

Head temperature sensor


A set of two diode head temperature sensors are installed at the top and bottom of
the nozzle arrays of printhead to detect the temperature of the printhead.
The voltage produced by each diode, which varies as the temperature near the nozzle
array changes, is sent to the engine controller after passing through the carriage
relay PCB.
The head temperature information is used to control the operation of the head and
to detect abnormal head temperatures.

Printhead contact detection


The status of direct contact between the contact faces of the printhead and the
carriage is checked by testing the electrical conductivity.
The contact status between the two faces is detected from the voltage changes of the
flexible cable connecting two separate terminals on the contact surface of the
printhead, the +18 V power supply terminal, and the GND terminal.

4-59
Part 4: Technical Reference W7200 / W7250

5.1.4 Paper path system

Roll media Feed sensor


set sensor Rool media
feed sensor

Roll media
end sensor

Figure 4-40 Layout paperpath sensor

4-60
W7200 / W7250 Part 4: Technical Reference

Roll media set sensor


The photo interrupter-based roll media set sensor detects the opening and closing of
the paper holder by the paper release lever.
When the paper holder is closed and the roll media tray is closed, the sensor light is
transmitted through the sensor arm, and this notifies the sensor that the paper
holder is closed.

Roll media end sensor


The photo interrupter-based roll media end sensor detects the feed of paper from the
roll media tray. The sensor light is blocked by the sensor arm when the paper is fed,
and this notifies the sensor that paper is available in the tray.

Roll feed sensor


The photo interrrupter-based roll feed sensor detects the slit of the rotary flag that
turns as the roll media is fed. If the feed of roll media cannot be detected when the
feeding operation is being performed, the printer determines that a media feeding
error has occurred.

Feed sensor
The photo reflection-based feed sensor detects if paper is on the platen.
The sensor detects the presence of paper by receiving the sensor light reflected from
the paper.

4-61
Part 5
MAINTENANCE

Page 5 -64 7.3 Troubleshooting during


5- 1 1. Maintenance Warning/Error/Firmware Error
5- 1 1.1 List of Periodic Replacement 5 -83 7.4 Troubleshooting for
Parts Conditions not Displayed in
5- 1 1.2 List of Consumables the Message Display.
5- 1 1.3 A List of Periodic 5 -88 8. Connector Positions and Pin
Maintenance Arrangement
5- 2 2. Servicing Tools 5 -88 8.1 System Controller
5- 2 2.1 List of Tools 5 -100 8.2 Image Process Controller
5- 4 2.2 Using the Cover Switch Tool 5 -104 8.3 Head Controller
5- 5 3. Applying the Grease 5 -114 8.4 Carriage Controller
5- 6 4. Service Parts 5 -125 8.5 Mech. Controller
5- 6 4.1 Service Parts 5 -134 8.6 Motor Controller
5- 8 5. Disassembly/Reassembly 5 -138 9 Circuit Diagram
5- 8 5.1 Disassembly/Reassembly 5 -140 9.1 General Circuit Diagram
5- 8 5.2 Points to Note on 5 -148 9.2 System Controller
Disassembly and 5 -155 9.3 Image Process Controller
Reassembly 5 -163 9.4 Head Controller
5 -32 5.3 Cap/Valve Open/Wiper Unit 5 -167 9.5 Carriage Controller
Up/Down 5 -178 9.6 Mechanical Controller
5 -34 5.4 Ink Drain 5 -189 9.7 Motor Controller
5 -40 6. Adjustment/ Set-Up 5 -195 9.8 Cut Sheet Set Ass’y
5 -40 6.1 Adjustments and Settings 5 -196 9.9 Nozzle Check Sensor Ass’y
5 -41 6.2 Adjustment and How to Set 5 -197 9.10 Print Position Sensor Ass’y
Up 5 -198 9.11 Skew Sensor Ass’y
5 -48 7. Troubleshooting 5 -199 9.12 Option Connector Ass’y
5 -48 7.1 Outline of Troubleshooting
5 -49 7.2 Troubleshooting during
"Operator Call"
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

1. MAINTENANCE
1.1 List of Regular Replacement Parts

Level Regular replacement part


User None
Service personnel None

1.2 List of Consumables


For details, refer to Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS (page 2-1)
Level Consumable
User Printhead
Air filter (Included with printhead)
Ink tank (black)
Ink tank (photo cyan)
Ink tank (cyan)
Ink tank (photo magenta)
Ink tank (magenta)
Ink tank (yellow)
Cutter unit
Service personnel None

1.3 List of Regular Maintenance

Level Regular maintenance


User Cleaning of ink mist and other substances
(When necessary and when replacing the printhead)
Service personnel None

5-1
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

2. SERVICE TOOLS
2.1 List of Tools
General-purpose tools Application
Long Phillips screwdriver Inserting and removing screws

Phillips screwdriver Inserting and removing screws

Flat-head screwdriver Removing the E-ring


(small)

Needle-nose pliers Inserting and removing the spring parts

Hex key wrench Inserting and removing hexagonal screws

Penlight Assisting in the manual capping procedure

Multimeter Troubleshooting

Flat brush Applying grease

Silvon sheet Wiping off ink

Rubber gloves Preventing ink stains

LAN cable For upgrading the firmware version


(Crossover cable)

RS-232C cable For obtaining service information


(9-pin, male, crossover cable)

Special-purpose tools Application


Cover switch tool Pressing the cover switch (see page 5-3)
(QY9-0103-000)
Syringe Draining the ink manually (see page 5-35)
(CK-0541-000)

Tube Draining the ink manually (see page 5-35)


(QA2-6161-000)

Grease PERMALUBE G-2 Applying to specified locations (see page 5-4)


(CK-0551-020)

Grease MOLYKOTE PG-641 Applying to specified locations (see page 5-4)


(CK-0562-020)

5-2
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

2.2 Using the Cover Switch Tool


Use the cover switch tool by inserting the hook into the cover switch.

Cover switch tool

Cover switch tool

Figure 5-1 Using the Cover Switch Tool

5-3
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

3. APPLYING THE GREASE


Apply the grease at the location shown below.
Smear the grease lightly and evenly with a flat brush.
See Part 5: 5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY (Page 5-7) and the Parts Catalog for
reassembling and disassembling the printer.

Don't apply the grease to locations other than those designated. Unwanted
CAUTION grease may cause poor print quality, take particular care that grease does
not get onto the wiper, cap, or the linear scale.

Permalub G No.2 Permalub G No.2


approx. 24mg approx. 24mg

Figure 5-2 Apply the grease of upper cover

Plate spring : Permalub G No.2


approx. 12mg

Cam : Permalub G No.2


approx. 12mg

Lock pin :
Permalub G No.2 approx. 12mg

Joint :
Molykote PG-641 approx. 24mg

Figure 5-3 Applying the grase of carriage

5-4
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

Molykote PG-641
approx. 24mg

Figure 5-4 Applying the grease of pinch roller unit

Feed roller
Permalube G No.2 approx. 24mg

Feed roller

Figure 5-5 Applying the grease of feed roller

5-5
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

4. SERVICE PARTS
4.1 Service Parts
The service parts indicated below require careful handling.

4.1.1 Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over.
Pay careful attention to all individually packaged service part (carriage unit, purge
unit, ink tank unit, and other parts) boxes marked "This side up" and handle
appropriately.

Figure 5-6 "Right side up" Sign

5-6
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
5.1 Disassembly/Reassembly
See Parts Catalog for the process of disassembly and reassembly.
The parts layout illustrations have figure numbers according to the disassembly
procedure of the product.

5-7
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250 W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.1.1 Disassembly/assembly flowcharts for major parts


Symbol Meanings
c: Connector, e: E-ring, h: Holder, s: Screw, /: Left side is for the W7200, and right side is for the W7250
Printer

Open the tray Rear cover (s16/14) Expansion Rear stay


board (s2) cover (s6)

Pull out the roll Left cover Power supply*(c5,s8) Rear right cover Pull out the roll media tray
media tray Guide block Open the
(s1)x8/6 upper cover
Rear left cover (s4) Engine controller*(c13,s6)
Front tray cover
(s6,h6/4) Open the right
Pinch roller
Open paper guide unit B (page 5-27) cover (page 5-13)
Roll media end Paper guide
Roll media tray IF cover (s1) sensor (c1,s2) unit A (s3)x3/2
(s4) Motor driver
PCB (c8,s4) Right platen
Suction fan (c1,s3) Roll media tray Roll media set (page 5-27)
set sensor (c1,s2) sensor (c1,s2)

*2 Blind cover (s2) System controller (c1,s8) Rear platenx3/2


Platen (s5)x4/3
Feed sensor (c1,s2)

Pull out the roll media Lever guide


tray plate

Paper guide unit B Paper release


(s2) lever (page 5-15)

Upper left cover (s2)

Upper right cover (c1,s3)

Loosen the Air flow fan Open the upper cover


tensioner on the unit (L) (c1,s2) Upper rear Open the Move the carriage over the platen (page 5-33) Connector stand Open the tray
cover*(h2) upper cover Open the right (c1,s1)
idler roller mount cover (page 5-13)
Sensor shaft
Feed roller (s1) Operation
sensor (c1,s1) panel*(h10/8)
Tray sensor (c1) Upper cover lock unit (R) (c5,s3)
Spring Sensor cover Carriage motor Right cover (s2)
Right cover lock unit (R) (s2) (c2,s4)
Tray Upper cover (c2,s5)
Upper cover
lock unit (L) Tube holder cover Carriage
(c3,s3) Air flow fan (R) (c1,s3)
Cable guide Cable (c1,s2) homeposition
mount (s2) Tube base cover sensor(c1) Support stay (s11)
(s1)
Drive belt
Tube holder(s1)
Motor drive Carriage relay Open the ink tank unit
Encoder slit (s1) cable (c11) PCB (c9,s2) (page 5-29)
Spring

Spacer
*1 Ink tube unit (page 5-17) *1 Printhead lock lever
Fan support (c1,s4) Waste ink DC cable (c18,s1)
absorber
*1 Head holder (page 5-24)
Feed roller Purge unit (c3,s4) *1 Ink tank unit
Feed motor support Tensioner
(c7,s9) bushing (s1) (page 5-28) (page 5-29)
Sheet

Belt guide Feed motor Idler roller Short flexible cable (c2) *1: Perform the secondary transport sequence beforehand
(s1) (c1,s4) mount (s2) *2: W7250 only

Drive belt *1 Head relay PCB (s4)

Pinch roller Feed roller *1 Carriage unit (page 5-21)


drive unit (s3)

Pull out the roll media tray Belt stopperx2 Spring

Roll drive unit Carriage belt Linear scale


(c2,s4)

Figure 5-7 Disassembly/Assembly Flowcharts for Major Parts

5-8 5-9
Part BJ-W9000 W7200 / W7250

5.2 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly


Points to note on disassembly and reassembly are illustrated below.

5.2.1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly


Locations that are prohibited from disassembly and cannot be adjusted outside of the
factory have red screws instead of the regular-colored screws. The W7200 printer has
66 of these red screws, and the W7250 has 60 red screws.

Total number of red screws indicating disassembly is prohibited: 66 screws


(W7200)/60 screws (W7250)

The red screws are also shown in the Parts Catalog as red color.

AA

View from AA View from A A

BB

View from BB

View from B

Figure 5-8 Units Needing to be Drained of Ink When the Printer is Disassembled

5-10
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.2.2 Manual carriage movement


The carriage is moved by holding down the left arrow button on the operation panel
for at least 0.5 seconds when the printer is offline. However, when the power is turned
off such as during assembly or disassembly, move the carriage by holding the grips
shown in the figure below.

Move the carriage as required during assembly and disassembly to prevent


contact of the carriage with the parts that are removed.
CAUTION
The carriage does not move when capping has been performed. Refer to
the procedures in Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve,
and Moving the Wiper Unit (page 5-33) to remove the caps and move the
carriage.

Grip

Grip

Figure 5-9 Manual Carriage Movement

5-11
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

5.2.3 Units required for draining the ink


When disassembling the following units of the ink passage, drain the filled ink to
prevent an ink leak. To drain the ink, refer to Part 5: 5.4 Draining the Ink (page 5-35).
* Head holder
Refer to page 5-24.
* Carriage unit
Refer to page 5-21.
* Ink tube unit
Refer to page 5-17.
* Ink tank unit
Refer to page 5-29.

Ink tube unit

Carriage unit
(Include head holder)

Ink tank unit

Figure 5-10

5-12
W7200 / W7250 BJ-W9000 Part

5.2.4 Outer covers


a) Opening the right cover
Unlock the right cover by manual opening the upper cover and pressing down the
right cover switching solenoid lever inside the cover with your finger, and then open
the right cover.
Right cover open/close solenoid

Right cover

Press down with your finger

Figure 5-11 Opening the Right Cover


b) Rear right cover and rear left cover
The hooks under the rear right cover and the rear left cover are engaged with the
frame. Therefore, remove the covers by sliding them in the rear direction.
If printer unit is stacked on the stand, operation can be facilitated by removing the
covers of the stand beforehand.
Hook

Hook

Leg cover R

Leg cover L

Rear right cover

Rear left cover

Figure 5-12 Rear Right Cover and Rear Left Cover

5-13
Part BJ-W9000 W7200 / W7250

c) Upper rear cover


The supporting section of this cover holds the upper cover. Therefore, remove the
upper rear cover in the direction of the arrow. Also, when attaching the upper rear
cover, be careful not to pinch the cable inside the arm stay.

Hook

Left arm stay Upper rear cover

Right arm stay

Figure 5-13 Upper Rear Cover

d) Upper cover
Open the upper cover while opening the left arm stay to the outside, and then
remove the upper cover.

Upper cover

Left arm stay

Figure 5-14 Upper Cover

5-14
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

e) Paper release lever


A hook is engaged with the right arm stay. Therefore, apply pressure to the pinch
roller when removing the paper release lever.
To attach the paper release lever, align the marks (phases) on the paper release lever
gear unit and receiving side gear unit.

Mark

Mark

Hook

Paper release lever

Figure 5-15 Paper Release Lever

5-15
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

5.2.5 Driving unit


a) Drive belt (for driving the feed roller)
To mount the drive belt for driving the feed roller, loosen the setscrews of the
tensioner, and then use the spring pressure to determine the tension of the drive
belt. Once the belt is mounted, use the setscrews to secure the tensioner in place.

Timing belt

Tensioner

Setscrew

Spring

Figure 5-16 Drive Belt (for driving the feed roller)


b) Fan support
When mounting the fan support, align the edge of the fan support with the edge of
the top casing, and then secure in place.
If it is mounted in a bent position, the cutter pressing section will not make proper
contact with the cutter unit and the cutter blades may not lower down.

Align the edge

Top casing Fan support

Cutter pressing section

Figure 5-17 Fan Support

5-16
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.2.6 Ink tube unit


a) Removing the ink tube unit
1) Drain the ink. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.4 Draining the Ink (page 5-35).
2) Turn off the power, and then move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper Unit
(page 5-33).
3) Remove the support stay, tube base cover, and tube holder cover.
4) Remove the three flexible cables from the engine controller.
5) Remove all the connectors on the carriage relay PCB.
6) Remove all of the joints on the ink tube unit and ink tank unit.

W7200 W7250

Figure 5-18 Joints

5-17
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7) Place the joint on the ink tube unit side on the waste ink absorber, and then
release the printhead lock lever to allow all of the ink remaining in the tube to flow
to the waste ink absorber.
8) Remove the printhead.
9) Remove the printhead lock lever.
10) Wrap the joint on the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or other covering so that
no ink splashes or leaks, and then close the plastic bag.

Printhead side

Ink tank side


W7200 W7250

Fig. 5-19 Prevention of ink leaks

5-18
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

11) Remove the two screws, and take off the cable mount from the frame.

Set screws

Cable mount

Fig. 5-20 Cable Mount


12) Remove the two screws, and take off the ink tube unit.

Set screws

Ink tube unit

Fig. 5-21 Ink Tube Unit

5-19
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

b) Assembling the ink tube unit


Check the numbers on the tube indicating the ink color, and then connect the joints
on the W7200 ink tank side in the numerical order shown in the drawing.
Also, if replacing the ink tube unit, turn on the power when the printhead and ink
tank are not installed, and then install the printhead and ink tank by following the
messages and refill the ink.

Number indicator
1=BK
2=PC
3=C
4=PM
5=M
6=Y

W7200

Fig. 5-22 Joints of Ink Tube (W7200)

5-20
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.2.7 Carriage unit


a) Removing the carriage unit
1) Drain the ink. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.4 Draining the Ink (page 5-35).
2) Turn off the power, and then move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper Unit
(page 5-33).
3) Remove the tube base cover and tube holder cover.
4) Remove the printhead.
5) Remove all the connectors on the carriage relay PCB.
6) Remove the printhead lock lever.
7) Wrap the joint on the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or other covering so that no
ink splashes or leaks, and then close the plastic bag.

Set screws

Ink tube unit

Fig. 5-23 Prevention of ink leaks

5-21
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8) Remove the two screws, and take off the ink tube unit from the carriage.

Setscrews

Ink tube unit

Fig. 5-24 Ink Tube Unit

9) Remove the idler roller mount, and take off the carriage unit from the printer left
side.

Fig. 5-25 Carriage Unit

5-22
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

b) Mounting the carriage belt


To mount the carriage belt, align the all notches of the carriage belt with the belt
stopper.

Belt stopper

Carriage belt

Fig. 5-26 Belt Stopper

5-23
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

c) Removing the head holder


1) Drain the ink. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.4 Draining the Ink (page 5-35).
2) Turn off the power, and then move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper Unit
(page 5-33).
3) Remove the tube base cover, tube holder cover, and tube holder.
4) Remove the printhead.
5) Remove all the connectors on the carriage relay PCB.
6) Remove the printhead lock lever.
7) Wrap the joint on the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or other covering so that no
ink splashes or leaks, and then close the plastic bag.

Printhead side

Ink tank side


W7200 W7250

Fig. 5-27 Prevention of ink leaks

5-24
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

8) Use a flat-head screwdriver or other tool to press the lock pin at the left-rear side
of the head holder in the direction of the arrow and open the head holder.

Lock pin

Head holder

Fig. 5-28 Lock Pin of Head Holder


9) Open the grips of the head holder and remove the head holder.

Hook

2
1

Fig 5-29 Removing the Head Holder

5-25
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

d) Assembling the head holder


After assembling the head holder, check that the head holder rises or falls in
conjunction with the operation of the printhead height adjustment lever.

Printhead height adjustment lever

Head holder

Fig. 5-30 Checking the Printhead Height Adjustment Lever

5-26
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.2.8 Feeder unit


a) Opening paper guide B
1) Remove the spring.
2) Remove the two lock screws of the lever.

Paper guide B

Spring

Lock screws of the lever

Fig. 5-31 Paper Guide B

b) Removing the right platen


1) Turn off the power, and then move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper Unit
(page 5-33).
2) Remove the cutter unit, and then move the carriage unit until it contacts the left
side.
3) Remove the two setscrews of the right platen.
4) Raise the paper release lever, and then remove the right platen.

Setscrew

Carriage Paper release lever

Right platen
Fig. 5-32 Removing the Right Platen

5-27
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

5.2.9 Purge unit


a) Removing the purge unit
1) Turn off the power, and then move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper Unit
(page 5-33).
2) Open the ink tank unit. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit (page 5-29).
3) Remove the three connectors, and then remove the cable from the cable guide.
4) Remove the four screws, and then remove the purge unit.

Purge unit Ink tank

Fig. 5-33 Removing the Purge Unit

b) Check the replacing purge unit


After replacing the purge unit, refer to Part 5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit (page 5-29) and check
the ink supply valve.

5-28
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.2.10 Ink tank unit


a) Opening the ink tank unit
1) Remove the two set screws of the ink tank unit, and then loosen the fulcrum
screw.
2) Open the ink tank unit.
3) Use the screw removed in step 1 to secure the ink tank unit in a temporary
position.
Fulcrum screw Fulcrum screw

Hole for temporarily


securing

Hole for temporarily


securing
Setscrews
Setscrews
W7200 W7250
Fig. 5-34 Opening the Ink Tank Unit
b) Removing the ink tank unit
1) Drain the ink. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.4 Draining the Ink (page 5-35).
2) Remove the support stay.
3) Remove all joints on the ink tube unit and ink tank unit.

W7200 W7250

Fig. 5-35 Joints

4) Place the joint for the ink tube unit side on the waste ink absorber.
5) Remove the three screws and two connectors of the ink tank unit, and then
remove the ink tank unit.

5-29
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

c) Check the replacing the ink tank unit


The procedure for the ink tube joint is presented in Part 5: 5.2.6 Ink tube unit (page 5-
17). Also, follow the procedure below when replacing the ink tank unit.
1) Open the ink tank unit.
2) Move the carriage over the platen, and then take out the purge lever. For details,
refer to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper
Unit (page 5-33).

Purge unit

Purge lever

Fig. 5-36 Purge Lever

3) Close the ink tank unit, and then secure in place.


4) Loosen the lever set screw of the ink tank unit.
5) Check that the purge lever is making contact with the valve switching lever, and
then loosen the lever set screw.
6) Turn the purge gear, and then return the purge lever.
7) Check that the ink supply valve of the ink tank unit is closed.

Close
Open Ink supply valve

Ink supply valve


Close
Set screw
Open

Set screw

Ink tank unit Ink tank unit


W7200 W7250
Fig. 5-37 Checking the Ink Supply Valve

5-30
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.2.11 Waste ink absorber


The capacities of the waste ink absorber are approximately 10.5 kg for the W7200 and
9.0 kg for the W7250. The air flow fan unit (L) also has a capacity of approximately
3.0 kg.
When removing the waste ink absorber and air flow fan unit (L) from the printer, be
careful that the waste ink does not spill.

Air flow fan unit L

Waste ink absorber

Fig. 5-38 Waste Ink Absorber

In this printer, refilling detection is based on the capacity of the waste ink
CAUTION absorber. Although the air flow fan unit can be replaced separately, be
sure to also always replace the air flow fan unit when replacing the waste
ink absorber.
After replacing the waste ink absorber, execute the INITIALIZE>W-INK
command in Service mode to cancel any refilling detection errors. Do not
execute the INITIALIZE>W-INK command in Service mode when the air
flow fan unit is replaced separately.

5-31
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

5.2.12 Boards
Do not replace the system controller and engine controller at the same time.
Each controller has important stored information such as the setting values, the
waste ink counter, and the carriage driving time. To retain this information, before a
controller is replaced, the information in the controller is temporarily stored in the
other controller using internal communication and automatically updated. Therefore,
the two controllers cannot be replaced at the same time.
Also, when the system controller and engine controller are replaced as service parts,
check that the firmware version is the latest available. If it is not, update the firmware
to the latest version.

a) Replacing the system controller

When replacing the system controller original information of the following


items in the MAIN MENU and the SERVICE MODE are not backed up and
CAUTION
not restored in the new system controller.
Save the original information accordingly, prior to the replacement of the
system controller in case of need.
• MAIN MENU>System Setup>IP Setting
• SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>WARNING
• SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>ERROR
• SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>P-SETTING

1) Turn off the power, and then replace the system controller.
2) Use Service mode to start the printer.
3) Next, "EEPROM Writing.." is shown on the display. (This will be displayed same
the "Canon W72xx".)
4) Next, "SERVICE MODE" is shown on the display, and turn off the power.
5) Turn on the power.
6) Check the firmware version. If it is not the latest version, update the firmware.
7) Set the original information in "MAIN MENU>System Setup>IP Setting".

b) Replacing the engine controller


1) Turn off the power, and then replace the engine controller.
2) Use Service mode to start the printer.
3) Next, "E/C Replaced.." is shown on the display. (This will be displayed same the
"Canon W72xx".)
4) Next, "Turn Power Off!!" is shown on the display, and turn off the power.
5) Turn on the power.
6) Check the firmware version. If it is not the latest version, update the firmware.

5-32
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.3 Opening the Caps, Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper Unit
The procedures for manually opening the caps and ink supply valves are presented
below.
The carriage lock pin and caps need to be released manually if moving the carriage
when the power is turned off. For details on the sensors and flags, refer to Part 4: 5.
DETECTION FUNCTIONS (page 4-54).

5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins
1) Remove the rear cover, rear right cover, and upper right cover.
2) Insert a long Phillips-head screwdriver into the hole in the purge gear from the
printer right side.
3) Rotate the purge gear in the counter-clockwise direction until the carriage lock pin
drops while checking the carriage lock pin from the printer rear side.

Carriage motor

Carriage lock pin


Suction fan

Purge unit

Fig. 5-39 Opening the Caps and Releasing the Carriage Lock Pins

After opening the caps and removing the carriage lock pin, rotating the
NOTE gear further will close the caps after the wiper unit has completed the
return movement, and the carriage lock pin will rise and lock the carriage.

5-33
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

5.3.2 Opening and closing the ink supply valve


1) Remove rear cover, rear right cover, and upper right cover.
2) Insert a long Phillips-head screwdriver into the hole in the purge gear from the
printer right side. (See Figure 5-39)
3) Rotate the purge gear in the counter-clockwise direction, and then open or close
the ink supply valve.

The ink supply valve is open whenever the purge lever is sticking out.
CAUTION If the tube is filled with ink and the printhead lock lever is unlocked while
the ink supply valve is opened, the ink in the tube may reverse-flow due to
the difference in the water head, and ink may leak from the ink supply
needle.

Close
Ink supply valve
Open

Ink supply valve


Close

Open
Purge lever

Purge lever

Ink tank unit Ink tank unit


W7200 W7250

Fig. 5-40 Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve

5.3.3 Moving the wiper unit


1) Remove the rear cover, rear right cover, and upper right cover.
2) Insert a long Phillips-head screwdriver into the hole in the purge gear from the
printer right side. (See Figure 5-39)
3) Rotate the purge gear in the counter-clockwise direction, and then move the wiper
unit.

5-34
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

5.4 Draining the Ink


There are two methods of removing the ink, using a manual method or automatic
method.
When the ink is drained, the ink inside the ink passage totaling approximately 210 g
(35 g x 6 colors) is drained as waste ink.

To prevent ink leaks, be sure to always remove the ink inside the ink
CAUTION passage when disassembling or transporting the parts of the ink passage
section.

5.4.1 Automatic ink drainage


Automatic ink drainage is performed by selecting Main Menu --> System Setup -->
Move Printer from the operation panel. It takes about 4 minutes for automatic ink
drainage to be performed.

Perform automatic ink drainage again if a power outage or other cause


CAUTION shuts off the power during the operation for automatic ink drainage.

5.4.2 Manual ink drainage


A syringe or other implement is used to remove the ink inside the ink passages one
color at a time in the event of a printer electrical failure, firmware error, or
malfunction in supplying power to the printer.

a) Preparation
Prepare the following items before starting the manual ink drainage procedure.
1) Syringe having approx. 50-ml capacity (CK-0541-000) with connecting tube (QA2-
6161-000)
If possible, try to use separate syringes for each color.
If the syringes are severely stained or if the tubes are attached to different-color
needles, flush and wash the tubes (syringes) with water and allow them to fully dry
to prevent mixing of ink colors.

5-35
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

b) Overview of manual ink drainage


Manual ink drainage is performed using the three steps below.
Step 1 The ink in the ink tube unit flows to the waste ink absorber for all six colors
simultaneously.
Step 2 The ink in the ink tank unit is removed separately for each color.
Step 3 Step 2 is repeated for the remaining five colors.

If all of the ink passages are opened (ink tank is not installed, ink supply
CAUTION valve is opened, and printhead lock lever is opened) when ink fills the ink
tube, the ink in the ink tube may reverse-flow due to the difference in the
water head, and ink may leak from the ink supply needle. Therefore, do
not open all of the ink passages at the same time when the ink tube is
filled with ink.

Step1 Step1
Carriage unit

Step1
Step1

Step2

Step2 W7250

Ink supply valve


Step2 Step1

Subbuffer

Waste ink absorber

Step3 Repeated for the remaining five colors.

Fig. 5-41 Overview of Manual Ink Drainage (single color)

5-36
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

c) Manual ink drainage procedure


Step 1
1) Open the right cover. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.2.4 Outer covers (page 5-13).
2) Remove the ink tank.
3) Remove all the joints for the ink tube unit and ink tank unit. For details, refer to
Part 5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit (page 5-29).
4) Place the joint on the ink tube unit side on the waste ink absorber and secure in
place.
5) Move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps,
Opening the Ink Supply Valve, and Moving the Wiper Unit (page 5-33).
6) Unlock the printhead lock lever to allow all the ink in the ink tubes to flow to the
waste ink absorber for all six colors simultaneously.

5-37
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

Step 2
7) Connect the syringe ink tube to the needle of the subbuffer. Pull the plunger of
the syringe to remove the ink inside the subbuffer and drain the waste ink
absorber. Repeat until there is no more ink left.
8) Open the ink supply valve. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.3.2 Opening and closing the
ink supply valve (page 5-34).
9) Connect the syringe ink tube to the needle of the ink supply side. Pull the plunger
of the syringe to remove the ink inside the ink port and drain the waste ink
absorber. Repeat until there is no more ink remaining.

Ink supply side needle Ink supply side needle

Subbuffer side needle Subbuffer side needle

W7200 W7250
Fig. 5-42 Top View of Ink Tank Unit
Step 3
10) Repeat step 2 for each color until all of the ink is removed.
* This figure shows the main access points for manual ink drainage.
The numbers in parentheses correspond to the numbers of the manual ink
drainage procedure.

Printhead lock lever (6)

Carriage unit (5)

Joint (3)(4)

Ink tank unit (7)(8)(9)


Waste ink absorber (4)(6)(7)(9)

Fig. 5-43 Manual Ink Drainage

5-38
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

6. ADJUSTMENT AND SETUP


6.1 Adjustment and Setup Items
6.1.1 System controller DIP switch settings
These settings are made during assembly, disassembly, and replacement of the
system controller.

6.1.2 Engine controller short connector settings


These settings are made during assembly, disassembly, and replacement of the engine
controller.

6.1.3 Adjustment of head holder tilt lever


This procedure is performed when the edge sections of the image are not sharp when
printing in Fast mode (2-pass).

5-39
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

6.2 Adjustment and Setup Procedures

6.2.1 System controller DIP switch settings


Be careful that you do not move the DIP switch setting positions during assembly and
disassembly of the system controller.
Make the settings as shown in the figure below if the setting positions of the DIP
switches are inadvertently moved or a system controller installed as a service part has
different DIP switch setting positions.

IC8 IC6 IC9 IC7


IC12
IC4 IC2 IC5 IC3

IC34 IC32 IC35

1
J13
IC1

2
3
4
SW3 SW2 ON
1
2
3
4
ON

Fig. 5-44 System Controller DIP Switch Settings

5-40
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

6.2.2 Engine controller short connector settings


Be careful that you do not move the short connector setting positions during assembly
and disassembly of the engine controller.
Make the settings as shown in the figure below if the setting positions of the short
connector are inadvertently moved or a system controller installed as a service part
has different short connector setting positions.

W7200

JP401

W7250

Fig. 5-45 Engine Controller Short Connector Settings

5-41
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

6.2.3 Adjustment of the head holder tilt lever


This adjustment is performed when the edge sections of the image are not sharp when
printing in Fast mode (2-pass).
After adjusting the head holder tilt lever, mark the number visible from the window of
the head holder tilt lever with the number inside the sensor cover.

Sensor cover
Head holder tilt lever

Fig. 5-46 Adjusting the Head Holder Tilt Lever

5-42
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

This page intentionally left blank

5-43
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7. TROUBLESHOOTING
7.1 Outline of Troubleshooting

7.1.1 Outline
There are two types of trouble: trouble which is reported by the messages indicated on
the display, including "operator call," "warning," "error," and "firmware error"; and
trouble not indicated on the message display.
In this manual, a colon (:) is used to distinguish the first and second lines of the
message.
The alphanumeric code indicating the type of error, that is the "warning", or "error,"
will be displayed on the printer's display. The letters at the end of the code indicates
the following: W for the "warning" and E for the "error".
See Part 3: 5.3 Error Indications (Page 3-63) for a list of the problems which can be
detailed on the message display.

7.1.2 Notice for Troubleshooting


1. Obtain information about the system environment and the type of media used for
printing.
2. Before performing troubleshooting, make sure that all cables are connected
properly.
3. When servicing the printer with the external cover is removed and the AC power
connected, pay special attention when handling the electrical parts or the boards to
avoid an electric shock or short circuit.
4. In the following sections, the troubleshooting steps (action) are described such that
the component related to the most probable cause of the problem will be repaired
or replaced first, following by components with less failure probability. If multiple
components are the same probability of predicted failure, the steps are indicated
based on how easy the servicing is.
After performing a step, check to see if the problem has been solved by executing a
test print. If not resolved, proceed with the next step.
5. When the service has been completed, check to ensure that all connectors/cables
are reinstalled and screws are firmly tightened.
6. After performing replacement or repair services, run test prints to check whether
the problem has been solved.

5-44
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur


Codes in parentheses are not displayed when a warning occurs. These codes can be
checked in the warning history by using SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>WARNING.

7.2.1 x Ink Check (the ink color is indicated by x)


(W01000, W01001, W01002, W01003, W01004, W01005)

<Cause>
This is displayed when the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle in the ink tank
unit detect that the ink is below the prescribed level.

<Probable problem locations>


Ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Check the ink level.
2.Replace the ink tank.
3.Check the connectors of the ink tank unit.
4.Replace the ink tank unit.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

7.2.2 W-Ink Full Soon


(W01006)

<Cause>
This is displayed when a nearly full (approx. 95% capacity of the waste ink absorber)
waste ink level is detected in the waste ink absorber.

<Probable problem locations>


Waste ink absorber, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Waste ink absorber
Use SERVICE MODE>COUNTER>PRINTER>W-INK to check the waste ink
absorber. Replace if the waste ink level is near the limit (W7200: 14400/W7250:
12000).
After replacing the tank, perform SERVICE MODE>INITIALIZE>W-INK.
2.Replace the engine controller.
3.Replace the system controller.

5-45
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.2.3 Memory Overflow


(W0100C)

<Cause>
This is displayed when a data fault occurs due to insufficient memory.

<Probable problem locations>


Operation error, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedure and transmit data.
2.Replace the system controller.

7.2.4 Feed Limit


(W0100F)

<Cause>
This is displayed when the engine controller has detected the feed limit of the media
during manual feeding.
During back feeding, the print standby position (on feed roller) is the feed limit.
During forward feeding, the feed limits are as follows.
Roll media: 18 m
Cut sheet: Detected size when sheets are loaded

<Probable problem locations>


Engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Replace the engine controller.
2.Replace the system controller.

7.2.5 Incorrect Media


(W01021)

<Cause>
During data reception, this is displayed when the media type required by the
received data is different from the media type that is currently loaded.

<Probable problem locations>


Operation error, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedures and reprint.
2.Replace the engine controller.
3.Replace the system controller.

5-46
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.2.6 W01030/W01031/W01032/W01033/W01034/W01035/W01036/
W01037/W01038/W01039: GARO W0103x (number is indicated by x)

<Cause>
During data reception, this is displayed when an error occurs in the data reception
GARO command.

<Probable problem locations>


Operation error, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedures and reprint.
2.Replace the system controller.

5-47
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur

7.3.1 E02000
Roll media end sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when a roll media end sensor has detected the roll media trailing
edge during printing or loading of the roll media.

<Probable problem locations>


Roll media, roll media end sensor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Roll media
Install the roll media if there is none.
2.Visual check
Replace the sensor if the sensor flag is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
3.Roll media end sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the roll media end sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

7.3.2 E02005/E0200D/E02016
Feed sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the roll media even after
feeding the prescribed length during loading of the roll media.
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the cut sheet trailing edge
even after feeding the prescribed length during cut sheet loading.
This is displayed during printing when the feed sensor has detected the cut sheet
trailing edge at a different position from the media loading position.

<Probable problem locations>


Paper path, roll drive unit, feed sensor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the paper path and feed sensor.
Replace the paper path if the feeding surface or sliding section of the paper path is
damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not function normally.
Replace the roll drive unit if it is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
2.Feed sensor
Use SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY to check operation, and replace if faulty.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the feed sensor and engine controller if the connection
is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the engine controller.
5.Replace the system controller.

5-48
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.3.3 E0200A/E0200B/E0200C/E0200E/E0200F/E02010/E02015/
E02017/E02018
Media sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the light intensity of the media sensor could not be adjusted
during media loading.
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media loading position error
during detection of the media right edge.
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media leading edge
during detection of the media leading edge.
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media smaller than the
prescribed size during media loading.
Media width: Less than 200 mm
Media length: Less than 100 mm
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media larger than the
prescribed size during media loading.
Media width: More than 927 mm (W7200)/More than 645 mm (W7250)
Media length (roll media): More than 18 m
Media length (cut sheet): More than 1.6 m (W7200) / More than 1.4 m (W7250)
This is displayed when the media sensor detects slanting that exceeds the prescribed
amount during media loading.
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media leading edge
during detection after cutting of the roll media.
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media right edge
during media loading.
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media left edge during
media loading.

<Probable problem locations>


Media, media loading procedure, media sensor, carriage relay PCB, engine
controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Media check
Replace any media that have printing or soiling at the detection position or that are
outside the prescribed size.
2.Media loading check
Reload the media if there is anything abnormal about the media loading status.
3.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the media sensor.
4.Media sensor
Use SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>SYSTEM>SIZE CR to check the reading of the
media sensor. Replace if it is not functioning normally.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the media sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
7.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage relay PCB and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
8.Replace the engine controller.
9.Replace the system controller.

5-49
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.3.4 E02011
Roll media tray set sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when a roll media tray set sensor has detected that the roll media
tray unit has been pulled out during printing or loading of the roll media.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, roll media tray set sensor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Reload the roll media tray unit.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the roll media tray set sensor.
Replace the sensor if the sensor flag is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
3.Roll media tray set sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the roll media tray set sensor and engine controller if
the connection is not functioning normally.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

7.3.5 E02400/E02401/E02402/E02403
Path mismatch error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the loaded media is a cut sheet when the received data is
designated for roll media.
This is displayed when the roll media is not loaded when the received data is
designated for roll media.
This is displayed when the cut sheet is not loaded when the received data is
designated for cut sheet.
This is displayed when printing the adjustment pattern if the loaded media is
smaller than the prescribed size of the adjustment pattern.

<Probable problem locations>


Media, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Media check
Check the media loading status, and reload the media if the media are different
from the transmit data, the media are not loaded, or the loaded media are outside
of the prescribed size.
2.Replace the engine controller.
3.Replace the system controller.

5-50
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.3.6 E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Ink empty error

<Cause>
This is displayed when no ink is detected in the ink tank.

<Probable problem locations>


Ink tank, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Replace the ink tank.
2.Replace the engine controller.
3.Replace the system controller.

7.3.7 E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
Ink tank uninstalled error (during ink tank replacement)

<Cause>
This is displayed when the sensor detects that the right cover is closed with an ink
tank removed during ink tank replacement.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, ink tank, right cover sensor, ink tank unit, engine controller,
system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Install the ink tank.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the ink tank contacts and right cover
sensor.
3.Replace the ink tank.
4.Right cover sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the right cover sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6.Replace the ink tank unit.
7.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the ink tank unit and engine controller if the connection
is not functioning normally.
8.Replace the engine controller.
9.Replace the system controller.

5-51
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.3.8 E02800/E02801/E02802/E02803/E02811
Printhead error

<Cause>
This is displayed when no printhead is detected.
This is displayed when unusually high temperatures are detected in the printhead.
This is displayed when installation of an incorrect printhead is detected.
This is displayed when a checksum error occurs in the printhead EEPROM.
This is displayed when a DI correction failure is detected in the printhead.

<Probable problem locations>


Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Replace the printhead.
2.Replace the head relay PCB.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the head relay PCB and carriage relay PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage relay PCB and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6.Replace the engine controller.
7.Replace the system controller.

7.3.9 E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809/E0280A/
E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Ink tank error

<Cause>
This is displayed when installation of an incorrect ink tank is detected.
This is displayed when a checksum error occurs in the ink tank EEPROM.

<Probable problem locations>


Ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Replace the ink tank.
2.Replace the ink tank unit.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the ink tank unit and engine controller if the connection
is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the engine controller.
5.Replace the system controller.

5-52
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.3.10 E02812/E02A00/E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
Engine controller internal error

<Cause>
This is displayed when an error occurs in the engine controller EEPROM.
This is displayed when an error occurs in the firmware of the engine controller.
This is displayed when an error occurs in the FLASH ROM of the engine controller.

<Probable problem locations>


Engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Turn the power off and then on again.
2.Replace the engine controller.
3.Replace the system controller.

7.3.11 E02B01
Tray sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the tray sensor has detected that the tray is open during
media loading or printing.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, tray sensor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Open / close the tray.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the tray sensor.
3.Tray sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the tray sensor and engine controller if the connection is
not functioning normally.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

5-53
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.3.12 E02B04
Upper cover sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the upper cover sensor has detected that the upper cover is
open while the upper cover is locked.

<Probable problem locations>


Upper cover, upper cover sensor, upper cover lock unit, engine controller, system
controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Replace the sensor if the upper cover sensor flag or upper cover sensor is damaged,
deformed, or otherwise does not function normally.
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the upper cover lock unit.
2.Upper cover sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the upper cover sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
4.Upper cover lock unit
Check operation, and replace if it is not functioning normally.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the upper cover lock unit and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6.Replace the engine controller.
7.Replace the system controller.

7.3.13 E02B05
Right cover sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected that the right cover has
been opened not using operations from the main menu.

<Probable problem locations>


Right cover, right cover lock unit, right cover sensor, engine controller, system
controller

<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Replace the right cover or right cover lock unit if any of them are damaged,
deformed, or otherwise does not function normally.
2.Right cover sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the right cover sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the engine controller.
5.Replace the system controller.

5-54
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.3.14 E02B06
Carriage cover sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage cover sensor has detected that the carriage cover
is open while the upper cover is locked.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, carriage cover sensor, carriage relay PCB, engine controller,
system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Close the carriage cover firmly.
2.Visual check
Replace the carriage cover if it is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
3.Carriage cover sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage cover sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
5.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
6.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage relay PCB and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
7.Replace the engine controller.
8.Replace the system controller.

7.3.15 E02D00/E02D01
Sensor error in purge unit

<Cause>
This is displayed when sensors in the purge unit could not detect the positions of
the motors within the prescribed time.

<Probable problem locations>


Purge unit, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Homeposition sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace the purge unit
if anything does not function normally.
2.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the sensors and engine controller if the connection is
not functioning normally.
3.Replace the engine controller.
4.Replace the system controller.

5-55
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.3.16 E02D02
Carriage homeposition error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage homeposition sensor could not detect the
carriage within the prescribed time.

<Probable problem locations>


Foreign object in carriage contact section, carriage homeposition sensor, linear scale,
linear encoder, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the carriage contact section, carriage
homeposition sensor, linear scale, and linear sensor.
2.Carriage homeposition sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage homeposition sensor and engine controller
if the connection is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the linear scale.
5.Replace the linear encoder.
6.Replace the engine controller.
7.Replace the system controller.

5-56
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.3.17 E02D03
Feed motor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed motor could not reach the prescribed speed within
the prescribed time or the feed roller sensor could not detect the prescribed number
of steps from the encoder slit.

<Probable problem locations>


Feed roller sensor, encoder slit, feed motor, motor driver PCB, engine controller,
system controller

<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the feed roller sensor and encoder slit.
2.Replace the feed roller sensor.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the feed roller sensor and motor driver PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the feed motor.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the feed motor and motor driver PCB if the connection is
not functioning normally.
6.Replace the motor driver PCB.
7.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the motor driver PCB and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
8.Replace the engine controller.
9.Replace the system controller.

7.3.18 E02D04
Roll media feed motor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll media feed motor could not reach the prescribed
speed within the prescribed time.

<Probable problem locations>


Roll media feed motor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Replace the roll media feed motor
2.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the roll media feed motor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
3.Replace the engine controller.
4.Replace the system controller.

5-57
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.3.19 E02D05
Air flow fan error
<Cause>
Fan rotation could not be detected while the air flow fan was running.

<Probable problem locations>


Air flow fan, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the air flow fan and engine controller if the connection is
not functioning normally.
2.Replace the air flow fan.
3.Replace the engine controller.
4.Replace the system controller.

7.3.20 E02E01/E02E05
Carriage motor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when a jam or other physical problem puts an excessive load on
the carriage motor so that the carriage could not operate.
This is displayed when the carriage motor could not reach the prescribed speed
within the prescribed time.

<Probable problem locations>


Foreign object in carriage movement path, carriage rail, carriage belt, linear scale,
linear encoder, carriage motor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Carriage movement path check
Remove any foreign objects (jammed sheet) in the carriage movement path.
2.Carriage rail
Use rail cleaner to clean the carriage rails if a visual check reveals that they are
dirty.
3.Carriage belt
If a visual check reveals slack in the carriage belt, remount the belt.
4.Replace the linear scale.
5.Replace the linear encoder.
6.Replace the carriage motor.
7.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage motor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
8.Replace the engine controller.
9.Replace the system controller.

5-58
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.3.21 E02E02
Roll media set sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll media set sensor could not detect positional changes
by the paper guide during the paper guide opening and closing operations.

<Probable problem locations>


Roll media set sensor, roll media tray unit, roll drive unit, motor driver PCB, engine
controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the roll media set sensor.
2.Roll media set sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the roll media set sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
4.Roll media tray unit
Replace the unit if a visual check reveals that the gears are damaged, deformed, or
otherwise do not function normally.
Replace the unit if an operation check reveals that the roll release lever does not
function normally.
5.Roll drive unit
Replace the unit if a visual check reveals that the gears are damaged, deformed, or
otherwise do not function normally.
6.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the roll drive unit and motor driver PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
7.Replace the motor driver PCB.
8.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the motor driver PCB and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
9.Replace the engine controller.
10. Replace the system controller.

5-59
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.3.22 E02E03
Pinch roller up/down sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the pinch roller up/down sensor could not detect positional
changes by the pinch roller during the pinch roller up/down operations.

<Probable problem locations>


Pinch roller up/down sensor, pinch roller drive unit, motor driver PCB, engine
controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the pinch roller up/down sensor.
2.Pinch roller up/down sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the pinch roller up/down sensor and motor driver PCB
if the connection is not functioning normally.
4.Pinch roller drive unit
Replace the unit if a visual check reveals that the gears are damaged, deformed, or
otherwise do not function normally.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the pinch roller drive unit and motor driver PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6.Replace the motor driver PCB.
7.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the motor driver PCB and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
8.Replace the engine controller.
9.Replace the system controller.

5-60
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.3.23 E02E04
Roll feed sensor error

<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll feed sensor has detected stoppage of the rotary flag
during supplying or feeding of the roll media.

<Probable problem locations>


Media, roll feed sensor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Paper path check
Perform a visual check, and remove any foreign objects (jammed sheet) in the
paper path.
2.Media
Replace the media if media feeding cannot be performed normally, such as when
the media trailing edge is stuck to the paper tube.
3.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the roll feed sensor.
4.Roll feed sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the roll feed sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6. Replace the engine controller.
7.Replace the system controller.

7.3.24 E02E10
IEEE1394 error

<Cause>
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the IEEE1394 interface.

<Probable problem locations>


IEEE1394 interface board, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Turn the power off and then on again.
2.IEEE1394 interface board
Remount the IEEE1394 interface board, and then turn on the power again.
Replace the IEEE1394 interface board if it still is not functioning normally.
3.Replace the system controller.

5-61
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.3.25 E02F00
System controller internal error

<Cause>
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the firmware of the system
controller.

<Probable problem locations>


System controller

<Remedy>
1.Turn the power off and then on again.
2.Replace the system controller.

5-62
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur


Codes in parentheses are not displayed when a service call error occurs. These codes
can be checked in the error history by using SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>ERROR.

7.4.1 Printhead error!


(E04000)

<Cause>
This is displayed when a drive voltage error occurs in the printhead.

<Probable problem locations>


Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Replace the printhead.
2.Replace the head relay PCB.
3.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
4.Replace the engine controller.
5.Replace the system controller.

7.4.2 Waste ink full!


(E04001)

<Cause>
This is displayed when a full waste ink absorber is detected.

<Probable problem locations>


Waste ink absorber, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Replace the waste ink absorber.
Use SERVICE MODE>COUNTER>PRINTER>W-INK to check the waste ink
absorber. Replace if the waste ink level is near the limit (W7200: 14400/W7250:
12000).
After replacing the tank, perform SERVICE MODE>INITIALIZE>W-INK.
2.Replace the engine controller.
3.Replace the system controller.

5-63
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.4.3 Scale read error!


(E04002)

<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage sensor could not read the linear scale.

<Probable problem locations>


Linear scale, carriage sensor, carriage unit, carriage relay PCB, engine controller,
system controller

<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Replace the linear scale if it is dirty, damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the carriage sensor.
2.Replace the carriage unit.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage relay PCB and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6.Replace the engine controller.
7.Replace the system controller

5-64
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.5 Troubleshooting for Other Problems Indicated on the Display

7.5.1 Incorrect Value: Check Value

<Cause>
This is displayed when it is detected that the default G/W input value does not
match the IP address.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message turns off when the proper value is entered for "System
Setup" > "IP Setting" > "Default G/W" of the main menu.
2.Replace the system controller.

7.5.2 Offline: Load Roll Media

<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll media end sensor does not detect any roll media in
roll media mode.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, roll media end sensor, roll media set sensor, engine controller,
system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the roll media is loaded and the roll media
tray is closed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the sensors.
Replace the sensor if the sensor flag is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
3.Roll media end sensor/roll media set sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the sensors and engine controller if the connection is
not functioning normally.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

5-65
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.5.3 Offline: Load Cut Sheet


Offline: Remove Cut Sheet

<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed sensor does not detect any sheets in cut sheet mode.
This is displayed when the feed sensor detects sheets when switching from cut sheet
mode to roll media mode.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, feed sensor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1. Operation check
Check that the message changes when the cut sheets are loaded or when the cut
sheets are removed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the feed sensor.
3.Feed sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the feed sensor and engine controller if the connection is
not functioning normally.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

7.5.4 Offline: Open Upper Cover

<Cause>
This is displayed when the upper cover sensor detects that the upper cover is closed
when switching from roll media mode to cut sheet mode.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, upper cover, upper cover sensor, upper cover lock unit, engine
controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the upper cover is opened.
2.Visual check
Replace the sensor if the upper cover sensor flag or upper cover sensor is damaged,
deformed, or otherwise does not function normally.
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the upper cover lock unit.
3.Upper cover sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the upper cover sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

5-66
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.5.5 Offline: Open Tray

<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll media end sensor detects that there is no roll media
in roll media mode, and the tray sensor detects that the tray is closed.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, tray sensor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the tray is opened.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the tray sensor.
3.Tray sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the tray sensor and engine controller if the connection is
not functioning normally.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

7.5.6 Off line: Open Roll Tray

<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll media end sensor detects that there is no roll media
in roll media mode, and the roll media tray set sensor detects that the roll media
tray is closed.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, roll media tray set sensor, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the roll media tray is opened.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the roll media tray set sensor.
3.Roll media tray set sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the roll media tray set sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.

5-67
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.5.7 Printer Setup: Install Phead

<Cause>
This is displayed when no printhead is detected when the power is turned on.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine
controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the printhead is installed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the printhead contact face.
3.Replace the printhead.
4.Replace the head relay PCB.
5.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the head relay PCB and carriage relay PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
7.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the carriage relay PCB and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
8.Replace the engine controller.
9.Replace the system controller.

7.5.8 Printer Setup: Ins. Ink Tank OK

<Cause>
This is displayed when no ink tank is detected when the power is turned on.

<Probable problem locations>


Operating procedure, ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller

<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the ink tanks for all colors are installed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the contact face.
3.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the ink tank unit and engine controller if the connection
is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the ink tank.
5.Replace the ink tank unit.
6.Replace the engine controller.
7.Replace the system controller.

5-68
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.6 Troubleshooting for Problems Not Indicated on the Display

7.6.1 Printer does not turn on

<Condition example>
Nothing is shown on the display when the Power button is pressed.

<Cause>
Broken connection in connector, faulty inlet unit, faulty power supply, faulty
operation panel, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller

<Remedy>
1.Power cord
Reconnect the power cord.
2.Connector check
Reconnect the connectors for the operation panel (CN1), relay connector (J86),
system controller (J6, J2), engine controller (J408, J417, J418, J419), and power
supply (J1, J102, J103, J105).
3.Fuse check
Replace if the fuse for the power supply is blown.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the operation panel and system controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
Replace the cable between the engine controller and power supply if the connection
is not functioning normally.
Replace the cable between the power supply and inlet unit if the connection is not
functioning normally.
5.Replace the power supply.
6.Replace the operation panel.
7.Replace the engine controller.
8.Replace the system controller.

7.6.2 Network is not connected

<Condition example>
Printing cannot be performed from the network.

<Cause>
Cable is not connected properly, incompatibility with hub, system controller fault

<Remedy>
1.Check the cable.
Reconnect the LAN cable.
2.Check the communication settings.
Auto-negotiation cannot be performed for some configurations of the connected
hub. Use the DIP switches (SW3) on the system controller to reset the network
transmission speed and transfer mode according to the specifications of the hub
that is used.
3.Replace the hub.
Explain to the customer that there is no problem with the printer unit.
4.Replace the sysytem controller.

5-69
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.6.3 Right cover does not open

<Condition example>
The right cover does not open. (No error message is shown on the display.)

<Cause>
Connector is not connected properly, engine controller fault

<Remedy>
1.Check the connector
Connect the connector (J42) for the right cover lock solenoid and the relay
connector (J24) for the right cover sensor to the connectors having the same color.
White: Connector for right cover lock solenoid (J42)
Blue: Relay connector for right cover sensor (J24)
2.Replace the engine controller.

5-70
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

7.6.4 Printing problems (ink is full)

<Condition example>
Step 1
* Interface is not recognized.
* A test print can be printed, but printing from the host computer is not functioning
normally.
Step 2
* No printing can be performed.
* Printing of the test print and printing from the host computer are not functioning
normally.
* Textures appear in the image.

<Cause>
Faulty host computer, faulty interface cable, dirty carriage rail, improper position for
head tilt lever, faulty printhead, faulty purge unit, faulty linear scale, faulty carriage
unit, faulty carriage relay PCB, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller

Step 1 remedy
1.Interface cable
Replace the interface cable if a visual check reveals that the connectors are
damaged, deformed, or otherwise do not function normally.
2.Computer
Install the printer drivers to a computer, and connect to the printer. If the print
data can be sent normally, instruct the customer to replace his computer.
3.Replace the system controller.

Step 2 remedy
1.Dirty carriage rail
Use rail cleaner to clean the carriage rails if a visual check reveals that they are
dirty or other abnormalities.
2.Head tilt lever
Check if changing the position of the head tilt lever fixes the problem.
3.Purge unit
Perform a visual check, and remove any foreign objects adhering to the caps and
wipers.
4.Print adjustment check
Execute print adjustment, and adjust the shift between nozzle arrays.
5.Printhead
Execute head cleaning, and replace the printhead if the result is not improved.
6.Linear scale
Replace the linear scale if it is dirty or otherwise does not function normally.
7.Replace the carriage unit.
8.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
9.Replace the engine controller.
10. Replace the system controller.

5-71
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

7.6.5 Printing problems (ink is not full)

<Condition example>
* No printing can be performed.
* A specific ink is not printed.
* Ink is not filled to the ink tube for the printhead lock lever.
* Ink is not filled to the ink tube before the ink tank unit.

<Cause>
Faulty ink tank, faulty printhead, faulty purge unit, faulty ink tank unit, faulty ink
tube unit, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller

<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove the ink tube if it is bent or otherwise not functioning normally.
2.Ink tank
Remount the ink tank.
3.Ink supply valve
Refer to Part 5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit (p.5-29), and check the ink supply valve.
4.Ink filling
Check if there is any ink inside the ink tube, and then remove the printheads and
ink tanks, and turn on the power. Then, follow the messages to install the
printheads and ink tanks and fill the ink.
5.Replace the printhead.
6.Replace the purge unit.
7.Replace the ink tank unit.
8.Replace the ink tube unit.
9.Replace the engine controller.
10. Replace the system controller.

7.6.6 Other printing problems

<Condition example>
Soiled media

<Cause>
Soiling due to ink mist or other substances.

<Remedy>
1.Moisten the upper cover interior or feed unit, and then clean using a soft, full-
wrung cloth.

5-72
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

This page intentionally left blank

5-73
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8. CONNECTOR POSITIONS AND PIN ARRANGEMENT


8.1 System Controller
J1 J2

IC12
J7

J13
J5
SW3 J6

SW2 J3

Figure 5-47 System Controller

J1
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 5V OUT Power supply (+5.0V)
2 TRST IN JTAG test reset signal
3 TMS IN JTAG test mode select signal
4 TDI IN JTAG test data input signal
5 GND –– GND
6 RST IN Reset signal
7 GND –– GND
8 GNT IN Grant signal
9 AD31 IN/OUT Address and data signal
10 AD29 IN/OUT Address and data signal
11 AD27 IN/OUT Address and data signal
12 GND –– GND
13 AD25 IN/OUT Address and data signal
14 CBE3 OUT Bus command and byte enable signal
15 AD23 IN/OUT Address and data signal
16 AD21 IN/OUT Address and data signal
17 GND –– GND
18 AD19 IN/OUT Address and data signal
19 AD17 IN/OUT Address and data signal
20 CBE2 OUT Bus command and byte enable signal
21 GND –– GND
22 IRDY OUT Initiator ready signal
23 DEVSEL IN Device select signal
24 LOCK OUT Lock signal
25 GND –– GND
26 SERR OUT System error signal
27 CBE1 OUT Bus command and byte enable signal
28 AD14 IN/OUT Address and data signal
29 GND –– GND

5-74
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function


30 AD12 IN/OUT Address and data signal
31 AD10 IN/OUT Address and data signal
32 AD8 IN/OUT Address and data signal
33 GND –– GND
34 AD7 IN/OUT Address and data signal
35 AD5 IN/OUT Address and data signal
36 AD3 IN/OUT Address and data signal
37 AD1 IN/OUT Address and data signal
38 GND –– GND
39 3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
40 3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
41 GND –– GND
42 TCK IN JTAG test clock signal
43 TDO OUT JTAG test data output signal
44 INTA OUT Interrupt signal
45 GND –– GND
46 CLK IN Clock signal
47 GND –– GND
48 REQ OUT Request signal
49 AD30 IN/OUT Address and data signal
50 AD28 IN/OUT Address and data signal
51 AD26 IN/OUT Address and data signal
52 GND –– GND
53 AD24 IN/OUT Address and data signal
54 IDSEL IN Initialization device select signal
55 AD22 IN/OUT Address and data signal
56 AD20 IN/OUT Address and data signal
57 GND –– GND
58 AD18 IN/OUT Address and data signal
59 AD16 IN/OUT Address and data signal
60 FRANE OUT Cycle frame signal
61 GND –– GND
62 TRDY IN Target ready signal
63 STOP IN Stop signal
64 PERR IN/OUT Parity error signal
65 GND –– GND
66 PAR IN/OUT Parity signal
67 AD15 IN/OUT Address and data signal
68 AD13 IN/OUT Address and data signal
69 GND –– GND
70 AD11 IN/OUT Address and data signal
71 AD9 IN/OUT Address and data signal
72 CBE0 OUT Bus command and byte enable signal
73 GND –– GND
74 AD6 IN/OUT Address and data signal
75 AD4 IN/OUT Address and data signal
76 AD2 IN/OUT Address and data signal
77 AD0 IN/OUT Address and data signal
78 GND –– GND
79 3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
80 3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)

5-75
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

J2
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 NC –– NC
3 NC –– NC
4 NC –– NC
5 GND –– GND
6 NC –– NC
7 NC –– NC
8 GND –– GND
9 NC –– NC
10 NC –– NC
11 GND –– GND
12 SREQ IN Status request signal
13 GND –– GND
14 SACK OUT Status acknowledge signal
15 NC –– NC
16 GND –– GND
17 GND –– GND
18 GND –– GND
19 CEDATA1 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit1)
20 GND –– GND
21 CEDATA4 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit4)
22 CEDATA5 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit5)
23 CEDATA7 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit7)
24 GND –– GND
25 CEDATA10 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit10)
26 CEDATA11 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit11)
27 CEDATA13 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit13)
28 GND –– GND
29 CEDATA16 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit16)
30 CEDATA17 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit17)
31 CEDATA19 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit19)
32 GND –– GND
33 CEDATA22 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit22)
34 CEDATA23 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit23)
35 CEDATA25 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit25)
36 GND –– GND
37 CEDATA28 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit28)
38 CEDATA29 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit29)
39 CEDATA31 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit31)
40 STANDBY OUT Power supply ON/OFF signal
41 NC –– NC
42 NC –– NC
43 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
44 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
45 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
46 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
47 RESETC OUT Controller reset signal
48 NC –– NC
49 NC –– NC

5-76
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function


50 GND –– GND
51 GND –– GND
52 NC –– NC
53 GND –– GND
54 NC –– NC
55 GND –– GND
56 GND –– GND
57 NC –– NC
58 GND –– GND
59 NC –– NC
60 GND –– GND
61 GND –– GND
62 CREQ OUT Command request signal
63 CACK IN Command acknowledge signal
64 GND –– GND
65 READY IN Image data request signal
66 GND –– GND
67 DCLK OUT Image data transfer synchronous signal
68 GND –– GND
69 CEDATA0 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit0)
70 CEDATA2 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit2)
71 CEDATA3 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit3)
72 GND –– GND
73 CEDATA6 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit6)
74 CEDATA8 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit8)
75 CEDATA9 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit9)
76 GND –– GND
77 CEDATA12 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit12)
78 CEDATA14 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit14)
79 CEDATA15 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit15)
80 GND –– GND
81 CEDATA18 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit18)
82 CEDATA20 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit20)
83 CEDATA21 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit21)
84 GND –– GND
85 CEDATA24 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit24)
86 CEDATA26 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit26)
87 CEDATA27 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit27)
88 GND –– GND
89 CEDATA30 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus(bit30)
90 START IN Steady-state input power supply (+3.3V)
91 +5V IN Power supply (+5.0V)
92 NC –– NC
93 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
94 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
95 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
96 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
97 WAKE OUT Wake signal from sleep mode
98 NC –– NC
99 NC –– NC
100 GND –– GND

5-77
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

J3 (RS-232C)
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 CD IN Data Carrier Detect
2 RXD IN Receive data by serial communication
3 TXD OUT Transmit data by serial communication
4 DTR OUT Data Terminal ready
5 GND –– GND
6 DSR IN Data set ready
7 RTS OUT Request to send
8 CTS IN Clear to send
9 RI IN Ring Indicate

J5 (LAN)
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 TD+ OUT 10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential output signal
2 TD- OUT 10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential output signal
3 TDCT –– Pulse transfer center tap GND
4 GND –– GND
5 GND –– GND
6 RDCT –– Pulse transfer center tap GND
7 RD+ IN 10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential input signal
8 RD- IN 10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential input signal
9 G_LED+ –– Green LED anode
10 G_LED- –– Green LED cathode
11 Y_LED+ –– Yellow LED anode
12 Y_LED- –– Yellow LED cathode

J6
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
2 PCS OUT Select signal to operation panel
3 PDO OUT Transmit data to operation panel
4 PCLK OUT Clock signal to operation panel
5 PDI IN Receive data from operation panel
6 GND –– GND
7 SOFT_SW1 IN Power supply ON/OFF signal
8 SOFT_SW2 OUT Steady-state input power supply (+3.3V)

J7 (USB)
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VBUS IN Power supply (+5.0V)
2 D- IN/OUT USB data signal
3 D+ IN/OUT USB data signal
4 GND –– GND

5-78
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

8.2 Engin Controller

J401 J403 J404


J407
J406
J408 IC401
J405

IC409

J412
J418
JP401
J421
J409
J425

J410 J413 J414 J415 J417

Figure 5-48 Engin Controller

J401
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
3 DIPSW5 –– For factory
4 DIPSW4 –– For factory
5 DIPSW3 –– For factory
6 DIPSW2 –– For factory
7 DIPSW1 –– For factory
8 DIPSW0 –– For factory

J403
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 TANKCVR IN Right cover opening and closing detection signal
3 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
4 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
5 COVERSOL_R OUT Upper cover lock solenoid right drive signal
6 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
7 TANKSOL OUT Right cover lock solenoid drive signal

J404
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM_CRM OUT Carriage motor drive power supply (+26.5V)
2 VM_CRM IN Carriage motor drive power supply (+26.5V)

5-79
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

J405
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 C2_SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (PM)
3 C1_SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (M)
4 C0_SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (Y)
5 C2_HENB OUT Heat pulse output (PM)
6 C1_HENB OUT Heat pulse output (M)
7 C0_HENB OUT Heat pulse output (Y)
8 GND –– GND
9 HDLTP OUT Head data latch signal + output
10 HDLTN OUT Head data latch signal - output
11 HDCLKP OUT Head data transfer clock + output
12 HDCLKN OUT Head data transfer clock - output
13 GND –– GND
14 C2_EDATA1P OUT Odd nozzle data 1 + output (PM)
15 C2_EDATA1N OUT Odd nozzle data 1 - output (PM)
16 C2_EDATA0P OUT Odd nozzle data 0 + output (PM)
17 C2_EDATA0N OUT Odd nozzle data 0 - output (PM)
18 C2_ODATA1P OUT Even nozzle data 1 + output (PM)
19 C2_ODATA1N OUT Even nozzle data 1 - output (PM)
20 C2_ODATA0P OUT Even nozzle data 0 + output (PM)
21 C2_ODATA0N OUT Even nozzle data 0 - output (PM)
22 GND –– GND
23 C1_EDATA1P OUT Odd nozzle data 1 + output (M)
24 C1_EDATA1N OUT Odd nozzle data 1 - output (M)
25 C1_EDATA0P OUT Odd nozzle data 0 + output (M)
26 C1_EDATA0N OUT Odd nozzle data 0 - output (M)
27 C1_ODATA1P OUT Even nozzle data 1 + output (M)
28 C1_ODATA1N OUT Even nozzle data 1 - output (M)
29 C1_ODATA0P OUT Even nozzle data 0 + output (M)
30 C1_ODATA0N OUT Even nozzle data 0 - output (M )
31 GND –– GND
32 C0_EDATA1P OUT Odd nozzle data 1 + output (Y)
33 C0_EDATA1N OUT Odd nozzle data 1 - output (Y)
34 C0_EDATA0P OUT Odd nozzle data 0 + output (Y)
35 C0_EDATA0N OUT Odd nozzle data 0 - output (Y)
36 C0_ODATA1P OUT Even nozzle data 1 + output (Y)
37 C0_ODATA1N OUT Even nozzle data 1 - output (Y)
38 C0_ODATA0P OUT Even nozzle data 0 + output (Y)
39 C0_ODATA0N OUT Even nozzle data 0 - output (Y)
40 GND –– GND

5-80
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

J406
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 C3_SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (C)
3 C4_SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (PC)
4 C5_SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (BK)
5 C3_HENB OUT Heat pulse output (C)
6 C4_HENB OUT Heat pulse output (PC)
7 C5_HENB OUT Heat pulse output (BK)
8 GND –– GND
9 C3_EDATA1P OUT Odd nozzle data 1 + output (C)
10 C3_EDATA1N OUT Odd nozzle data 1 - output (C)
11 C3_EDATA0P OUT Odd nozzle data 0 + output (C)
12 C3_EDATA0N OUT Odd nozzle data 0 - output (C)
13 C3_ODATA1P OUT Even nozzle data 1 + output (C)
14 C3_ODATA1N OUT Even nozzle data 1 - output (C)
15 C3_ODATA0P OUT Even nozzle data 0 + output (C)
16 C3_ODATA0N OUT Even nozzle data 0 - output (C)
17 GND –– GND
18 C4_EDATA1P OUT Odd nozzle data 1 + output (PC)
19 C4_EDATA1N OUT Odd nozzle data 1 - output (PC)
20 C4_EDATA0P OUT Odd nozzle data 0 + output (PC)
21 C4_EDATA0N OUT Odd nozzle data 0 - output (PC)
22 C4_ODATA1P OUT Even nozzle data 1 + output (PC)
23 C4_ODATA1N OUT Even nozzle data 1 - output (PC)
24 C4_ODATA0P OUT Even nozzle data 0 + output (PC)
25 C4_ODATA0N OUT Even nozzle data 0 - output (PC)
26 GND –– GND
27 C5_EDATA1P OUT Odd nozzle data 1 + output (BK)
28 C5_EDATA1N OUT Odd nozzle data 1 - output (BK)
29 C5_EDATA0P OUT Odd nozzle data 0 + output (BK)
30 C5_EDATA0N OUT Odd nozzle data 0 - output (BK)
31 C5_ODATA1P OUT Even nozzle data 1 + output (BK)
32 C5_ODATA1N OUT Even nozzle data 1 - output (BK )
33 C5_ODATA0P OUT Even nozzle data 0 + output (BK)
34 C5_ODATA0N OUT Even nozzle data 0 - output (BK)
35 GND –– GND
36 ADC_DRET IN AD converter receive data
37 ADC_DSET OUT AC converter transmit data
38 ADC_CLK OUT Clock for AD converter data transfer
39 ADC_CS OUT Clock for AD converter data transfer
40 GND –– GND

5-81
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

J407
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 MGND –– GND
2 MGND –– GND
3 MGND –– GND
4 MGND –– GND
5 MGND –– GND
6 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
7 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
8 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
9 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
10 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
11 GND –– GND
12 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
13 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
14 LVDSENB OUT Differential IC (for reception) output enable signal
15 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
16 VHENB OUT Head drive voltage ON/OFF control signal
17 H5VENB OUT Head 5V power supply ON/OFF control signal
18 GND –– GND
19 GND –– GND
20 PLEDON OUT LED ON/OFF control signal for media sensor
21 DCDC_OVP IN DC-DC converter error detection signal
22 PSNS IN Media sensor detection signal
23 PLED OUT LED light intensity control signal for media
sensor
24 BAIAS IN Head overcurrent detection signal
25 JOINTSNS IN Carriage cover opening and closing detection signal
26 GND –– GND
27 HEADEEPCLK OUT Head EEPROM data transfer clock signal
28 HEADEEPRD IN Head EEPROM read data
29 HEADEEPWD OUT Head EEPROM write data
30 HEADEEPCS OUT Head EEPROM chip select signal
31 CRENCB IN Linear scale phase signal B
32 CRENCA IN Linear scale phase signal A
33 GND –– GND
34 DACLK OUT ASIC control data transfer clock signal
35 ADTRG OUT Head DI sensor output sample signal
36 DADT OUT ASIC control data signal
37 DLD OUT ASIC control data load signal
38 DSOUT1A IN ASIC output analog signal 1
39 DSOUT2A IN ASIC output analog signal 2
40 GND –– GND

5-82
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

J408
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 NC –– NC
3 NC –– NC
4 NC –– NC
5 GND –– GND
6 NC –– NC
7 NC –– NC
8 GND –– GND
9 NC –– NC
10 NC –– NC
11 GND –– GND
12 SREQ OUT Status request signal
13 GND –– GND
14 SACK IN Status acknowledge signal
15 NC –– NC
16 GND –– GND
17 GND –– GND
18 GND –– GND
19 CEDATA1 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit1)
20 GND –– GND
21 CEDATA4 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit4)
22 CEDATA5 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit5)
23 CEDATA7 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit7)
24 GND –– GND
25 CEDATA10 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit10)
26 CEDATA11 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit11)
27 CEDATA13 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit13)
28 GND –– GND
29 CEDATA16 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit16)
30 CEDATA17 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit17)
31 CEDATA19 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit19)
32 GND –– GND
33 CEDATA22 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit22)
34 CEDATA23 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit23)
35 CEDATA25 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit25)
36 GND –– GND
37 CEDATA28 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit28)
38 CEDATA29 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit29)
39 CEDATA31 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit31)
40 STANDBY IN Power supply ON/OFF signal
41 NC –– NC
42 NC –– NC
43 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
44 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
45 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
46 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
47 RESETC IN Controller reset signal
48 NC –– NC
49 NC –– NC
50 GND –– GND

5-83
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function


51 GND –– GND
52 NC –– NC
53 GND –– GND
54 NC –– NC
55 GND –– GND
56 GND –– GND
57 NC –– NC
58 GND –– GND
59 NC –– NC
60 GND –– GND
61 GND –– GND
62 CREQ IN Command request signal
63 CACK OUT Command acknowledge signal
64 GND –– GND
65 READY OUT Image data request signal
66 GND –– GND
67 DCLK IN Image data transfer synchronous signal
68 GND –– GND
69 CEDATA0 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit0)
70 CEDATA2 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit2)
71 CEDATA3 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit3)
72 GND –– GND
73 CEDATA6 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit6)
74 CEDATA8 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit8)
75 CEDATA9 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit9)
76 GND –– GND
77 CEDATA12 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit12)
78 CEDATA14 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit14)
79 CEDATA15 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit15)
80 GND –– GND
81 CEDATA18 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit18)
82 CEDATA20 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit20)
83 CEDATA21 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit21)
84 GND –– GND
85 CEDATA24 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit24)
86 CEDATA26 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit26)
87 CEDATA27 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit27)
88 GND –– GND
89 CEDATA30 IN/OUT Bidirectional data bus (bit30)
90 START OUT Steady-state input power supply (+3.3V)
91 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
92 NC –– NC
93 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
94 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
95 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
96 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
97 WAKE IN Wake signal from sleep mode
98 NC –– NC
99 NC –– NC
100 GND –– GND

5-84
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

J409
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 OUTA OUT Carriage motor phase signal (A)
2 OUTB OUT Carriage motor phase signal (B)
3 OUTC OUT Carriage motor phase signal (C)
4 NC –– NC

J410
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
2 GND –– GND
3 EEPWD OUT Tank EEPROM write data signal
4 TANKEEPRD IN Tank EEPROM read data signal
5 EEPCLK OUT Tank EEPROM data clock signal
6 TANKCS5 OUT Tank EEPROM select signal (BK)
7 TANKCS4 OUT Tank EEPROM select signal (PC)
8 TANKCS3 OUT Tank EEPROM select signal (C)
9 TANKCS2 OUT Tank EEPROM select signal (PM)
10 TANKCS1 OUT Tank EEPROM select signal (M)
11 TANKCS0 OUT Tank EEPROM select signal (Y)
12 GND –– GND
13 LM_SENSE IN Remaining ink level detection signal (PM)
14 LC_SENSE IN Remaining ink level detection signal (PC)
15 Y_SENSE IN Remaining ink level detection signal (Y)
16 M_SENSE IN Remaining ink level detection signal (M)
17 C_SENSE IN Remaining ink level detection signal (C)
18 BK_SENSE IN Remaining ink level detection signal (BK)

J412
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
A1 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
A2 MISTPWM_R OUT Air flow fan right drive signal
A3 ASF_A OUT Pump motor phase excitation signal A
A4 ASF_B OUT Pump motor phase excitation signal B
A5 ASF_BN OUT Pump motor phase excitation signal BN
A6 ASF_AN OUT Pump motor phase excitation signal AN
A7 NC –– NC
A8 NC –– NC
A9 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
A10 PGA OUT Purge motor phase excitation signal A
A11 PGAN OUT Purge motor phase excitation signal AN
A12 PGB OUT Purge motor phase excitation signal B
A13 PGBN OUT Purge motor phase excitation signal BN
A14 NC –– NC
B1 GND –– GND
B2 ASFHP IN Pump motor home position signal
B3 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
B4 GND –– GND
B5 PGHP IN Purge motor home position signal
B6 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
B7 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)

5-85
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function


B8 GND –– GND
B9 HALL_IN1 IN Carriage motor hall element input (1)
B10 HALL_IN2 IN Carriage motor hall element input (2)
B11 HALL_IN3 IN Carriage motor hall element input (3)
B12 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
B13 KYUINPWM_R OUT Suction fan drive signal
B14 GND –– GND

J413
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 ROLLEND IN Roll media end detection signal
3 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
4 GND –– GND
5 HIKIDASHISET IN Roll media tray set detection signal
6 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
7 GND –– GND
8 KAATSU IN Roll media set detection signal
9 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
10 GND –– GND
11 CRGHP IN Carriage homeposition detection signal
12 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
13 GND –– GND
14 MEDIA IN Media detection signal
15 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
16 GND –– GND
17 ROLLFEED IN Roll media feed detection signal
18 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
19 NC –– NC

J414
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 COVERSOL_L OUT Upper cover lock solenoid left drive signal
2 GND –– GND
3 SUBLF_CL OUT Roll media feed clutch drive signal
4 PINCH_CL OUT Pinch roller up/down clutch drive signal
5 ATUKAI_CL OUT Follow roller up/down clutch drive signal
6 MISTPWM_L2 OUT Air flow fan right drive signal
7 ROLLCVR IN Manual tray opening and closing detection signal
8 GND –– GND
9 LFENCB IN Encoder slit rotation detection signal (B phase)
10 LFENCA IN Encoder slit rotation detection signal (A phase)
11 SUBLF_HP IN Pinch roller up/down detection signal
12 LFMAIN_A OUT Feed motor phase excitation signal (A)
13 LFMAIN_B OUT Feed motor phase excitation signal (B)
14 LFMAIN_AN OUT Feed motor phase excitation signal (AN)
15 LFMAIN_BN OUT Feed motor phase excitation signal (BN)
16 GND –– GND
17 SUBLF_A OUT Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (A)

5-86
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

J414
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
18 SUBLF_B OUT Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (B)
19 SUBLF_AN OUT Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (AN)
20 SUBLF_BN OUT Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (BN)

J415
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 SUBLF_OUT2 OUT Roll media drive motor maximum phase current (Vref2)
3 SUBLF_OUT1 OUT Roll media drive motor maximum phase current (Vref1)
4 GND –– GND
5 LFMAIN_OUT2 OUT Feed motor maximum phase current (Vref2)
6 LFMAIN_OUT1 OUT Feed motor maximum phase current (Vref1)

J417
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 GND –– GND
3 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
4 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)

J418
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 +5V IN Power supply (+5.1V)
3 MGND –– GND
4 VM IN Power supply (+26.5V)
5 MGND_CRM –– GND for VM_CRM
6 MGND_CRM –– GND for VM_CRM
7 VM_CRM IN Carriage motor drive power supply (+26.5V)
8 VM_CRM IN Carriage motor drive power supply (+26.5V)

J419
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 START IN Steady-state input power supply (+3.3V)
2 STANDBY OUT Power supply ON/OFF signal

J421
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
2 MGND –– GND
3 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
4 GND –– GND

J425
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
2 MISTFAN_S OUT Air flow fan left drive signal
3 NC –– NC

5-87
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8.3 Carriage Relay PCB

J211 J210 J209

J203

J208 J206 J205

J212 J213

Figure 5-49 Carriage Relay PCB

J203
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
2 HGND –– GND
3 GNDR –– GND

J205
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 JOINTSNS IN Carriage cover opening and closing detection signal
3 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)

J206
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 CRENCB IN Linear scale phase signal B
2 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
3 CRENCA IN Linear scale phase signal A
4 GND –– GND

J208
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 PTC OUT Media sensor light-receiving element power
supply
2 PTE IN Media sensor light-receiving element detection
signal
3 PLED_A OUT Media sensor light-emitting element power
supply
4 PLED_K IN Media sensor light-emitting element ON/OFF
signal
5 NC –– NC

5-88
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

J209
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 DSOUT2A OUT ASIC output analog signal 2
3 DSOUT1A OUT ASIC output analog signal 1
4 DLD IN ASIC control data load signal
5 DADT IN ASIC control data signal
6 ADTRG IN Head DI sensor output sample signal
7 DACLK IN ASIC control data transfer clock signal
8 GND –– GND
9 CRENCA OUT Linear scale phase signal A
10 CRENCB OUT Linear scale phase signal B
11 HEADEEPCS IN Head EEPROM chip select signal
12 HEADEEPWD IN Head EEPROM write data
13 HEADEEPRD OUT Head EEPROM read data
14 HEADEEPCLK IN Head EEPROM data transfer clock signal
15 GND –– GND
16 JOINTSNS OUT Carriage cover opening and closing detection signal
17 BAIAS OUT Head overcurrent detection signal
18 PLED IN LED control signal for media sensor
19 PSNS OUT Media sensor detection signal
20 DCDC_OVP OUT DC-DC converter error detection signal
21 PLEDON IN LED ON/OFF control signal for media sensor
22 GND –– GND
23 GND –– GND
24 H5VENB IN Head 5V power supply ON/OFF control signal
25 VHENB IN Head driving power supply ON/OFF control signal
26 +3.3V IN Power supply (+3.3V)
27 LVDSENB IN Differential IC (for reception) output enable signal
28 +5V IN Power supply (+5.1V)
29 +5V IN Power supply (+5.1V)
30 GND –– GND
31 VM IN Power supply (+26.5V)
32 VM IN Power supply (+26.5V)
33 VM IN Power supply (+26.5V)
34 VM IN Power supply (+26.5V)
35 VM IN Power supply (+26.5V)
36 MGND –– GND
37 MGND –– GND
38 MGND –– GND
39 MGND –– GND
40 MGND –– GND

J210
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 ADC_CS IN Clock for AD converter data transfer
3 ADC_CLK IN Clock for AD converter data transfer
4 ADC_DSET IN AD converter transmit data
5 ADC_DRET OUT AD converter receive data
6 GND –– GND

5-89
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function


7 C5_ODATA0N IN Even nozzle data 0- output (BK)
8 C5_ODATA0P IN Even nozzle data 0+ output (BK)
9 C5_ODATA1N IN Even nozzle data 1- output (BK)
10 C5_ODATA1P IN Even nozzle data 1+ output (BK)
11 C5_EDATA0N IN Odd nozzle data 0- output (BK)
12 C5_EDATA0P IN Odd nozzle data 0+ output (BK)
13 C5_EDATA1N IN Odd nozzle data 1- output (BK)
14 C5_EDATA1P IN Odd nozzle data 1+ output (BK)
15 GND –– GND
16 C4_ODATA0N IN Even nozzle data 0- output (PC)
17 C4_ODATA0P IN Even nozzle data 0+ output (PC)
18 C4_ODATA1N IN Even nozzle data 1- output (PC)
19 C4_ODATA1P IN Even nozzle data 1+ output (PC)
20 C4_EDATA0N IN Odd nozzle data 0- output (PC)
21 C4_EDATA0P IN Odd nozzle data 0+ output (PC)
22 C4_EDATA1N IN Odd nozzle data 1- output (PC)
23 C4_EDATA1P IN Odd nozzle data 1+ output (PC)
24 GND –– GND
25 C3_ODATA0N IN Even nozzle data 0- output (C)
26 C3_ODATA0P IN Even nozzle data 0+ output (C)
27 C3_ODATA1N IN Even nozzle data 1- output (C)
28 C3_ODATA1P IN Even nozzle data 1+ output (C)
29 C3_EDATA0N IN Odd nozzle data 0- output (C)
30 C3_EDATA0P IN Odd nozzle data 0+ output (C)
31 C3_EDATA1N IN Odd nozzle data 1- output (C)
32 C3_EDATA1P IN Odd nozzle data 1+ output (C)
33 GND –– GND
34 C5_HENB IN Heat pulse output (BK)
35 C4_HENB IN Heat pulse output (PC)
36 C3_HENB IN Heat pulse output (C)
37 C5_SUBH IN Subheat pulse output (BK)
38 C4_SUBH IN Subheat pulse output (PC)
39 C3_SUBH IN Subheat pulse output (C)
40 GND –– GND

J211
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 C0_ODATA0N IN Even nozzle data 0- output (Y)
3 C0_ODATA0P IN Even nozzle data 0+ output (Y)
4 C0_ODATA1N IN Even nozzle data 1- output (Y)
5 C0_ODATA1P IN Even nozzle data 1+ output (Y)
6 C0_EDATA0N IN Odd nozzle data 0- output (Y)
7 C0_EDATA0P IN Odd nozzle data 0+ output (Y)
8 C0_EDATA1N IN Odd nozzle data 1- output (Y)
9 C0_EDATA1P IN Odd nozzle data 1+ output (Y)
10 GND –– GND
11 C1_ODATA0N IN Even nozzle data 0- output (M)
12 C1_ODATA0P IN Even nozzle data 0+ output (M)

5-90
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function


13 C1_ODATA1N IN Even nozzle data 1- output (M)
14 C1_ODATA1P IN Even nozzle data 1+ output (M)
15 C1_EDATA0N IN Odd nozzle data 0- output (M)
16 C1_EDATA0P IN Odd nozzle data 0+ output (M)
17 C1_EDATA1N IN Odd nozzle data 1- output (M)
18 C1_EDATA1P IN Odd nozzle data 1+ output (M)
19 GND –– GND
20 C2_ODATA0N IN Even nozzle data 0- output (PM)
21 C2_ODATA0P IN Even nozzle data 0+ output (PM)
22 C2_ODATA1N IN Even nozzle data 1- output (PM)
23 C2_ODATA1P IN Even nozzle data 1+ output (PM)
24 C2_EDATA0N IN Odd nozzle data 0- output (PM)
25 C2_EDATA0P IN Odd nozzle data 0+ output (PM)
26 C2_EDATA1N IN Odd nozzle data 1- output (PM)
27 C2_EDATA1P IN Odd nozzle data 1+ output (PM)
28 GND –– GND
29 HDCLKN IN Head data transfer clock - output
30 HDCLKP IN Head data transfer clock + output
31 HDLTN IN Head data latch signal - output
32 HDLTP IN Head data latch signal + output
33 GND –– GND
34 C0_HENB IN Heat pulse output (Y)
35 C1_HENB IN Heat pulse output (M)
36 C2_HENB IN Heat pulse output (PM)
37 C0_SUBH IN Subheat pulse output (Y)
38 C1_SUBH IN Subheat pulse output (M)
39 C2_SUBH IN Subheat pulse output (PM)
40 GND –– GND

J212
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 C0_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse input (Y)
2 C1_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse input (M)
3 C2_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse input (PM)
4 C0SUBH OUT Subheat pulse input (Y)
5 C1SUBH OUT Subheat pulse input (M)
6 C2SUBH OUT Subheat pulse input (PM)
7 C3SUBH OUT Subheat pulse input (C)
8 C4SUBH OUT Subheat pulse input (PC)
9 C5SUBH OUT Subheat pulse input (BK)
10 C3_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse input (C)
11 C4_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse input (PC)
12 C5_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse input (BK)
13 GND –– GND
14 DACLKX OUT Receiver ASIC input data clock
15 GND –– GND
16 DSOUT2 IN Receiver ASIC analog output
17 DSOUT1 IN Receiver ASIC analog output
18 DLDX OUT Receiver ASIC input data latch signal

5-91
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function


19 DADTX OUT Receiver ASIC input data
20 DASHX OUT Receiver ASIC output sample hold
21 GND –– GND
22 HEADEEPCLKX OUT Head EEPROM data transfer clock
23 HEADEEPRDX IN Head EEPROM read signal
24 HEADEEPWDX OUT Head EEPROM write signal
25 HEADEEPCSX OUT Head EEPROM chip select signal
26 VHFBH –– NC
27 VHFBG –– NC
28 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
29 H5V OUT Power supply for driving head logic (+5.1V)
30 GND –– GND

J213
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 C3_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (C)
3 C3_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (C)
4 C3_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (C)
5 C3_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (C)
6 C4_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (PC)
7 C4_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (PC)
8 C4_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (PC)
9 C4_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (PC)
10 C5_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (BK)
11 C5_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (BK)
12 C5_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (BK)
13 C5_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (BK)
14 GND –– GND
15 C0_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (Y)
16 C0_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (Y)
17 GND –– GND
18 C0_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (Y)
19 C0_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (Y)
20 C1_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (M)
21 C1_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (M)
22 C1_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (M)
23 C1_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (M)
24 C2_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (PM)
25 C2_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (PM)
26 C2_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (PM)
27 C2_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (PM)
28 HDCLK OUT Head data transfer clock
29 HDLT OUT Head data latch signal
30 GND –– GND

5-92
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

8.4 Head Relay PCB

J1107
J1108

J1102
J1104
J1105 J1106

Figure 5-50 Head Relay PCB

J1102
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
2 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
3 C0SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (Y)
4 C3_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse output (C)
5 DIAC1 IN DI sensor signal 1 (C)
6 HEADEEPWDX OUT Head EEPROM write signal
7 HEADEEPCLKX OUT Head EEPROM data transfer clock
8 H5V OUT Power supply for driving head logic (+5.1V)
9 C2_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (PM)
10 DIALC1 IN DI sensor signal 1 (PC)
11 VHT OUT Power supply for driving transistor in head (+18.05V)
12 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
13 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
14 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
15 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
16 C3_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (C)
17 C1_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (M)
18 HEADEEPRDX IN Head EEPROM read signal
19 C3SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (C)
20 HEADEEPCSX OUT Head EEPROM chip select signal
21 H5V OUT Power supply for driving head logic (+5.1V)
22 C2_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (PM)
23 C4_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (PC)
24 C5_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (BK)
25 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
26 RGV19 OUT Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)
27 DIAM0 IN DI sensor signal 0 (M)
28 C1_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (M)
29 C0_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (Y)
30 C0_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (Y)

5-93
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function


31 DIAY1 IN DI sensor signal 1 (Y)
32 C1_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse output (M)
33 HDCLK OUT Head data transfer clock
34 DIAC0 IN DI sensor signal 0 (C)
35 DIALM0 IN DI sensor signal 0 (PM)
36 C5_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse output (BK)
37 C4_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (PC)
38 C5_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (BK)
39 C5_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (BK)
40 C0_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (Y)
41 DIAY0 IN DI sensor signal 0 (Y)
42 C1_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (M)
43 C0_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (Y)
44 DIAM1 IN DI sensor signal 1 (M)
45 C0_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse output (Y)
46 C1SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (M)
47 DIALM1 IN DI sensor signal 1 (PM)
48 C4_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse output (PC)
49 C5_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (BK)
50 DIAK1 IN DI sensor signal 1 (BK)
51 DIAK0 IN DI sensor signal 0 (BK)
52 DIALC0 IN DI sensor signal 0 (PC)
53 VHFBG –– NC
54 HGND –– GND
55 HGND –– GND
56 HDLT OUT Head data latch signal
57 C1_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (M)
58 GND –– GND
59 C2_HENB_B OUT Heat pulse output (PM)
60 C2SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (PM)
61 C5SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (BK)
62 C4_ODATA0 OUT Even nozzle data 0 (PC)
63 C4SUBH OUT Subheat pulse output (PC)
64 HGND –– GND
65 HGND –– GND
66 HGND –– GND
67 HGND –– GND
68 C3_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (C)
69 C3_EDATA1 OUT Odd nozzle data 1 (C)
70 C3_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (C)
71 GND –– GND
72 GND –– GND
73 C2_ODATA1 OUT Even nozzle data 1 (PM)
74 C4_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (PC)
75 C2_EDATA0 OUT Odd nozzle data 0 (PM)
76 HGND –– GND
77 HGND –– GND
78 HGND –– GND

5-94
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

J1104
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 RGV19 IN Power supply for driving head (+18.05V)

J1105
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 MGND –– GND for VM

J1106
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 MGND –– GND for VM

J1107
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 HDLT IN Head data latch signal
3 HDCLK IN Head data transfer clock
4 C2_EDATA1 IN Odd nozzle data 1 (PM)
5 C2_EDATA0 IN Odd nozzle data 0 (PM)
6 C2_ODATA1 IN Even nozzle data 1 (PM)
7 C2_ODATA0 IN Even nozzle data 0 (PM)
8 C1_EDATA1 IN Odd nozzle data 1 (M)
9 C1_EDATA0 IN Odd nozzle data 0 (M)
10 C1_ODATA1 IN Even nozzle data 1 (M)
11 C1_ODATA0 IN Even nozzle data 0 (M)
12 C0_EDATA1 IN Odd nozzle data 1 (Y)
13 C0_EDATA0 IN Odd nozzle data 0 (Y)
14 GND –– GND
15 C0_ODATA1 IN Even nozzle data 1 (Y)
16 C0_ODATA0 IN Even nozzle data 0 (Y)
17 GND –– GND
18 C5_EDATA1 IN Odd nozzle data 1 (BK)
19 C5_EDATA0 IN Odd nozzle data 0 (BK)
20 C5_ODATA1 IN Even nozzle data 1 (BK)
21 C5_ODATA0 IN Even nozzle data 0 (BK)
22 C4_EDATA1 IN Odd nozzle data 1 (PC)
23 C4_EDATA0 IN Odd nozzle data 0 (PC)
24 C4_ODATA1 IN Even nozzle data 1 (PC)
25 C4_ODATA0 IN Even nozzle data 0 (PC)
26 C3_EDATA1 IN Odd nozzle data 1 (C)
27 C3_EDATA0 IN Odd nozzle data 0 (C)
28 C3_ODATA1 IN Even nozzle data 1 (C)
29 C3_ODATA0 IN Even nozzle data 0 (C)
30 GND –– GND

5-95
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

J1108
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 H5V IN Power supply for driving head logic (+5.1V)
3 +5V IN Power supply (+5.1V)
4 VHFBG –– NC
5 VHFBH –– NC
6 HEADEEPCSX IN Head EEPROM chip select signal
7 HEADEEPWDX IN Head EEPROM write signal
8 HEADEEPRDX OUT Head EEPROM read signal
9 HEADEEPCLKX IN Head EEPROM data transfer clock
10 GND –– GND
11 DASHX IN ASIC output sample hold
12 DADTX IN ASIC input data
13 DLDX IN ASIC input data latch signal
14 DSOUT1 OUT ASIC analog output
15 DSOUT2 OUT ASIC analog output
16 GND –– GND
17 DACLKX IN ASIC input data clock
18 GND –– GND
19 C5_HENB_B IN Heat pulse input (BK)
20 C4_HENB_B IN Heat pulse input (PC)
21 C3_HENB_B IN Heat pulse input (C)
22 C5SUBH IN Subheat pulse input (BK)
23 C4SUBH IN Subheat pulse input (PC)
24 C3SUBH IN Subheat pulse input (C)
25 C2SUBH IN Subheat pulse input (PM)
26 C1SUBH IN Subheat pulse input (M)
27 C0SUBH IN Subheat pulse input (Y)
28 C2_HENB_B IN Heat pulse input (PM)
29 C1_HENB_B IN Heat pulse input (M)
30 C0_HENB_B IN Heat pulse input (Y)

5-96
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

8.5 Motor Driver PCB


J1002

J1003

J1001
J1004

J1005 J1007

J1008 J1006

Figure 5-51 Motor Driver PCB

J1001
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM IN Power supply (+26.5V)
2 MGND –– GND
3 +5V IN Power supply (+5.1V)
4 GND –– GND

J1002
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 SUBLF_BN IN Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (BN)
2 SUBLF_AN IN Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (AN)
3 SUBLF_B IN Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (B)
4 SUBLF_A IN Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (A)
5 GND –– GND
6 LFMAIN_BN IN Feed motor phase excitation signal (BN)
7 LFMAIN_AN IN Feed motor phase excitation signal (AN)
8 LFMAIN_B IN Feed motor phase excitation signal (B)
9 LFMAIN_A IN Feed motor phase excitation signal (A)
10 SUBLF_HP OUT Pinch roll up/down detection signal
11 LFENCA OUT Encoder slit rotation detection signal (A phase)
12 LFENCB OUT Encoder slit rotation detection signal (B phase)
13 GND –– GND
14 ROLLCVR OUT Tray opening and closing detection signal
15 MISTPWM_L2 IN Air flow fan right drive signal
16 ATUKAI_CL IN Follow roller up/down clutch drive signal
17 PINCH_CL IN Pinch roller up/down clutch drive signal
18 SUBLF_CL IN Roll media feed clutch drive signal
19 MISTPWM_L1 IN Air flow fan left drive signal
20 COVERSOL_L IN Upper cover lock solenoid left drive signal

5-97
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

J1003
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 LFENCB IN Encoder slit rotation detection signal (B phase)
2 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
3 LFENCA IN Encoder slit rotation detection signal (A phase)
4 GND –– GND
5 GND –– GND
6 ROLLCVR IN Tray opening and closing detection signal
7 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
8 GND –– GND
9 SUBLF_HP IN Pinch roll up/down detection signal
10 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)

J1004
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
2 NC –– NC
3 PINCH_CL OUT Pinch roller up/down clutch drive signal
4 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
5 COVERSOL_L OUT Upper cover lock solenoid left drive signal
6 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
7 MISTPWM_L1 OUT Air flow fan left drive signal

J1005
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 LFMAIN_OUT1 IN Feed motor maximum phase current (Vref1)
2 LFMAIN_OUT2 IN Feed motor maximum phase current (Vref2)
3 GND –– GND
4 SUBLF_OUT1 IN Roll media drive motor maximum phase current (Vref1)
5 SUBLF_OUT2 IN Roll media drive motor maximum phase current (Vref2)
6 GND –– GND

J1006
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
2 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
3 SUBLF_AN OUT Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (AN)
4 SUBLF_A OUT Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (A)
5 SUBLF_B OUT Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (B)
6 SUBLF_BN OUT Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (BN)

5-98
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

J1007
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
2 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
3 LFMAIN_A OUT Feed motor phase excitation signal (A)
4 LFMAIN_AN OUT Feed motor phase excitation signal (AN)
5 LFMAIN_B OUT Feed motor phase excitation signal (B)
6 LFMAIN_BN OUT Feed motor phase excitation signal (BN)
7 NC –– NC

J1008
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
2 SUBLF_CL OUT Roll media feed clutch drive signal
3 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
4 ATUKAI_CL OUT Follow roller up/down clutch drive signal

5-99
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8.6 Power Supply

J104

J101

J102

J105

J103

Figure 5-52 Power Supply


J101
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 –– –– Power supply (AC 100V to AC 240V)
2 –– –– Power supply (AC 100V to AC 240V)

J102
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
3 MGND –– GND
4 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
5 MGND_CRM –– GND
6 MGND_CRM –– GND
7 VM_CRM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
8 VM_CRM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)

J103
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 GND –– GND
2 GND –– GND
3 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
4 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)

5-100
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

J104
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VM OUT Power supply (+26.5V)
2 MGND –– GND
3 +5V OUT Power supply (+5.1V)
4 GND –– GND

J105
Pin number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 START OUT Stead-state input power supply (+3.3V)
2 STANDBY IN Power supply ON/OFF signal

5-101
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

9. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Refer to Parts Catalog for the part layouts on each board.

5-102
W7200 / W7250 Part 5: Maintenance

This page intentionally left blank

5-103
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

9.1 General Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
General Curcuit Diagram(1/4)

F
(To Carriage Relay PCB) (To Carriage Relay PCB) (To Carriage Relay PCB)
J211 J210 J209
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39

HEADEEPCLKX
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPCSX
C0_ODATA0N

C0_ODATA1N

C1_ODATA0N

C1_ODATA1N

C2_ODATA0N

C2_ODATA1N
C0_ODATA0P

C0_ODATA1P

C1_ODATA0P

C1_ODATA1P

C2_ODATA0P

C2_ODATA1P
C0_EDATA0N

C0_EDATA1N

C1_EDATA0N

C1_EDATA1N

C2_EDATA0N

C2_EDATA1N
C0_EDATA0P

C0_EDATA1P

C1_EDATA0P

C1_EDATA1P

C2_EDATA0P

C2_EDATA1P

C5_ODATA1N

C5_ODATA0N

C4_ODATA1N

C4_ODATA0N

C3_ODATA1N

C3_ODATA0N
ADC_DRETX

C5_ODATA1P

C5_ODATA0P

C4_ODATA1P

C4_ODATA0P

C3_ODATA1P

C3_ODATA0P
ADC_DSETX

C5_EDATA1N

C5_EDATA0N

C4_EDATA1N

C4_EDATA0N

C3_EDATA1N

C3_EDATA0N
C5_EDATA1P

C5_EDATA0P

C4_EDATA1P

C4_EDATA0P

C3_EDATA1P

C3_EDATA0P

XJOINTSNS

DCDC_OVP
DSOUT2_A
DSOUT1_A

LVDSENBX
ADC_CLKX

XCRENCA
XCRENCB

PLEDONX

H5VENBX
C0_HENB
C1_HENB
C2_HENB
C0_SUBH
C1_SUBH
C2_SUBH

ADC_CSX

C5_HENB
C4_HENB
C3_HENB
C5_SUBH
C4_SUBH
C3_SUBH

ADTRGX
HDCLKN

VHENBX
HDCLKP

DACLKX
DADTX
HDLTN
HDLTP

MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
BAIAS

PSNS
DLDX

+3.3V
PLED
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
GND

GND
+5V
+5V

VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1
COR5 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E
J405 J406 J407

J401
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Engine Controller (1/3)

DIPSW0
DIPSW1
DIPSW2
DIPSW3
DIPSW4
DIPSW5
+3.3V
GND
D
J420
5 4 3 2 1

NC
+24V
+5V
+3.3V
GND
C
J412A J412B J409 J421 J413
J417 J419 J418
1 2 3 4 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 2 3 4 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

NC
COR2

XHIKIDASHISET

XROLLFEED
NC
NC

NC
MGND_CRM
MGND_CRM

NC
COR4
STANDBY

XROLLEND
VM_CRM
VM_CRM

XMEDIA
MISTPWM_R

XKAATSU
OUTC
OUTB
OUTA
START

MGND

GND

GND
+3.3V
+3.3V

MGND

+5V

+5V
GND
GND

GND

XASFHP
ASF_BN
ASF_AN
+5V

XPGHP

GND
VM

ASF_A
ASF_B

GND

GND

GND
+5V
VM
PGAN

PGBN

+5V

+5V

+5V
GND

GND
PGA

PGB

+5V

+5V

J19D
VM

VM

COR3 6 5 4 3 2 1

XCRGHP
J17D J19H
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

KYUINPWM_R
J11D J13D J17H 1 2 3 4 5 6 J19L

GND
J12D J16D

(Suction fan)
4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3

+5V
J11H J12H J13H 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J17L
HALL_IN1
HALL_IN2
HALL_IN3

J11L 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 J16L 1 2 3
J12L J13L
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J10D 1 2 (Carriage motor)
GND

GND
2 1 J30D J31D
+5V

J10H 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

VM
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1 J27D J30H J31H
J10L M M1
J103 J105 J102
1 2 3 2 1 J27L 1 2 3 J30L 1 2 3 4 5 6 J31L
B
J14D J15D
FT1 COR1 J14H 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 J32 4 3 2 1
1 FM3 J15H SR12
3

2 J14L 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
3

J15L J13 4 3 2 1 (Roll media J18D 3 2 1 J28D 3 2 1 J29D


NC

3 2 1
3 Power supply (Air flow fan (R))
2
2

set sensor) J28L J29L


J101

FT2 5 4 3 2 1 J21D 3 2 1 J18L 3 2 1 3 2 1


J20D
1

INLET 4 3 2 1 J26D
1

J21L 3 2 1 J23D Option Board 3 2 1 S P


J106 J104 J20L 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
3 2 1 J23L FM1 J14 3 2 1 J26L
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 SR8 SR7 SR6
M
M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 3 2 1 REVERSE (Carriage home (Feed sensor) (Roll feed sensor)
M4 SR9 SR1 position sensor)
M5 3 2 1
J22D (Cap sensor)
MGND

(Pomp Motor) (Purge Motor) (Roll media trayt set sensor)


GND

3 2 1
+5V

J22L
VM

J25D 3 2 1
W7200 only J25L 3 2 1
SR10
J1001 4 3 2 1 (Pomp home position sensor)
SR2
(To Motor Driver PCB) (Roll media end sensor)
A

5-104
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
General Curcuit Diagram(2/4)

J59D J59L
J59H
J69D J69L
F

4
1
SR13

1
1
3
2

2
2
2
3
+5V

10 9

3
3
10 9

1
4
SUBLF_HP
GND J70D J70L

8
8
SUBLFM_BN +5V SR14 (Pinch roller sensor)

1
1
3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1
J1002

7
1
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

7
ROLLCVR

2
SUBLFM_AN

2
2
2
2

6
2

6
SUBLFM_B GND

3
3
1
3
5
3

5
SUBLFM_A J60D J60L
(Tray sensor)

4
4

4
J60H
GND

3
5

3
J1003
LFMAIN_BN GND

2
6

1
LFMAIN_AN LF_LHA

1
7

2
LFMAIN_B +5V Feed roller sensor

3
LFMAIN_A LF_LHB

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

4
SUBLF_HP
J61
XLFENCA
XLFENCB J62D
GND NC
J62H
E

7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
J62L

8
8

7
7
XROLLCVR LF_BN

2
7
7

6
6
GND LF_B

3
6
6

5
5
ATUKAI_CL

J414
LF_AN

4
5
5
M2

M
4
PINCH_CL LF_A

5
4
4

3
3
SUBLF_CL (Feed motor)

J1007
VM

6
3
3

2
2
MISTPWM VM

7
2
2

1
1
COVERSOL_L

1
1
SUBLF_BN

6
6
6
SUBLF_B

5
5
5
Engine Controller (2/3) Motor Driver PCB SUBLF_A

4
M3

4
4
4

M
LFMAIN_OUT1 SUBLF_AN

J1005

3
1

1
6
6

3
3
3
J1006
LFMAIN_OUT2 VM (Roll drive motor)

2
2
5
5

2
2
2
GND VM

J415

1
3

3
4
4

1
1
1
LFSUB_OUT1

4
3
3
LFSUB_OUT2 J63D J63L

5
2
2
GND

6
1
1
J64DJ64H
J64L D
MISTFAN_S

1
2
(Air flow fan unit (L))

FM2
VM

2
1
J65DJ65H J71DJ71H

7
7
J65L J71L

6
6

SL3
CVRSOLL

1
2
2

SL
(Upper cover lock solenoid (L))

1
5
5
VM

2
1
1
2
4
4
PINCHCL

3
3
NC

J1004
J66D

2
2
VM J66H J72

1
J66L

1
1
3
1

1
CL2

2
2
2
2

CL
2
3
3
1
3
J403 J404 J410 J410
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 (From power supply)
J1001 J67D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4
J67H
J67L
J73 (Follow roller up/down clutch) C

TANKEEPRDX

MGND

1
1
3
TANKEEPRDX

GND
CL3

+5V
LM_SENSE
COR6

BK_SENSE
LC_SENSE

1
VM

2
2
LM_SENSE

BK_SENSE

2
LC_SENSE

M_SENSE
C_SENSE
Y_SENSE

CL
TANKCS5
TANKCS4
TANKCS3
TANKCS2
TANKCS1
TANKCS0
M_SENSE
C_SENSE
Y_SENSE
TANKCS5
TANKCS4
TANKCS3
TANKCS2
TANKCS1
TANKCS0

EEPCLK

2
EEPWD

3
3
EEPCLK

MT4

1
EEPWD

+3.3V
GND

GND
+3.3V

ATUKAICL
GND

GND
XCOVERSOL_R

4
4
VM

1
3

1
J84D

3
J84D
XTANKSOL

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SUBLFCL CL1
TANKCVR

1
J84H

J1008
7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2
2

2
2

2
J84H

CL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 VM

2
J84L

3
1

3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1
GND

J84L
+5V
VM

VM

J68L J74
J68D J68H (Roll feed clutch)

(To INK TANK)

FT5
FT6
FT7
FT8
FT9
FT10
FT11
J83D
FT5
FT6
FT7
FT8
FT9
FT10
FT11

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
MT5 J83H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
J24D J83L 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3 2 1
J24H (To INK TANK) J6
1 2 3 J24L

1 2 J82D J6 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Tank Relay PCB B
1 2 J82L J1
J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J54
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
EEPROM_WD

EEPROM_WD

EEPROM_WD

EEPROM_WD

EEPROM_WD

EEPROM_WD
TANK_ESCS0

TANK_ESCS1

TANK_ESCS2

TANK_ESCS3

TANK_ESCS4

TANK_ESCS5
EEPROM_RD

EEPROM_RD

EEPROM_RD

EEPROM_RD

EEPROM_RD

EEPROM_RD
EEPROM_SK

EEPROM_SK

EEPROM_SK

EEPROM_SK

EEPROM_SK

EEPROM_SK
3 2 1 J42D Tank Relay PCB
+3.3V

+3.3V

+3.3V

+3.3V

+3.3V

+3.3V
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
J42H
1 2 3 J42L
6

SL
5

SL1
4

6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
Right cover
3

lock solenoid 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
J41D
2

J41H 2 1 MT6 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48


1

J41L 1 2
J7 J6 J5 J4 J3 J2
SL
SW1
J40D 3 2 1 SL2
NC
COM

3
J40L 3 2 1 Upper cover lock 1
solenoid (R) FT3 2 SW2
FT4 A
NO

NC
COM

Upper cover sensor (L) 3


SR11 1
MT7 FT12 2
Right cover sensor FT13 W7250 only W7200 only
NO

Upper cover sensor (R)

5-105
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
General Curcuit Diagram(3/4)

F
Printhead
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78

78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J1102

HGND
HGND
HGND
E_DTLM1
E_DTLC1
O_DTLM2
GND
GND
E_DTC1
E_DTC2
O_DTC2
HGND
HGND
HGND
HGND
SHE_LC
O_DTLC1
SHE_BK
SHE_LM
HE_LM
GND
E_DTM2

HGND
HGND
VHFBG
DIALC0
DIAK0
DIAK1
O_DTBK1
HE_LC
DIALM1
SHE_M
HE_Y
DIAM1
E_DTY2
O_DTM2
DIAY0
E_DTY1
O_DTBK1
E_DTBK1
E_DTLC2
HE_BK
DIALM0
DIAC0
HSCLK
HE_M
DIAY1
O_DTY2
O_DTY1
O_DTM1
DIAM0
VHFBH
VH
E_DTBK2
O_DTLC2
E_DTLM2
H5V
EPCE
SHE_C
EPDO
E_DTM1
O_DTC1
VH
VH
VH
VH
VHT
DIALC1
O_DTLM1
H5V
EPCLK
EPDI
DIAC1
HE_C
SHE_Y
VH
VH
LTH
Head Relay PCB E

OPEN
J1104 J1105 J1106
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 1 1

RGV19

HGND

GNDR
1 2 3 D
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3
J203
J213

GND
J212

H5V
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
+5V
VHFBG

DASHX

DLDX
HDCLK

VHFBH

DADTX
HDLT

DSOUT1
DSOUT2

C5SUBH
C4SUBH
C3SUBH
C2SUBH
C1SUBH
C0SUBH
DACLKX
HEADEEPCSX
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPCLKX

C5_HENB_B
C4_HENB_B
C3_HENB_B

C2_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
C0_HENB_B
C2_ODATA1
C2_ODATA0

C1_ODATA1
C1_ODATA0

C0_ODATA1
C0_ODATA0

C5_ODATA1
C5_ODATA0

C4_ODATA1
C4_ODATA0

C3_ODATA1
C3_ODATA0
C2_EDATA1
C2_EDATA0

C1_EDATA1
C1_EDATA0

C0_EDATA1
C0_EDATA0

C5_EDATA1
C5_EDATA0

C4_EDATA1
C4_EDATA0

C3_EDATA1
C3_EDATA0

J211
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

Carriage Relay PCB J210


1 5 7 9 11
(TO ENGINE Controller)
15 17 19 21 25 27 31 35 37
3 13 23 29 33 39
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 C
J209 (TO ENGINE Controller)
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

(TO ENGINE Controller)


J205 J206 J208
3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5

3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5
PLED_A
PLED_K
PTC
PTE

J200D
B
JOINTSNSX

CRENCA

CRENCB

4 3 2 1
J200H
1 2 3 4 J200L
GND
GND

+5V
+5V

4 2 3 1 J42

Media sensor

1 2 3 4 J79
J78D 1 2 3
J78L 1 2 3

SR5 Linear encorder A


Carriage cover sensor

5-106
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
General Curcuit Diagram(4/4)

J1 J1(Expand I/F)
J2
3.3V

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
3.3V
F

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
CBE2 FRANE 3.3V
6 3.3V J2 (Engine I/F) J408 (Controller I/F)
AD17 AD16 GND
GND
5

AD19 AD18

100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52
52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100

50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8
AD0 GND GND

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
AD1
4

99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57 55 53 51

49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9
NC NC

9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49

51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85 87 89 91 93 95 97 99
GND GND AD2 NC NC
AD3
3

AD21 AD20 WAKE RESETC


AD5 AD4 +3.3V +3.3V
2

AD23 AD22 +3.3V +3.3V


AD7 AD6 +3.3V +3.3V
1

CBE3 IOSEL +3.3V +3.3V


GND GND NC NC
AD29 AD24 +5V NC
AD8 CBE0 START STANDBY
GND GND CEDATA30 CEDATA31
AD10 AD9 GND CEDATA29
AD27 AD26 CEDATA27 CEDATA28
AD11 CEDATA26 GND

(Board to Board)
IEEE1394 Board AD12 CEDATA24 CEDATA25
AD29 AD28 GND GND CEDATA23
GND CEDATA21 CEDATA22
AD31 AD30 AD13 CEDATA20 GND
W7200 : Equipped AD14 CEDATA18 CEDATA19

8
W7250 : Option
8 GNT REQ AD15 GND CEDATA17
CBE1
System Controller CEDATA15 CEDATA16

7
GND GND
7

SERR PAR CEDATA14 GND


CEDATA12 CEDATA13

6
RST CLK

(Board to Board)
6

GND GND CEDATA11


GND CEDATA9 CEDATA10 E

5
GND GND
5

LOCK PERR CEDATA8 GND


CEDATA6 CEDATA7

4
T0I INTA
4

DEVSEL STOP GND CEDATA5


CEDATA3 CEDATA4

3
TNS T00
3

IRDY TRDY CEDATA2 GND


CEDATA0 CEDATA1

2
TRST TCK
2

GND GND GND GND


DCLK GND

1
5V GND
1

GND GND
READY NC
GND SACK
J7 J13 CACK GND
CREQ SREQ
GND GND
4 1 2 3 4 GND NC
NC NC
2

GND GND
3

NC NC
1

7
7
GND NC

6
6
GND GND

5
5
NC NC

4
4
GND NC

3
3
J5 J4 J3 NC NC

2
2
GND GND

1
1
T0+ 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1 2 3 4 5
1

T0- 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 6 7 8 9
2

NC
TRST
VDD
+3.3V
NC
NC
NC
GND

C0
RX0
TX0
0TR
GND
3

T0CT
4

GND
5

GND

DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
6

R0CT T00
T0I
HALTED
TCK
TMS
SRESET
HRESET
CKSTP_OUT
7

R0+
8

R0-

Engine Controller (3/3)


9 10 11 12

G_LED+
G_LED-
Y_LED+
Y_LED-
J6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

J85 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SOFT_SW1
SOFT_SW2
MT2

+3.3V

PCLK
PC90
PC00

GND
P0I
J86D
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J86H
J86L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

J87 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 MT3
CN1

Operation Panel

5-107
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

9.2 System Controller


8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (1/15)
2.625V 2.625V 2.625V

+3.3V
2.625V

2
R1

R2

R3
F

1
CP238

CP239

CP240
1

1
C3 C20 C21 C22 C23

+2

2
OS-CON
C4 C24 C25 C26 C27

1
+2

2
OS-CON
1

1
C5 C28 C6 C29 C7 C30

+2
+2

+2

+2

+2

+2
1
1

1
OS-CON

OS-CON

OS-CON

OS-CON

OS-CON

OS-CON
E

AD12

AA24
AC19
AC16
AF24

AD9
AD6

M24

G24
C17
D17

R24

H23

D11
C21
C18
C15
V24

Y24

P24

K24
T23
L23

J23
W4

M3

D8
T4

F3
J3
AVDD2
AVDD
LAVDD
VDD20
VDD19
VDD18
VDD17
VDD16
VDD15
VDD14
VDD13
VDD12
VDD11
VDD10
VDD9
VDD8
VDD7
VDD6
VDD5
VDD4
VDD3
VDD2
VDD1
OVDD14
OVDD13
OVDD12
OVDD11
OVDD10
OVDD9
OVDD8
AA2 GND1 OVDD7 E24
AA23 GND2 OVDD6 C24
AC12 GND3 OVDD5 C20
AC15 GND4 OVDD4 C14
AC24 GND5 OVDD3 AD24 +3.3V
AC3 GND6 OVDD2 AD20
AC6 GND7 OVDD1 AB24
AC9 GND8 GVDD30 Y3
AD11 GND9 GVDD29 V4 D
AD14 GND10 GVDD28 U3 C165 C12 C1

+2
2

2
AD16 GND11 GVDD27 R3

OS-CON
AD19 GND12 GVDD26 P4

1
AD23 GND13 GVDD25 N3
AD4 GND14 IC1 GVDD24 L4
AE18 GND15 GVDD23 K4
AE2 GND16 GVDD22 H4
AE21 GND17 GVDD21 G3
AE25 GND18 GVDD20 E3 C198 C13
B2 GND19 1/4 GVDD19 D9

2
B25 GND20 GVDD18 D5

1
B6 GND21 GVDD17 D13
B9 GND22 GVDD16 C7
C11
C13
GND23
GND24
GVDD15
GVDD14
C5
C3
C
C16 GND25 GVDD13 C12
C23 GND26 GVDD12 C10 C199 C14
C4 GND27 GVDD11 AD7

2
C8 GND28 GVDD10 AD5

1
D12 GND29 GVDD9 AD3
D15 GND30 GVDD8 AD15
D18 GND31 GVDD7 AD13
D21 GND32 GVDD6 AD10 C213 C15

GVDD1
GVDD2
GVDD3
GVDD4
GVDD5
GND33
GND34
GND35
GND36
GND37
GND38
GND39
GND40
GND41
GND42
GND43
GND44
GND45
GND46
GND47
GND48
GND49
GND50
GND51
GND52

2
LVDD1
LVDD2
LVDD3
LVDD4
LVDD5
LVDD6
LVDD7

1
D24
D3
F25
F4
H24
J25
J4
L24
L3
M23
M4
N24
P3
R23
R4
T24
T3
V2
V23
W3
AC20
AC23
D20
D23
G23
P23
Y23
AB3
AB4
AC10
AC11
AC8
B

+3.3V

C2 C16 C17 C18 C19


+2

2
OS-CON
1

5-108
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (2/15)

+3.3V
F
1
R75 2 AS
+3.3V
1
R76 2

1
R85 2 D32
+3.3V

1
R86 2

1
R87 2 FOE

2
R88

R59

2
1 2

R53
+3.3V
R80

1
MAA[0:2]

2
MAA0

R58
1 2

CP1
CP2

1
1

1
R77

2
SDA

R52
1 2

R78 SCL
MAA1
E

1
1 2

1
R79 2

CP237
CP236
CP235
CP234
CP233
1
R89 2 MAA2

PMAA2
PMAA1
PMAA0
R90

1
1
1
1

1
2

2
1 2

R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
R81 MCP

1
1 2

AD18
AE20

AE19
AC18
AF21

AF20

AF18
B15

A17
A16
1
R82 2

IRQ1

IRQ2

IRQ3

IRQ4
IRQ0

CKO/DA1
SCL
SDA
MCP
MIV
TEST3
TEST4
PMAA2
PMAA1
PMAA0
1
R83 2
1
CP206 CKE
IRQ[0:4] 1
CP200 1
R84 IRQ0 C19 IRQ0/S_INT MAA2 AE1 MAA2 CP229
1 2 1 1
CP201 IRQ1 B21 IRQ1/S_CLK MAA1 AF1 MAA1 CP228
1 1
R107 1 PMAA[0:2] CP202 IRQ2 AC2 IRQ2/S_RST MAA0 AF2 MAA0 CP227
1 2 CP230 PMAA0 1
CP203 IRQ3 2 IRQ3/_S_FRAME DA2 C25 1
CP226
IC28
R108 RST 08
1
CP204 IRQ4 AE24 IRQ4/_L_INT IC1 DA13 AF19 DA13 1
CP225
1

R109
2 1
2
3
1
CP205 A23
A19
HRST_CPU
HRST_CTRL
DA12
DA11
AF17
AD26
DA12
DA11
1
CP224 D
1 2
1
CP231 PMAA1 +3.3V 1 4/4 1
CP223
CP207 A20 SRESET DA15 J2 DA15 1
CP222
+3.3V
R110 1 2 R49 B16 NMI DA14 F1 DA14 1
1 2 CP221 R54
R50

PLL_CFG0/DA10
1 2 D16 SMI TESTO AD22 1 2

PLL_CFG1/DA9
PLL_CFG2/DA8
PLL_CFG3/DA7
PLL_CFG4/DA6
1
R51 CP220

CHKSTOP_IN
R111 1 1 2 A18 TBEN TDO AC21
CP232 PMAA2

_QACK/DA0
1 2
1 2 R55 B14 TEST1 TDI AF23
1
CP219 1
R39 2

OSC_IN
R112 B20

TEST2

TRST
1 2

TMS
CP4

TCK
IC28 +3.3V

1
HRST

F2
D14
Y2
AD21
A22
B19
A21
B18
B17
AE23
AE22
AF22
10
R157
1 2 MAO MA[11:0] 8
08 9

R174
1 2

CP208
CP209

CP216
CP217
CP218
PLL_CFG0
PLL_CFG1
PLL_CFG2
PLL_CFG3
PLL_CFG4
1
1

1
1
1
+3.3V
1
R56
2
C
+3.3V
R94 QACK
1 2
J4
IC28 TDO 1 2
1
R95 2
+3.3V 4 08
R40
6 TDI 3 4 TRST 1 2
5
R96 R41 1 2 HALTED 5 6 VDD 1
R42
2
1 2 RCSO
R43 1 2 TCK 7 8 1
R44
2

R106
1 2 TMS 9 10
8 7
SRESET 11 12
1
R91 2
1
CP211 PLL_CFGO PLL_CFG[0:4] 6 5
4 3 HRESET 13 14

1
R97 2
2 1 CKSTP_OUT 15 16
RA75

CP8
1
1
R98 2
1
CP212 PLL_CFG1

R99
1 2 +3.3V
R136
B

2
R57
1
R92 2
1
CP213 PLL_CFG2 +3.3V X2 1 2
C85
2

1 8

1
NC VCC

R93
1

1 2
4 5
R65 CLK
1 2
GND OUT

R100
1 2
1
CP214 PLL_CFG3

R101
1 2 +3.3V
R102 1 IC28
1 2
CP215 PLL_CFG4 08
14
2

VCC

R103 GND 7 C9
1 2
1

R104
1 2 GNT4

R105
1 2

IC28
12
08 A
11
13

5-109
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (3/15)
D[0:63]
RA18
D2
8 7
D1
6 5
D0

CP39

CP38

CP37

CP36

CP35
D33
4
2
3
1
MAR[0:7] F

1
MCLK[0:1]
1
R372 CKE
RA19
D3 1
R30 2 WE
8 7
D4 R31
6 5 1 2 SDRAS
D34
4 3 R33 SDCAS
D35 1 2

MCLK1
MCLK0
2 1
1
R32 2 RCS1
1
R34 2 RCS0

RA17
R35

2
4
6
8
1 2 FOE
1
R36 2 AS

1
3
5
7
RA20

MAR7
MAR6
MAR5
MAR4
MAR3
MAR2
MAR1
MAR0
D7 RA12
8 7 SDMA0 1 2 MA0 MA[11:0]
D6
6 5 SDMA1 3 4 MA1
D40
SDMA2 5 6 MA2

2
4 3

R74
D39
2 1 SDMA3 7 8 MA3 E
SDMA4 1 2 MA4

1
SDMA5 3 4 MA5
SDMA6 5 6 MA6

CP353
CP352

2
SDMA7 7 8 MA7

RA13

1
RA21

R176
R177
R178
R179
R185
R188
R181
R183
D9

1
1
8 7
D42
6 5
D8

AD1
AD2
AE4

AE3

AA1
AF4

AF3
4 3

M2
M1
D41

G2
G1

G4
H3
C1

D1
C2
D2

H2

N2
N4
H1

U1
U2
U4
E1

E2

Y1

V3
V1
2 1

SDRAM_SYNC_IN
SDRAM_SYNC_OUT
SDRAM_CLK3
SDRAM_CLK2
SDRAM_CLK1
SDRAM_CLK0
PAR7/AR12
PAR6/AR13
PAR5/AR14
PAR4/AR15
PAR3/AR16
PAR2/AR17
PAR1/AR18
PAR0/AR19
CKE
WE
SDRAS
SDCAS
RCS1
RCS0
FOE
AS
SDMA0
SDMA1
SDMA2
SDMA3
SDMA4
SDMA5
SDMA6
RA16
AC17 DH0 SDMA7 T2
AF16 DH1 SDMA8 T1 SDMA8 1 2 MA8
AE16 DH2 ADMA9 R2 SDMA9 3 4 MA9
AE14 DH3 SDMA10 R1 SDMA10 5 6 MA10
AF14
AC13
DH4
DH5
SDMA11
SDMA12/SDBA1
N1
P1
SDMA11 7 8 MA11 D
RA24 AE12 DH6 SDBA0 P2
D13
8 7 AE11 DH7 _RA57/_C57 L1
D46
6 5 AE10 DH8 _RA56/_C56 N1
D11
4 3 AE9 DH9 _RA55/_C55 L2
D12
2 1 AE8 DH10 IC1 _RA54/_C54 M2
AC7 DH11 _RA53/_C53 AC4 SDBA1 R228 1 2 BA1 BA[1:0]
AE7 DH12 _RA52/_C52 AA4 SDBA0 R229 1 2 BA0
AE6 DH13 _RA51/_C51 AA3 CS1 R230 1 2 SDCS1 SDCS[0:1]
AF5 DH14 _RA50/_C50 Y4 CS0 R231 SDCS0
AC5 DH15
3/4 _CA57/DQM7 J1 DQM7
1 2

E4 DH16 _CA56/DQM6 K1 DQM6 DQM[7:0] RA15


RA25 A2 DH17 _CA55/DQM5 AC2 DQM5 DQM4 1 2 SDDQM4 SDDQM[0:7]
8 7
B3 DH18 _CA54/DQM4 AC1 DQM4 DQM5 3 4 SDDQM5
D15 D4 DH19 _CA53/DQM3 K2 DQM3
6 5 DQM0 5 6 SDDQM0
D47 B4 DH20 _CA52/DQM2 K3 DQM2
4 3 DQM1 7 8 SDDQM1
D14
2 1
B5
D6
DH21
DH22
_CA51/DQM1
_CA50/DQM0
AB2
AB1
DQM1
DQM0
DQM2
DQM3
1
3
2
4
SDDQM2
SDDQM3
C
RA68 C6 DH23 DL31 A14 R213 1 2 D63 DQM6 5 6 SDDQM6
D16 1 2 B7 DH24 DL30 B12 R223 1 2 D62 DQM7 7 8 SDDQM7
D17 3 4 C9 DH25 DL29 B11 R224 1 2 D61
D18 5 6 A9 DH26 DL28 A12 R225 1 2 D60 RA14
D19 7 8 B10 DH27 DL27 D10 R226 1 2 D59
A11 DH28 DL26 A10 R227 1 2 D58
RA26
DH29
DH30
DH31

DL10

DL12
DL13
DL14
DL15
DL16
DL17
DL18
DL19
DL20
DL21
DL22
DL23
DL24
DL25
DL11
D23
DL0
DL1
DL2
DL3
DL4
DL5
DL6
DL7
DL8
DL9
1 2
D22 3 4
D21
A13
B13
A15
AD17
AE17
AE15
AF15
AC14
AE13
AF13
AF12
AF11
AF10
AF9
AD8
AF8
AF7
AF6
AE5
B1
A1
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
D7
A8
B8
5 6
D20 7 8

RA27
D27 1 2
D26 3 4
D25
D24
5
7
6
8
B
R191

R204
2

2
4
6
8

2
4
6
8

2
4
6
8
7
5
3
1

7
5
3
1
RA63

RA66

RA67
2

2
R207

R208

R212
RA64

RA65
1

1
3
5
7

1
3
5
7

1
3
5
7
8
6
4
2

8
6
4
2

1
A
D28

D32

D29
D30
D31

D37
D38
D36

D45
D43
D10
D44

D48

D52
D51
D50
D49

D56

D54
D55
D53

D57
D5

5-110
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (4/15)

F
D[0:63]

RA32 RA28 RA69 RA74


D0 1 2 SD0 D16 1 2 SD16 D32 1 2 SD32 D48 1 2 SD48
D1 3 4 SD1 D17 3 4 SD17 D33 3 4 SD33 D49 3 4 SD49
D2 5 6 SD2 D18 5 6 SD18 D34 5 6 SD34 D50 5 6 SD50
D3 7 8 SD3 D19 7 8 SD19 D35 7 8 SD35 D51 7 8 SD51

RA33 RA29 RA70 RA73


D4 1 2 SD4 D20 1 2 SD20 D36 1 2 SD36 D52 1 2 SD52
D5 3 4 SD5 D21 3 4 SD21 D37 3 4 SD37 D53 3 4 SD53
D6 5 6 SD6 D22 5 6 SD22 D38 5 6 SD38 D54 5 6 SD54
D7 7 8 SD7 D23 7 8 SD23 D39 7 8 SD39 D55 7 8 SD55

RA34 RA30 RA71 RA22


D8 1 2 SD8 D24 1 2 SD24 D43 1 2 SD43 D56 1 2 SD56 E
D9 3 4 SD9 D25 3 4 SD25 D42 3 4 SD42 D57 3 4 SD57
D10 5 6 SD10 D26 5 6 SD26 D41 5 6 SD41 D58 5 6 SD58
D11 7 8 SD11 D27 7 8 SD27 D40 7 8 SD40 D59 7 8 SD59

RA35 RA31 RA72 RA23


D12 1 2 SD12 D28 1 2 SD28 D47 1 2 SD47 D60 1 2 SD60
D13 3 4 SD13 D29 3 4 SD29 D46 3 4 SD46 D61 3 4 SD61
D14 5 6 SD14 D30 5 6 SD30 D45 5 6 SD45 D62 5 6 SD62
D15 7 8 SD15 D31 7 8 SD31 D44 7 8 SD44 D63 7 8 SD63

SD[0:63]
SDDQM[0:7]

+3.3V
L5
+3.3V
L6
+3.3V
L7
+3.3V
L8
D
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

C35 C36 C39 C42


2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1

2
C150
2

2
IC2 IC3 IC4 IC5

C98

C66
2

C149

C65
2
C151 C96 C152

2
1

1
1

1
1 VCC1 VSS3 54
1

1 VCC1 VSS3 54 1 VCC1 VSS3 54 1 VCC1 VSS3 54


1

1
SD15 2 DQ0 DQ15 53 SD0 SD31 SD16 SD47 SD32 SD63 SD48
2 DQ0 DQ15 53 2 DQ0 DQ15 53 2 DQ0 DQ15 53
3 VCCQ1 VSSQ4 52 3 VCCQ1 VSSQ4 52 3 VCCQ1 VSSQ4 52 3 VCCQ1 VSSQ4 52
SD14 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 SD1 SD30 SD17 SD46 SD33 SD62 SD49
4 DQ1 DQ14 51 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 4 DQ1 DQ14 51
SD13 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SD2 SD29 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SD18 SD45 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SD34 SD61 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SD50
6 VSSQ1 VCCQ4 49 6 VSSQ1 VCCQ4 49 6 VSSQ1 VCCQ4 49 6 VSSQ1 VCCQ4 49
SD12 7 DQ3 DQ12 48 SD3 SD28 7 DQ3 DQ12 48 SD19 SD44 7 DQ3 DQ12 48 SD35 SD60 7 DQ3 DQ12 48 SD51
SD11 8 DQ4 DQ11 47 SD4 SD27 8 DQ4 DQ11 47 SD20 SD43 8 DQ4 DQ11 47 SD36 SD59 8 DQ4 DQ11 47 SD52
9 VCCQ2 VSSQ3 46 9 VCCQ2 VSSQ3 46 9 VCCQ2 VSSQ3 46 9 VCCQ2 VSSQ3 46
SD10 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SD5 SD26 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SD21 SD42 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SD37 SD58 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SD53
SD25
SD9 11
12
DQ6
VSSQ2
DQ9
VCCQ3
44
43
SD6 11
12
DQ6
VSSQ2
DQ9
VCCQ3
44
43
SD22 SD41 11
12
DQ6
VSSQ2
DQ9
VCCQ3
44
43
SD38 SD57 11
12
DQ6
VSSQ2
DQ9
VCCQ3
44
43
SD54
C
SD8 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SD7 SD24 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SD23 SD40 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SD39 SD56 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SD55
14 VCC2 VSS2 41 14 VCC2 VSS2 41 14 VCC2 VSS2 41 14 VCC2 VSS2 41
SDDQM1 15 LDQM NC2 40 SDDQM3 15 LDQM NC2 40 SDDQM5 15 LDQM NC2 40 SDDQM7 15 LDQM NC2 40
16 XWE UDQM 39 SDDQM0 WE 16 XWE UDQM 39 SDDQM2 WE 16 XWE UDQM 39 SDDQM4 WE 16 XWE UDQM 39 SDDQM6
17 XCAS CLK 38 MCLK0 17 XCAS CLK 38 MCLK0 17 XCAS CLK 38 MCLK0 17 XCAS CLK 38 MCLK0
18 XRAS CKE 37 18 XRAS CKE 37 CKE 18 XRAS CKE 37 CKE 18 XRAS CKE 37 CKE
SDCS0 19 XCS NC1 36 SDCS0 19 XCS NC1 36 SDCS0 19 XCS NC1 36 SDCS0 19 XCS NC1 36
BA1 20 A13 A11 35 MA11 BA1 20 A13 A11 35 MA11 BA1 20 A13 A11 35 MA11 BA1 20 A13 A11 35 MA11
BA0 21 A12 A9 34 MA9 BA0 21 A12 A9 34 MA9 BA0 21 A12 A9 34 MA9 BA0 21 A12 A9 34 MA9
MA10 22 A10 A8 33 MA8 MA10 22 A10 A8 33 MA8 MA10 22 A10 A8 33 MA8 MA10 22 A10 A8 33 MA8
MA0 23 A0 A7 32 MA7 MA0 23 A0 A7 32 MA7 MA0 23 A0 A7 32 MA7 MA0 23 A0 A7 32 MA7
MA1 24 A1 A6 31 MA6 MA1 24 A1 A6 31 MA6 MA1 24 A1 A6 31 MA6 MA1 24 A1 A6 31 MA6
MA2 25 A2 A5 30 MA5 MA2 25 A2 A5 30 MA5 MA2 25 A2 A5 30 MA5 MA2 25 A2 A5 30 MA5
MA3 26 A3 A4 29 MA4 MA3 26 A3 A4 29 MA4 MA3 26 A3 A4 29 MA4 MA3 26 A3 A4 29 MA4
27 VCC3 VSS1 28 27 VCC3 VSS1 28 27 VCC3 VSS1 28 27 VCC3 VSS1 28
B
2

2
2

C33 C34 C38 C37 C41

2
2

2
C40 C44 C43
1

1
1

1
1

1
CKE
MCLK[0:1]

WE
SDCAS
SDRAS
SDCS[0:1]
BA[1:0]
MA[11:0]
A

5-111
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (5/15)

SDDQM[0:7]

E
SD[0:63]

+3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V


L9 L10 L 11 L12
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
C46 C47 C50 C53
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1

2
2
2

C58
IC6 IC7 IC8

C64
IC9
2

C60

C63
C59

2
C61

2
C56 C62

1
1
1

1
1

1 VCC1 VSS3 54 1 VCC1 VSS3 54 1 VCC1 VSS3 54 1 VCC1 VSS3 54

1
SD15 2 DQ0 DQ15 53 SD0 SD31 2 DQ0 DQ15 53 SD16 SD47 2 DQ0 DQ15 53 SD32 SD63 2 DQ0 DQ15 53 SD48
3 VCCQ1 VSSQ4 52 3 VCCQ1 VSSQ4 52 3 VCCQ1 VSSQ4 52 3 VCCQ1 VSSQ4 52
SD14 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 SD1 SD30 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 SD17 SD46 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 SD33 SD62 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 SD49
SD13 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SD2 SD29 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SD18 SD45 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SD34 SD61 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SD50

SD12
6 VSSQ1
7 DQ3
VCCQ4 49
DQ12 48 SD3 SD28
6 VSSQ1
7 DQ3
VCCQ4 49
DQ12 48 SD19 SD44
6 VSSQ1
7 DQ3
VCCQ4 49
DQ12 48 SD35 SD60
6 VSSQ1
7 DQ3
VCCQ4 49
DQ12 48 SD51
D
S D 11 8 DQ4 D Q 11 4 7 SD4 SD27 8 DQ4 D Q 11 4 7 SD20 SD43 8 DQ4 D Q 11 4 7 SD36 SD59 8 DQ4 D Q 11 4 7 SD52
9 VCCQ2 VSSQ3 46 9 VCCQ2 VSSQ3 46 9 VCCQ2 VSSQ3 46 9 VCCQ2 VSSQ3 46
SD10 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SD5 SD26 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SD21 SD42 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SD37 SD58 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SD53
SD9 11 D Q 6 DQ9 44 SD6 SD25 11 D Q 6 DQ9 44 SD22 SD41 11 D Q 6 DQ9 44 SD38 SD57 11 D Q 6 DQ9 44 SD54
12 VSSQ2 VCCQ3 43 12 VSSQ2 VCCQ3 43 12 VSSQ2 VCCQ3 43 12 VSSQ2 VCCQ3 43
SD8 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SD7 SD24 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SD23 SD40 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SD39 SD56 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SD55
14 VCC2 VSS2 41 14 VCC2 VSS2 41 14 VCC2 VSS2 41 14 VCC2 VSS2 41
SDDQM1 15 LDQM NC2 40 SDDQM3 15 LDQM NC2 40 SDDQM5 15 LDQM NC2 40 SDDQM7 15 LDQM NC2 40
16 XWE UDQM 39 SDDQM0 WE 16 XWE UDQM 39 SDDQM2 WE 16 XWE UDQM 39 SDDQM4 WE 16 XWE UDQM 39 SDDQM6
17 XCAS CLK 38 MCLK1 17 XCAS CLK 38 MCLK1 17 XCAS CLK 38 MCLK1 17 XCAS CLK 38 MCLK1
18 XRAS CKE 37 18 XRAS CKE 37 CKE 18 XRAS CKE 37 CKE 18 XRAS CKE 37 CKE
SDCS1 19 XCS NC1 36 SDCS1 19 XCS NC1 36 SDCS1 19 XCS NC1 36 SDCS1 19 XCS NC1 36
BA1 20 A13 A 11 3 5 M A 11 BA1 20 A13 A 11 3 5 M A 11 BA1 20 A13 A 11 3 5 M A 11 BA1 20 A13 A 11 3 5 M A 11
BA0 21 A12 A9 34 MA9 BA0 21 A12 A9 34 MA9 BA0 21 A12 A9 34 MA9 BA0 21 A12 A9 34 MA9
MA10
MA0
22 A10
23 A0
A8 33
A7 32
MA8
MA7
MA10
MA0
22 A10
23 A0
A8 33
A7 32
MA8
MA7
MA10
MA0
22 A10
23 A0
A8 33
A7 32
MA8
MA7
MA10
MA0
22 A10
23 A0
A8 33
A7 32
MA8
MA7
C
MA1 24 A1 A6 31 MA6 MA1 24 A1 A6 31 MA6 MA1 24 A1 A6 31 MA6 MA1 24 A1 A6 31 MA6
MA2 25 A2 A5 30 MA5 MA2 25 A2 A5 30 MA5 MA2 25 A2 A5 30 MA5 MA2 25 A2 A5 30 MA5
MA3 26 A3 A4 29 MA4 MA3 26 A3 A4 29 MA4 MA3 26 A3 A4 29 MA4 MA3 26 A3 A4 29 MA4
27 VCC3 VSS1 28 27 VCC3 VSS1 28 27 VCC3 VSS1 28 27 VCC3 VSS1 28
2

2
C8 C45 C49 C48 C52 C51 C55 C54
1

1
CKE
MCLK[0:1]

WE
SDCAS
SDRAS
B
SDCS[0:1]
BA[1:0]

M A [ 11 : 0 ]

5-112
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (6/15)

+3.3V

IC42 IC42
08

C122
08

1
12 14
11 VCC
13
GND 7

2
IC42
MAR0 1 08
MAR1 3 IC42 IC38
2 IC39
9 08 04
61 32 R122
MAR2
IC42
4 08
10
8 5
2
3 1 2 RCS10 E
6
MAR3 5 +3.3V
IC39
4 32 R27
6 1 2 IC39
RCS1 5

C123
32

1
4
VCC
17

2
GND
RCS0

MAR [ 0 : 7 ]

BA0

MA [11 : 0 ]

D
FOE

WE

HAST

+3.3V

+3.3V

J13 +3.3V +3.3V


1
IC32 IC34 IC35
RSTIN 2
R184 MAR3 48 MAR2 MAR4 1 48 MAR4 1 A16 48 MAR3
1 A15 A16 A15 A16 MAR3 A15
RSTOUT 1 2 3 MAR5 2 47
MAR4 2 BYTE 47 MAR5 2 47 A14 BYTE
A14 A14 BYTE
MAR5 46 MAR6 3 46 MAR6 3 VSS2 46
3
AMP
4
MAR6 4
A13
A12
VSS2
DQ15 45 MA0 MAR7 4
A13
A12
VSS2
DQ15 45 D32 MAR7 4
5
A13
A12 DQ15 45 D16 C
MAR7 5 44 D0 5 44 D40 A11 DQ7 44 D24
175390-4 A11 DQ7 A11 DQ7
6 43 MA10 6 43 D33 MA10 6 DQ14 43 D17
A10 DQ14 A10 DQ14 A10
MA10 7 42 D1 MA9 7 42 D41 MA9 7 DQ6 42 D25
A9 DQ6 A9 DQ6 A9
MAR9 8 41 MA8 8 41 D34 MA8 8 DQ13 41 D18
A8 DQ13 A8 DQ13 A8
BA1 9 40 D2 MAR0 9 40 D42 MAR0 9 DQ5 40 D26
A19 DQ5 A19 DQ5 A19
10 39 10 39 D35 10 DQ12 39 D19
NC1 DQ12 NC1 DQ12 NC1
11 38 D3 11 38 D43 11 DQ4 38 D27
WE DQ4 WE DQ4 WE
12 37 12 37 12 VCC 37
RESET VCC RESET VCC RESE
+3.3V +3.3V 13
13 36 13 36 D36 T DQ11 36 D20
+3.3V NC2 DQ11 NC2 DQ11
14 35 D4 14 35 D44 14 DQ3 35 D28
R143 NC3 DQ3 R145 NC3 DQ3 R146 NC2
1 2 15 34 1 15 34 D37 1 2 15 DQ10 34 D21
RY/_BY DQ10 2 RY/_BY DQ10 NC3
MAR0 16 33 D5 MAR1 16 33 D45 MAR1 16 DQ2 33 D29
DQ2 RY/_B

C87
2
A18 A18 DQ2
C84
2

17 MAR2 17 32 D22

2
MAR1 17 32 MAR2 32 D38 Y DQ9

C86
A17 DQ9 A17 DQ9

1
MA8 18 31 D6 MA7 18 31 D46 MA7 18 DQ1 31 D30
A18
1

A7 DQ1 A7 DQ1

1
MA7 19 30 MA6 19 30 D39 MA6 19 DQ8 30 D23
A6 DQ8 A6 DQ8 A17
MA6 20 29 D7 MA5 20 29 D47 MA5 20 DQ0 29 D31
A5 DQ0 A5 DQ0 A7
MA5
MA4
21
22
A4 OE 28
27
MA4
MA3
21
22
A4 OE 28
27
MA4
MA3
21
22
A6
A5
OE
VSS1
28
27
B
A3 VSS1 A3 VSS1
MA3 23 26 MA2 23 26 MA2 23 CE 26
A2 CE A2 CE A4
MA2 24 25 MA1 MA1 24 25 MA0 MA1 24 A0 25 MA0
A1 AO A1 A0 A3
A2
A1

D [0 : 63 ]

5-113
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (7/15)

+3.3V
PCI_CLK [ 0 : 3 ] F

1
L17
R532 1 +3.3V
1 2 CP419 PCI_CLK3
+3.3V +3.3V
1

2
R533 1 2 CP418 PCI_CLK2
1
R531 1 2 CP417 PCI_CLK1
1

2
4
6
8
R534 1 2 CP416 PCI_CLK0

RA10

2
4
6
8
2
IC46

RA9
R28
1
3
5
7

1
3
5
7
CLK

1
1 REF QFB 8
2 Q0 Q3 7

GNT0
GNT1
GNT2
GNT3
3 Q1 VDD 6

REQ3
REQ2
REQ1
REQ0
GNT [ 0 : 3 ]

2
4 GND Q2 5

2
GNT4
C208

1
1

R47
R48
R69
R72
REQ [ 0 : 3 ]
HRST

C206
IRQ [ 0 : 4 ]
2 1
E
1 +2

CP408
CP407
CP406
CP405
CP404
2

1 CP421
R10
C207

1
1
1
1
1

CP403
CP402
CP401
CP400
1
R535

CP413
CP412

CP410
CP409
CP411
1 2

1
1
1
1
+3.3V

1
1
1
1
1

CP399
CP415
CP414

1
1
1

REQ3
REQ2
REQ1
GNT3
GNT2
GNT1
GNT0

CP249
CP250
CP252
CP251

CP422
CP423
AD25

AC25
AB23

AE26
AB25

AA26
AA25
AF26
AF25

1
1
1
1

1
1
W26
W25
W24
W23
V26
Y26
Y25

CP289
+3.3V

R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
R17
R18
PCI_SYNC_IN
PCI_SYNC_OUT
PCI_CLK4/DA4
PCI_CLK3
PCI_CLK2
PCI_CLK1
PCI_CLK0
_GNT4/DA5
GNT3
GNT2
GNT1
GNT0
_REQ4/DA4
AEQ3
AEQ2
AEQ1

R5
1
REQ0

AD14
AD13

AD23
AC16
AC13

AC14

AC22
AE14
AF14
AF15
AF23

AF24
RA1

C25
B26

E23
1 2 AD31 1
CP354 AD31 V25 AD31 REQ0 AB26
3 4 AD30 1

PAR
FRAME
DEVSEL
IRDY
TRDY
STOP
PERR
SERR
BURSTCYCLE
BARHITO
ADRACK
BARHIT1
TRST
TMS
TDO
CP355 AD30

1
U25 AD30 INTA AC26
1 1
5
7
6
8
AD29
AD28 1
CP356
CP357
AD29
AD28
U26
U24
AD29
AD28
SERR
PERR
F26
G26
1
CP292
CP293
SERR
PERR PCI_CLK2 AF2 PCICLK TDI D24 1CP424
D
1 1
CP358 AD27 U23 AD27 STOP H25 CP294 STOP GNT2 AE3 TCK C26 1CP425
GNT
RA2 1 1 1 CP301
CP359 AD26 T25 AD26 LOCK J26 CP295 LOCK AC5 CBE0 AF19 CBE0
1 2 AD27 RST
1 1 1 CP302
CP360 AD25 T26 AD25 TRDY K26 CP296 TRDY AD4 CBE1 AD16 CBE1
3 4 AD26
1
CP361 AD24 R25 AD24
2/4 IRDY K25
1
CP267 IRDY IRQ2 R124 2 1 AE4
PCICTEST
CBE2 AF12 CBE2
1 CP303
5 6 AD25 INTA
1 1 1 CP304
7 8 AD24 CP362 AD23 R26 AD23 IC1 DEVSEL H26 CP298 DEVSEL REQ2 R125 2 1 AF4 REQ CBE3 AF8 CBE3
1
CP363 AD22 N26 AD22 FRAME J24
1
CP299 FRAME AD31 AF5 PCIAD31
2/5 PCIAD0 AF22 AD0
1
RA3 CP364 AD21 N25 AD21 CBEO A25 CBE0 CBE [ 0 : 3] AD30 AD6 PCIAD30 IC12 PCIAD1 AE22 AD1
1 2 AD23 1
CP365 AD20 N23 AD20 CBE1 F23 CBE1 AD29 AF6 PCIAD29 PCIAD2 AD22 AD2
3 4 AD22 1
CP366 AD19 M26 AD19 CBE2 K23 CBE2 AD28 AC7 PCIAD28 PCIAD3 AF21 AD3

CP595
5 6 AD21 1 +3.3V
CP367 AD18 M25 AD18 CBE3 P25 CBE3 AD27 AD7 PCIAD27 PCIAD4 AF20 AD4
1 RA11
7 8 AD20 CP368 AD17 L25 AD17 IDSEL P26 1 2 R4 CBE0 1 2 AD26 AE7 PCIAD26 PCIAD5 AE20 AD5

1
1
CP369 AD16 L26 AD16 PAR G25 CBE1 3 4 AD25 AF7 PCIAD25 PCIAD6 AD20 AD6
RA4 CBE2 5 6 AD24 AD8 PCIAD7 AC20 AD7
PCIAD24
1 2 AD19
AD15
AD14
AD13
AD12

AD10
AD11

CBE3 7 8 AD23 AE9 PCIAD23 PCIAD8 AD19 AD8


AD9
AD8
AD7
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0

3 4 AD18

AD10 PCIAD22
AE10 PCIAD21
AF10 PCIAD20
AC11 PCIAD19
AD11 PCIAD18

AD12 PCIAD17
AE12 PCIAD16
AE16 PCIAD15
AF16 PCIAD14
AF17 PCIAD13
AC18 PCIAD12

AE18 PCIAD10
AD18 PCIAD11

AF18 PCIAD9
5 6 AD17

AD9 IDSEL
C
D26
D25
C26

D19

D22
C22
E26
E25
E23

A26
B26
A24
B24

B23
B22
F24

7 8 AD16 1
CP386 PAR
AD15
AD14
AD13
AD12

AD10
AD11

AD9
AD8
AD7
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0

CP300
1

AD22
AD21
AD20
AD19
AD18

AD17
AD16
AD15
AD14
AD13
AD12

AD10
AD11

AD9
1 R141 2
CP370
CP371
CP372
CP373
CP374
CP375
CP376
CP377
CP378
CP379
CP380
CP381
CP382
CP383
CP384
CP385
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AD [ 0 : 31 ]

+3.3V
RA5
AD12
1 2
AD13
+3.3V 3 4
AD14
AD15
5
7
6
8
B
1

RA6
L18

IC47 AD8
1 2
AD9
2

3 4
CP596 1
1 CLKINFS2 8 1 2 R137 AD10
5 6
CP597 1
2 NC/X2FS1 7 1 2 R138 AD11
7 8
3 GND VDD 6
4 SSCLKOUT 5 1 RA7
CP599
AD4
1 2
AD5
3 4
AD6
5 6
R139 R147
1 2 AD7
7 8
2 1

C121 RA8
AD0
1 2
2 1 AD1
3 4
AD2
5 6
1

C97
+2
AD3
7 8 A

5-114
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (8/15)

F
1 2 1 2
2.5V(ASIC)
1 2
C187 C186
C185
+ 3.3V

C112

+2
C163
1 2
C189 C188

1
1 2 1 2
X5 C109
2

C79

1 NC VCC 8 1 2
1

R302
4 GND OUT 5 1 2
C190
+3.3V
R38 PLD_CLK 1 2
1 2
E
R144 R45
+3.3V 1 2 1 2

+3.3V +3.3V

2
2

2
NF3
R276

R275

R16

CLK H24

VDDE48 C10

VDDI16 D12

VSS42 D10
VDDE46 D13

VDDI14 D15
VSS41 D17
VSS40 C18

VDDI13 D19

VSS39 D21
VDDE41 D23

VDDE40 C24

VDDE39 D25
VSS44 B10

VDDE47 A10

VDDI15 B13
VDDE45 A15

VDDE44 A19

VDDE43 B19
VDDE42 A20

VSS38 A25

VSS37 A26
VSS43 B11
1 3

VDDI17 D8

VSS45 D6
VSS46 A1
VDDE50 B4

VDDE49 B7
NF
1

1
2
R277

IC14

2
1 2
C124
C184
1

1 8 2 1 C2 VDDE1 VDDE38 G23


CLKINF52
2 7 D4 VDDE2 VDDE37 H23
NC/X2F51
3 6 F4 VSS1 VSS36 F25
GND VDD
4 5 F1 VDDE3 VDDE36 G24
SSCLKOUT C164
J4 VSS2 VSS35 G25 1 2
1 +2
H4 VDDE4 VSS34 G26
C183
2
R278

1
C192

H1 VDDI1 VDDE35 H25

D
+2

C191

J2 VSS3 VSS33 F23


2
1

2 1
J1 VDDE5 VSS32 H26
1

C168
K4 VSS4 VDDE34 J24 C101
C104 1 2
L4 VDDE6 VSS31 J25
2 1 M4 VDDI2 VDDE33 K25
M1 VSS5 VDDI12 M23
2
C169
1
P4 VDDE7 1/5 VSS30 L23
VSS6 1 2
U4
T3 VDDE8
IC12 VDDE32
VSS29
L24
L26
C170 C180
U1 VSS7 VDDI11 M25
2 1
R4 VDD13 VSS28 K23
1 2
C153 U2 VDDE9 VDDE31 N23

2 1 AA4 VSS8 VSS27 P26 C182


Y1 VDDE10 VDDI10 R23
W4 VDDE11 VDDE30 R25
C171
2 1
AF1
AE1
VSS9
VDDE12
VSS26
VDDI9
U23
V25
C

1
C181
AD3 VSS10 VDDE29 W23

2
C172 AE2 VDDE13 VSS25 AA23
AF3 VSS11 VDDE28 AA25
2 1
AC4 VDDE14 VSS24 AB24

1
C108
AD5 VSS12 VDDE27 AC23

2
VDDE15
VDDE16

VDDE17

VDDE18

VDDE19

VDDE20

VDDE21

VDDE22

VDDE23

VDDE24
VDDE25

VDDE26
VSS13
VSS14

VSS15
VSS16

VSS17
VSS18

VSS19

VSS20

VSS21

VSS22

VSS23
VDDI4

VDDI5

VDDI6

VDDI7

VDDI8

C177
1
2
AE5
AE6
AC6
AE8
AC9
AC8
AF9
AC10
AE11
AF11
AC12
AE13
AF13
AC17
AD15
AC15
AE17
AD17
AC21
AE19
AE21
AC19
AD21
AE23
AF26
AF25
AD24
AE25
B

1
C174

C83
1
C173

C106

C176
1
C107
1
2

2
2

2
2
C175
1

C179

1
C178
2

2
A

5-115
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (9/15)

+3.3U

F
C158

1 CP270
1 CP271
1 CP272
1 CP269
1 CP266
1 CP267
1 CP268
1 CP263
1 CP264
1 CP265
1 CP255
1 CP256
1 CP257
1 CP258
1 CP259
1 CP260
1 CP261
1 CP262
1 CP426
1 CP427
2 1

IC13
1 86
VCC VSS3
IMDQ0 2 85 IMDQ15
DQ0 DQ15
3 84
VCCQO VSSQ7

CP428
IMDQ1 4 83 IMDQ14
DQ1 DQ14

CP429
+3.3U IMDQ2 5 82 IMDQ13
DQ2 DQ13

1
6 81

1
VSSQ0 VCCQ7
IMDQ3 7 80 IMDQ12
DQ3 DQ12
IMDQ4 8 79 IMDQ11
DQ4 DQ11
9 78
VCCQ1 VSSQ6

A12
M2
M3
U3

R3
R2
R1

N1
N2
N3
N4

C6
V4
V3
V2

P2
P3
T4
T2
T1
10 77
E

2
IMDQ5 IMDQ10

2
DQ5 DQ10
C157

LINE12
LINE11
LINE10
LINE00/MEMPTY
ACSTO/MFULL
LINE02/TXCS3
LINE01/TXCS1
ACST3/TXCS2
ACST2/TXADS
ACST1/MXLAST
ACR7/MEOP
ACR6/VSCFGDONE
ACR5/MDIR
ACR4/MXABORT
ACR3/MXRW
ACR2/TXREQ
ACR1/TXLAST
ACR0/TXDEN
NC3
NC2
C154 IMDQ6 11 76 IMDQ9
DQ6 DQ9

1
1
12 75
VSSQ1 VCCQ6
IMDQ31 1 2 RA38 B20 AE15 IMDQ7 13
DQ7 DQ8
74 IMDQ8
IMDQ31 NC1
IMDQ30 3 4 D20 A2 14 73
IMDQ30 VDDE51 N.C.0 N.C.6
IMDQ29 5 6 B21 D5 15 72
IMDQ29 VSS47 VCC1 VSS2
IMDQ28 7 8 A22 P1 IMDQM0 16 71 IMDQM1
IMDQ28 IMDIR 1 CP254 DQM0 DQM1
IMDQ27 1 2 RA39 C22 D11 R121 1 2 17
WE N.C.5
70
IMDQ27 IMWE
IMDQ26 3 4 A23 B12 R120 1 2 18
CAS N.C.4
69
IMDQ26 IMCAS
IMDQ25 5 6 C23 A13 R119 1 2 19
RAS CLK
68
IMDQ25 IMRAS
IMDQ24 7 8 B24 A14 20 67
IMDQ24 IMCS1 1 CP253 CS CKE
IMDQ23 1 2 RA78 B25 B14 R118 1 2 21
N.C.1 A9
66 IMA9
IMDQ22 3 4 A24
IMDQ23
4/5 IMCS0
C12 R117 1 2 IMBA1 22 65 IMA8
A12/BA0 A8
IMDQ21 5 6 B23
IMDQ22
IC12 IMCLK
C13 R116 1 2 IMBA0 23
A11/BA1 A7
64 IMA7
IMDQ21 IMCKE
IMDQ20 7 8 D22 A17 RA85 1 2 IMA0 IMA10 24
A10/AP A6
63 IMA6
IMDQ20 IMA0
IMDQ19 1 2 RA77 B22 C17 3 4 IMA1 IMBQ[0:1] IMA0 25 62 IMA5
IMDQ19 IMA1 A0 A5
IMDQ18 3 4 C21 B18 5 6 IMA2 IMA1 26 61 IMA4
IMDQ18 IMA2 A1 A4
IMDQ17
IMDQ16
5
7
6
8
A21
C20
IMDQ17
IMDQ16
IMA3
IMA4
A18
B17 R29
7
2
8
1 IMA3
IMA2
IMDQM2
27
28
A2
DQM2
A3
DQM3
60
59
IMA3
IMDQM3
D
+3.3U IMDQ15 1 2 RA79 A4 D16 R22 2 1 IMA4 29
VCC2 VSS1
58
IMDQ15 IMA5
IMDQ14 3 4 B5 B16 R21 2 1 IMA5 30 57
IMDQ14 IMA6 N.C.2 N.C.3
IMDQ13 5 6 A6 C15 R20 2 1 IMA6 IMDQ16 31 56 IMDQ31
IMDQ13 IMA7 DQ16 DQ31
RA48 IMDQ12 7 8 A7 D14 32 55
1 2 IMDQ28 IMDQ12 IMA8 VSSQ2 VCCQ5
IMDQ17 33 54 IMDQ30

2
IMDQM3
IMDQM2
IMDQM1
IMDQM0
DQ17 DQ30
IMDQ10
IMDQ11

3 4 IMDQ29
IMDQ9
IMDQ8
IMDQ7
IMDQ6
IMDQ5
IMDQ4
IMDQ3
IMDQ2
IMDQ1
IMDQ0

IMBA1
IMBA0
C156

IMA10
C155 IMDQ18 34 53 IMDQ29

IMA9
5 6 IMDQ30 DQ18 DQ29

1
35 52
7 8 IMDQ31 VCCQ2 VSSQ5
R19
D7
B8
A9
C9
D9
B9
C8
A8
C7
B6
C5
A5
D18
C19
A11
C11
A16
B15
C16
C14
2 1 IMA7 IMDQ19 36 51 IMDQ28
DQ19 DQ28
R11 2 1 IMA8 IMDQ20 37 50 IMDQ27
DQ20 DQ27
R7 2 1 IMA9 38 49
RA49 VSSQ3 VCCQ4
1 2 IMDQ24 IMDQ21 39 48 IMDQ26
DQ21 DQ26
IMDQ25 IMDQ22 40 47 IMDQ25
RA82

RA81

RA80

3 4 DQ22 DQ25
5 6 IMDQ26 41 46
VCCQ3 VSSQ4
RA83
2
2
2
2

7 8 IMDQ27 IMDQ23 42 45 IMDQ24


2
4
6
8
2
4
6
8
2
4
6
8

8 7 IMBA1 DQ23 DQ24


43 44
6 5 IMBA0 VCC3 VSS0
C
1
3
5
7
1
3
5
7
1
3
5
7
1
1
1
1

4 3 IMA10
RA50
1 2 IMDQ23 2 1
R113
R114
R115
R8

3 4 IMDQ22
5 6 IMDQ21
2 1
7 8 IMDQ20 C159
IMDQM3
IMDQM2
IMDQM1
IMDQM0

IMA[0:10]

RA47
1 2 IMDQ19
IMDQM[0:3]
3 4 IMDQ18
IMDQ10

IMDQ17
IMDQ11

5 6
IMDQ9
IMDQ8
IMDQ7
IMDQ6
IMDQ5
IMDQ4
IMDQ3
IMDQ2
IMDQ1
IMDQ0

7 8 IMDQ16

IMDQ[0:3
1]
+3.3U
RA51
1 2 IMDQ12
3
5
4
6
IMDQ13
IMDQ14
B
7 8 IMDQ15

RA52
1 2 IMDQ8
3 4 IMDQ9
5 6 IMDQ10
7 8 IMDQ11

RA54
1 2 IMDQ7
3 4 IMDQ6
5 6 IMDQ5
7 8 IMDQ4

RA53
A
1 2 IMDQ3
3 4 IMDQ2
5 6 IMDQ1
7 8 IMDQ0

5-116
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (10/15)
+3.3V
AMP
FU6 NF4
175390-8 1 2 1 3
NF +3.3U
J6
RA44
F

2
1
USBADR4 1 2
2 R279 1 2 PCSO USBADR3 3 4
USBADR2 5 6
3 R280 1 2 PDO
USBADR1 7 8
4 R281 1 2 PCLK

5 R282 1 2 PDI
RA45
USBADR5 1 2
6 USBADR6 3 4
5 6

2
C90
7 1 3
NF 7 8

1
8 1 3
2

NF RA46
1 2
2

2
C89

C88

C70
3 4
1

1
5 6
NF10
NF9

7 8

E
2

2
C166

C167
1

SOFT_SW1

SOFT_SW2

1 CP291

1 CP273
1 CP274
1 CP275
2
R175

USBDAT15
USBDAT14
USBDAT13
USBDAT12
1

+3.3U
+3.3U

AD1
AD2
AC1
D26
Y26

E24

E25
E26
F24
C3

C4
B3

A3

2
VPD
USBCS
_USBDREQ/LXINT
USBDACK
USBRST
PCS
PDO
PCLK
PRST
PDI
XIO15
XIO14
XIO13

48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37

C72
2
C73

XDACK
XDREQ
XRST
XCS
XWR
XRD
XINT
TEST2
D15
D14
D13
D12

1
B2 AC2 1 CP276
XIO12

1
USBWR
B1 AC3 1 CP277 36
USBRD XIO11 1
VCC1 GND3
J3 AB1 1 CP278 35
_USBINT/TESTMD3 XIO10 2
GND1 VCC3
USBDAT15 C1 AB2 1 CP279 R9 1 2 34 USBDAT11
USBDAT15 XIO9 3
D- D11
USBDAT14 D3 AB3 R23
USBDAT13 D2
USBDAT14
USBDAT13
5/5
XIO8
XIO7
AB4
1 CP280
1 CP281
J7
1 1
L14
2
1 2 4
5
D+
VBUS
D10
D9
33
32
USBDAT10
USBDAT9 D
USBDAT12 D1 AA1 1 CP282 31 USBDAT8
USBDAT12 XIO6 6
USBDAT11 E4
USBDAT11
IC12 XIO5
AA2 1 CP283
2
7
TRON
TEST1 IC11
D8
D7
30 USBDAT7
USBDAT10 E3 AA3 1 CP284
R26 29
USBDAT10 XIO4 3 1 2 8 USBDAT6
XTRST D6
USBDAT9 E2 Y2 1 CP285 28 USBDAT5
USBDAT9 XIO3 9
4 TCK D5
USBDAT8 E1 Y3 1 CP286
TARGMODE/TXERREND

USBDAT8 XIO2 10 27 USBDAT4


TMS D4
MASTMODE/TESTDO

USBDAT7 F3 Y4 1 CP287 26 USBDAT3


USBDAT7 XIO1 11
TDI D3
USBDAT6 F2 W3 1 CP288 25 USBDAT2
USBDAT6 XIO0 12
TDO D2
USBDAT5 G4 W2 1 CP6 NF5
USBDAT5 USBDIR

2
USBADR6
USBADR5
USBADR4
USBADR3
USBADR2
USBADR1
USBDAT4
USBDAT3
USBDAT2
USBDAT1
USBDAT0

XOUT

GND2
L13

VCC2
1 2
ZDA1 +3.3U

XIN

D0
D1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
4 3
1 2

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
G3
G2
G1
H3
H2
K3
K2
K1
L3
L2
L1
V1
W1

2
C71

C74

USBADR1
USBADR2
USBADR3
USBADR4
USBADR5
USBADR6
USBDAT0
USBDAT1
1
USBADR6
USBADR5
USBADR4
USBADR3
USBADR2
USBADR1

CP29
USBDAT4
USBDAT3
USBDAT2
USBDAT1
USBDAT0

1
1
CP28
+3.3U C
USBADR[0:6]

USBADAT[0:15]

C202 C201 C200 R25 RA40


1 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 USBDAT3 1 2

X6 USBDAT2 3 4
2

USBDAT1 5 6
C66

R305 R304 R303 1 2


1 2 1 2 1 2 USBDAT0 7 8
1

RA41
USBDAT17 1 2
I/O_27 44
I/O_26 43
I/O_25 42
I/O_24 41
GOE0 40
GND_1 39
I/O_23 38
I/O_22 37
I/O_21 36
I/O_20 35
I/O_19 34

3
USBDAT16 3 4
C203 C204 C205
USBDAT15 5 6
2 1 2 1 2 1
1 33 USBDAT14 7 8
I/O_28 I/O_1B
2 32
I/O_29 I/O_17 RA42
+3.3U +3.3U R306 R307 R308
3
4
I/O_30
I/O_31
I/O_16
TMS/NC2
31
30
R67
1 2 1 2 1 2 USBDAT9
USBDAT8
1
3
2
4
B
PLD_CLK 5 29 2 1
YO RESETN/Y11 USBDAT10 5 6
6 28
7
VCC_0
BSCAN/
IC16 VCC_1
TCL/Y21
27
USBDAT11 7 8

RA43
2

8 26
1TDI/IN0 I/O_15
2

C92

USBDAT15 1 2
C31

1 9 25
CP42 I/O_0 I/O_14
2

USBDAT14 3 4
C91

10 24
1

CP43 1 I/O_1 I/O_13


1

11 23 USBDAT13 5 6
I/O_2 I/O_12
1

USBDAT12 7 8
1TDO/IN1
GND_0

I/O_10
I/O_11
I/O_3
I/O_4
I/O_5
I/O_6
I/O_7

I/O_8
I/O_9
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
2
C46

R123
2 1
1

CP7
1 BSCAN

CP11
1 1TD1
A
CP31 1 1TD0

CP33 1 TCK

CP32
1 TMS

JTAG

5-117
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (11/15)

J2
+3.3U 51 1
GND GND
52 2
reserved reserved
+3.3U
53 3
GND reserved
54 4
reserved reserved
55 5
GND GND
56 6
GND TXD
57 7
2

DTR RTS
R164

E
R71

58 8
GND GND

2
59 9

R70
1

DSR CTS
60 10
GND RXD

1
61 11
GND GND
R232 1 2 62 12 R254 1 2
C-REQ S-REQ
R233 1 2 63 13
C-ACK GND
64 GND S-ACK
14 R255 1 2
R234 1 2 65 15 R256 1 2
READY ENABLE
66 16
GND GND
R235 1 2 67 17
CLK GND
68 18
GND GND
CEDAT0 R236 1 2 69 19 R257 1 2 CEDAT1
D0 D1
CEDAT2 R237 1 2 70 20
D2 GND
CEDAT3 R238 1 2 71 21 R258 1 2 CEDAT4
+3.3U D3 D4
72 GND D5
22 R259 1 2 CEDAT5
CEDAT6 R239 1 2 73 23 R260 1 2 CEDAT7
CP30

D6 D7
R274 CEDAT8 R240 24
2 1 1 2 74 D8 GND

D
1

CEDAT9 R241 1 2 75 25 R261 1 2 CEDAT10


D9 D10
76 GND D11
26 R262 1 2 CEDAT11
+5V R242
CEDAT12 1 2 77
D12 D13
27 R263 1 2 CEDAT13
CEDAT14 R243 1 2 78 28
M24
M26
N24
N25
N26
K24
K26
F26

L25
J23
J25

D14 GND
CEDAT15 R244 1 2 79 29 R264 1 2 CEDAT16
D15 D16
CEDIR
_SREQ/TESTMD0
CREQ
_CACK/TESTMD1
SACK
_READY/TESTMD2
ENABLE
TXTERM
TXRDY
MXACK
DCLK

80 GND D17
30 R265 1 2 CEDAT17
CEDAT18 R245 1 2 81 31 R266 1 2 CEDAT19
D18 D19
AE24 P25 CEDAT0 CEDAT20 R246 1 2 82 32
WAKE CEDAT0 D20 GND
CEDAT31 AE26 P24 CEDAT1 CEDAT21 R247 1 2 83 33 R267 1 2 CEDAT22
CEDAT31 CEDAT1 D21 D22
CEDAT30 AD25 P23 CEDAT2 84 GND D23
34 R268 1 2 CEDAT23
CEDAT30 CEDAT2
CEDAT29 AD26 R26 CEDAT3 CEDAT24 R248 1 2 85 35 R269 1 2 CEDAT25

2
CEDAT29 CEDAT3 D24 D25
CEDAT28 AC24 R24 CEDAT4 C81 C161 CEDAT26 R249 1 2 86 36
CEDAT28 CEDAT4 D26 GND

1
CEDAT27 AC25
CEDAT27 3/5 CEDAT5
T26 CEDAT5 CEDAT27 R250 1 2 87
D27 D28
37 R270 1 2 CEDAT28
R271
CEDAT26
CEDAT25
AC26
AB23
CEDAT26 IC12 CEDAT6
T25
T24
CEDAT6
CEDAT7 CEDAT30 R251 1 2
88 GND
89
D29
38
39 R272
1
1
2
2
CEDAT29
CEDAT31
CEDAT25 CEDAT7 D30 D31
CEDAT24 AB25 T23 CEDAT8 SOFT_SW2 R252 1 2 90 40 R273 1 2 SOFT_SW1
CEDAT24 CEDAT8 SOFT-SW2 SOFT-SW1
CEDAT23 AB26 U26 CEDAT9 1 3 91 41
CEDAT23 CEDAT9 NF V50 reserved
CEDAT22 AA24 U25 CEDAT10
+3.3V NF6 92 42
+3.3V
C

2
CEDAT22 CEDAT10 reserved reserved
93 43
CEDAT21
CEDAT20
CEDAT19
CEDAT18
CEDAT17
CEDAT16
CEDAT15
CEDAT14
CEDAT13
CEDAT12
CEDAT11

V33 V33
94 44
V33 V33

2
95 45
C160 C80 V33 V33
AA26
Y23
Y24
Y25
W24
W25
W26
V23
V24
V26
U24

96 46

1
R253 V33 V33
1 2 97 47
R24 HRST
WAKE RESET 1 2
98 48
reserved reserved
99 49
reserved reserved
CEDAT21
CEDAT20
CEDAT19
CEDAT18
CEDAT17
CEDAT16
CEDAT15
CEDAT14
CEDAT13
CEDAT12
CEDAT11

100 GND 50
GND

+3.3U +3.3U

RA61 RA55 ENGINE I/F


1 2

2
CEDAT28

C162
CEDAT12 1 2

C82
CEDAT29 3 4
CEDAT13 3 4 B

1
CEDAT30 5 6 5 6
CEDAT14
CEDAT31 7 8 7 8
CEDAT15

RA59 RA56
CEDAT24 1 2 CEDAT8 1 2
CEDAT25 3 4 CEDAT9 3 4
CEDAT26 5 6 CEDAT10 5 6
CEDAT27 7 8 CEDAT11 7 8

RA60 RA57
CEDAT21 1 2 1 2
CEDAT4
CEDAT20 3 4 3 4
CEDAT7
CEDAT22 5 6 5 6
CEDAT5
CEDAT23 7 8 7 8
CEDAT6

CEDAT16 1
RA62
2 CEDAT0 1
RA58
2
A
CEDAT17 3 4 CEDAT1 3 4
CEDAT18 5 6 CEDAT2 5 6
CEDAT19 7 8 CEDAT3 7 8

5-118
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (12/15)

RGV14
PCI Bus PME
CP9 1 2 RGV14
F

2
1 L4

R171
2
R167

1
2
J5

C141
C134

C95
PCI_CLK[0:3]

2
PCI_CLK0

1
IRQ[0:4] R165

1
IRQ0 R180

2
1

1
2

1
C128

C209

C210

C211

C212
HRST YELLOW

R172
2
10Mb/s LINK

2
R190

AR1

AR2

AR3

AR4
1
C127
2

1
R170
GNT[0:3] GNT0 Y_LED-

1
12

1
REQ[0:3] RD-
REQ0 8

1
RD+ Y_LED+
7 11
RDCT6
+3.3V 5

R127 2
2
4 TDCT

R126
AD26
AD27
AD28

AD29
AD30
AD31
3
TD- G_LED-
NF11 2 TD+ 10

1
1
1 3 1
NF G_LED+ 9
RGV14
E
2

C214
C57

72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
C137
RGV14 GREEN

2
10Mb/s
1

AD26
AD27
AD28
PCIVDD1
AD29
AD30
AD31
PCIVSS1
REQ
GNT
RST
INTA
PCICLK
_PME/_CLKRUN
MACVDD1
MACVSS1
TXDVDD
TXIOVSS2
TPTDP
TPTDM
TXIOVSS1
TXDVSS
RESERVED2
SUBGND2
NC4
RXAVDD2
TPRDP
TPRDM
RXAVSS2
NC3
NC2
RESERVED1
VREF
RXAVDD1
RXAVSS1
SUBGND1
1
LINK
L3

2
AD25 RGV14
AD25 FXVDD C126 C133
73 36
AD24

1
AD24 FXVSS
74 35

2
CBE3
R169 CBE3 NC1
+3.3V RGV14
1 2
75 34 C166
IDSEL PHYVDD2
76 33

1
NF12 PCIVSS2 PHYVSS2

2
77 32
AD23

2
1 3 AD23 TXCLK C147
NF

2
78 31
AD22

1
AD22 TXEN C125

1 L2
79 30
2

1
PSIVDD2 CRS RGV14
80 29
AD21
AD21 COL/MA16
81 28
AD20
AD20 VDDIO3
82 27
AD19
AUX3V AD19 VSSIO3
AD16 83 26

2
CP10 R135 84 VSSIO4 TXD3/MA15
C144
1 1 2 25
TXD2/MA14
D

1
85 VDDIO4 24
AD18 C130
AD18 TXD1/MA13 RGV14 RGV14
86 23
2

AD17
2

C135
C32

AD17 TXD0/MA12 2 1
87 22
AD16
PHYVDD1
1

AD16
1

88 21
CBE2 C129
89 CBE2
10/100Mb/s Ethernet Contoroller PHYVSS1
20

2
PCIVSS3 VDDIO2 2 1
90 19 C146
FRAME X2
FRAME

1
91 18

2
IRDY X1
IRDY
92 17 X3

2
TRDY VSSIO2
TRDY

1
93 16 C148
PCIVDD3 RXDV/MA11

1
94 15
C140
DEVSEL
IC44 RXER/MA10

2
95 DEVSEL 14 C139

1
STOP RXOE
96 STOP 13

1
PERR RXD3/MA9
97 PERR 12
SERR RXD2/MA8
98 SERR 11
PAR RXD1/MA7
99 PAR 10
CBE1 VDDIO1 RGV14
C131
100 CBE1 9
AD15 VSSIO1 2 1
101 AD15 8
AD14
102 AD14 RXD0/MA6
7 C

2
C132
PCIVSS4 RXCLK C143
103 6
AD13

1
AD13 MDC 2 1
104 5
AD12 MDIO
105 AD12 4
AD11 MA5
106 AD11 3
PSIVDD4 MA4/EECLK
107 2

MD1/_CFGDT5

MA0/_LEDACT

MA2/_LED100
AD10

RESERVED3

MA1/_LED10
AD10 MA3/EEDI

PWRGOOD

MD4/EEDO
108 1

MACVDD2
SUBGND3
MACVSS2
PCIVDD5
PICVSS5
2

VDDIO5
C136

VSSIO5
EESEL
3VAUX
CBE0

MWR
MRD
MCS

MD0

MD2
MD3

MD5
MD6
MD7
AD9
AD8

AD7
AD6

AD5
AD4

AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
1

109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
RGV14
AD9
AD8
CBE0
AD7
AD6

AD5
AD4

AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0

RGV14
2

AD[0:31]

2
C142 C145

2
RGV14
B
1

R129

1
CBE[0:3] R202
1 2
1 1 2

LED14
RX/TX ACTIVE
2

C138
1

RGV14
IC45
1 8
NCC NC2
2 7
VCC GND
3 6
CS DO
4 5
SK DI
2

A
2

C69
R315
1
1

5-119
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (13/15)

IRQ[0:4]

REQ3
REQ[0:3]
PCI_CLK3
F
PCI_CLK[0:3]

+3.3V
+5V
NF7
3 1
FU3
2
EXPAND I/F
1
NF

1 J1 41

2
5V GND
NF8 FU4 2
TRST# TCK 42
1 3 1 2

1
C120
NF 3 43
TMS TDO R128
2

4 44 1 2 IRQ3

2
TDI INTA#
CP593 5 45
GND GND
HRST 1
6 46
RST# CLK

GNT3
7
8
GND GND 47
R131 E
GNT# REQ# 48 1 2
GNT[0:3] AD31 9 49 AD30
AD31 AD30
AD29 10 50 AD28
AD29 AD28
AD27 11 51 AD26
AD27 AD26
12 52
GND GND
AD25 13 53 AD24
AD25 AD24
CBE3 14 54
1 CP594 1
R192 2 AD19
CBE3# IDSEL
AD23 15 55 AD22
AD23 AD22
AD21 16 56 AD20
AD21 AD20
17 57
GND GND
AD19 18 58 AD18
AD19 AD18
AD17 19 59 AD16
AD17 AD16
CBE2 20
CBE2# FRAME# 60 FRAME D
21 61
GND GND
IRDY 22 62 TRDY
IRDY# TRDY#
DEVSEL 23 63
DEVSEL# STOP#
LOCK 24 64 PERR
LOCK# PERR#
25 65
GND GND
SERR 26 66
SERR# PAR
CBE1 27 67 AD15
CBE1# AD15
AD14 28 68 AD13
AD14 AD13
29 69
GND GND
AD12 30 70 AD11
AD12 AD11
AD10 31 71 AD9
AD10 AD9
AD8 32 72 CBE0
AD8 CBE0#
33
GND GND 73 C
AD7 34 74 AD6
AD7 AD6
AD5 35 75 AD4
AD5 AD4
AD3 36 76 AD2
AD3 AD2
AD1 37 AD0
AD1 AD0 77
38 78
GND GND
39 79
3.3V 3.3V
40 80
3.3V 3.3V
1

1
C118 C118
B
2

FRAME

TRDY

STOP
A
PAR

CBE[0:3]

AD[0:31]

5-120
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (14/15)

1
CP320
+3.3V 1 +3.3V

+3.3V
1
CP319
CP318
F
+3.3V 1
CP317
IC38
04
13 12
IC41 LED8

2
4
6
8
1 R530
CP316

RA36
1 2
1
CP315 1 SO CS0 16 1 2 IC38
1 04

1
3
5
7
CP314 2 SCL CS1 15
R203 1 LED7 R528 11 10
1 2 1 A0 VCC 8 CP313 3 SDA CS2 14 1 2
R6 1 2
2 A1 NC 7 1 2 1 2 4 D0 VDD 13 IC38
04
3 A2 SCL 6 SCL 3 4 5 D1 D7 12 LED6 R527
1 2 9 8
4 VSS SDA 5 SDA 5 6 6 D2 D6 11
1 2
IC36 7 8 7 D3 D5 10
LED5 R529 +3.3V
8 GND D4 9 1 2
C111 SW3 1 2
2 1
C116 IC38
+3.3V

C117
04

1
2 1
+5V 14
VCC
IC15 7
E

2
GND

C193 C196 C195


1 C2+ C1+ 28
2 1 2 1 2 1
2 C2- V+ 27
C194 3 V- VCC 26
2 1
4 R1IN GND 25
2
4
6
8
RA37

5 R2IN C1- 24
6 R3IN EN 23
1
3
5
7

7 R4IN SHDN 22
8 R5IN R1OUTB 21
9 T1OUT R2OUTB 20

2
4
6
8

C197
2
RA76
10 T2OUT R1OUT 19
R186
IC40 11 T3OUT R2OUT 18

1
1
3
5
7
2 1
12 T3IN R3OUT 17
1 SO CS0 16 13 T2IN R4OUT 16
R187 2 SCL CS1 15 14 T1IN R5OUT 15
2 1 3 SDA CS2 14
1
CP305 4 D0 VDD 13
1 1
CP306 5 D1 D7 12 CP312
1 2
1
1
CP307 6 D2 D6 11
1
1
CP311 D
3 4 CP308 7 D3 D5 10 CP310
1
5 6 8 GND D4 9 CP309
RSTOUT 7 8 RSTIN

C110
2 1

+5V

SERIAL I/F

2
CP16

CP15

CP14

CP13

CP12

R222
1

1 J3

1
RI
CD
DSR
CTS
CD 1
+5V 6 DSR
RXD 2
7 RTS C
TXD 3

2
LED9
8 CTS
CP17

CP18

CP19
1

DTR

1
4

44
43
42
41
40
RI
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
TXRDY1
VDD2
RI1
DCD1
DSR1
CTS1
5

+5V 7 D5 SIN1 39 RXD


8 D6 SOUT1 38 TXD
9 D7 DTR1 37 DTR
1 OE1 IC19 VCC 24
MA0 10 A0 RTS1 36 RTS
2 B1 B10 23 IC22
D[0:63] 11 XIN MF1 35 +5V
D56 3 A1 A10 22
12 VSS1 INTR1 34
D57 4 A2 A9 21 R148
1

13 XOUT VDD1 33
2
R149

1 2
X1

5 B2 B9 20
MA1 14 A1 TXRDY2 32
6 B3 B8 19
2

MA2 15 A2 RI2 31
D58 7 A3 A8 18 D63
MA3 16 CHSL DCD2 30
D59 8
9
A4
B4
A7
B7
17
16
D62
17 INTR2 DSR2 29 B
SOUT2

10 B5 B6 15
DTR2
VSS2

CTS2
RTS2

SIN2
MF2
WR
MR

RD

D60 11 A5 A6 14 D61
C5
2

12 GND OE2 13
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1

1
C94

C93

C113 C114
2 1 2 1
C115
2 1
CP20
1

MA[3:0]
RCS10
04 IC38
CP21

HRST 3 4
1

AS 9 32 IC39
R1302
WE 1
R2832 10
8 1

A
IC39
CP22

32
1

12 R73 2
11 1
FOE 13

R1342
IC38 R1332
IRQ[0:4] IRQ4 1 1
2 1
04

5-121
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
System Controller (15/15)

F
+3.3V

R309
2
+5V +3.3V
CP40
1

CP241

CP242

CP243

CP244

CP245

CP246
1

1
RST

CP27
IC29
R196

1
"SWRST"
1 OUT CD 5
2 1
2 VDD

CP3
3 GND NC 4

2
C99

1
FU2
1 2 E
GND

GND

GND

GND
CP23

CP24

CP25

CP26
1

2.625V

R195
2
(2.653V)

2
R68

1
1

2
C100

1
2
R194
D

CP5
1
1 OUT GND 8

1
2 _3/5 EXT 7
3 SHON C5 6 Q1 NF1
R201 L1

1
1 8
CP247
4 REF V+ 5 1 2 1 2 1 3
NF
IC18 2 7

2
+2

2
C10 C105
3 6

+2
2
R193

2
1
C103 C 11 C102

1
D5
4 5

1
1
1

2
CP41

C
1

FU1
1 2
2.5V(ASIC)
R140
2

C75
1

CP34
1 OUT GND 8

1
2 _3/5 EXT 7
3 SHON C5 6
B
R132 L15 NF2
4 REF V+ 5 1 2 1 2 1 3
CP248

NF
1

IC10

2
2
+2

C67 C76

+2

2
1

C68 C77
1

1
D3

1
2
R142

2
2

C78
1

5-122
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

9.3 Engine Controller


8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (1/13)

YMEDIA_RXD
YMEDIA_CTS

YMEDIA_TXD
YMEDIA_RTS
+3.3V

RESERVE_A1

HARD_STBY

LICC2_CLK
DSOUT2_A
DSOUT1_A

MEDIA_ON

TANK_ON
LFMAINDA

INKSNS_A

LICC2_DT
LFSUBDA

TANKCS0
TANKCS1
TANKCS2
TANKCS3

TANKCS4
TANKCS5
BAIAS_A

INKSEL0

INKSEL1

INKSEL2
PSNS_A

CRHALL
DREQ1
DREQ0
RESET

DRAK0

2
+3.3V
+1.9V

MD5
MD4
MD3
F

FB
NF401
1
1CP504

1CP503

1CP781

1CP658

1CP783

1CP660

1CP661

1CP659

1CP492

1CP491

1CP502

1CP881

1CP490

1CP501

1CP481

1CP489

1CP500

1CP484

1CP479

1CP478

1CP483

1CP860

1CP868

1CP477

1CP482

1CP494

1CP859

1CP779

1CP780

1CP480

1CP488

1CP712

1CP499

1CP487

1CP498

1CP826

1CP827
1CP711
2

1CP486

1CP497

CP485
CP496
2
IC426
C425

2
IC426 20

FB
FB
VCC

NF424

1
NF416
GND 10

1
check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check
<SCPTC0>

<SCPTC5>

<SCPTC3>
1

check

check

check

check
1
2 18

<PTC0>
<PTC1>
<PTC2>
<PTC3>
<PTD2>

<PTD3>

<PTC4>
<PTC5>
<PTC6>
<PTC7>

<PTH7>
A1 Y1

C424

C613

C612

C742

C406
3 A2 Y2
17
R802
4 A3 Y3
16 1 2
GACLK33M
5 15

2
A4 Y4
R804 6 14
R799
1 2
A5 Y5
1 2
SDCLK33M

1
C744

C743
C753

C752

C751
7 13
C676 A6 Y6

2
R798
8 A7 Y7 12 1 2
LVDSCLK33M

1
9 A8 Y8 11

208

207

206

205

204

203

202

201

200

199

198

MD5 197

MD4 196

MD3 195

194

193

DREQ1 192

DREQ0 191

190

189

188

187

186

185

184

183

182

181

180

179

178

177

176

175

174

173

172

171

170

169

168

167

166

165

164

163

CKIO 162

161

IRQOUT 160

159

158

157
CP476
1
RTCPW G2 G1

CA

RXD2

RXD1

RXD0
AN7

AN6

AN5

AN4

AN3

AN2

AN1

AN0

VCC18

VCC17

VCC16
DRAK1

DRAK0

SCK2

SCK1

SCK0
AVCC

PTC0

PTC1

PTC2

PTC3

PTD2

PTC4

PTC5

PTC6

PTC7

CTS2

TXD2

TXD1

TXD0

TCLK
VSS19

VSS18

RTS2

VSS17
check

AVSS
AVSS2

WAKEUP
RESETP

STATUS1

STATUS0
C675 C673

1
19
2

2
C450
CP506 R753
1

1
MD1 1 1 MD1 EXTAL 156 1 2

check
CP509

X402
MD2 check
1 2

3
MD2

VCC
XTAL

VCC15
155

154 1 2
check
1CP403

C674
E
C567
4 XTAL2 VSS16 153
2

C610 5 EXTAL2 VSS15 152


1

2 1
2

C451 C452 6 VSS PTH6 151 <PTH6> 1CP404


AUDCK
CP457 check
1

1 7 NMI VCC14 150 1 2


check
CP585 C745 C566
IRQ0 1 2 1 8 IRQ0 CAP2 149 1 2 +3.3V
check
CP586 C746 C401
IRQ1 1 2 1 9 IRQ1 VSS14 148
1
R543 2

WAKE check
CP584 C747 1 2
IRQ2 2 1
1 10 IRQ2 VSS13 147 C741 +3.3V
IRQ[2:0] check

1 11 IRQ3 CAP1 146 1 2

2
2 1
check
C402
R1017 1CP512

2
SWDETECT 12 IRQ4 VCC13 145 1 2
C565

FB
check

DB31 13 D31 MD0 144 1CP405 X401

NF402
MD0

FB
check

DB30 <PTF0> 1CP431

NF423
1
14 D30 PTF0 143

2
DIPSW0

R733

1
check

DB29 15 D29 PTF1 142 <PTF1> 1CP432 1 8

2
DIPSW1 IC423

R800
NC VCC
check

1CP433

1
DB28 16 D28 PTF2 141 <PTF2> DIPSW2
DB27 <PTF3>
check

1CP434
R542

1
17 D27 PTF3 140 4 5 1 2 1 CLKIN SSON# 8
check
DIPSW3 GND OUT

DB26 18 D26 PTF4 139 1CP408 2 NC CLKOUT 7 1


R544 2

check
TCK
19 VSS2 PTF5 138 1CP407 C407 3 GND FS0 6

2
TDI

D
check

DB25 20 D25 PTF6 137 1CP406 4 FS1 VDD 5


TMS

1
check

C608 21 VCC2 PTF7 136 1CP411


2 1 check
TRST
1CP410

2
DB24 22 D24 PTG0 135

2
R734
AUDATA0 C426

R803

R801

2
R1027
check

DB23 C734 2 1 23 D23 VCC12 134 1 2 C597

2
C564

2
1
DB22 1CP409

1
24 D22 PTG1 133
AUDATA1

1
1 2 +3.3V

1
check

DB21

DB20
25

26
D21

D20 IC401 VSS12

PTG2
132

131
C740
1CP413

2
check
AUDATA2
27 VSS3 PTG3 130 1CP412
AUDATA3
CP435

FB
check

DB19 28 D19 PTG4 129 <PTG4> 1 DIPSW4

NF435
check

1CP415

1
C604 29 VCC3 PTG5 128
ASEMBRKAK
2 1 check

DB18 30 D18 PTG6 127 1CP778


ASEMD0 X403
CP414 check

DB17 31 D17 IOIS16 126 <PTG7> 1 C725


check

DB16 32 D16 PTH5 125 1CP825


check
ADTRG 2 1
33 VSS4 RESETM 124
R744 +3.3V C724

R1023

R1024
2

2
DB15 34 D15 WAIT 123 1CP416
WAIT IC447

1
R743

1
check

+3.3V
35 VCC4 BREQ 122
C603 2 1

1
DB14 36 D14 BACK 121 1CP417 1 XIN/CLK XOUT 8
check

DB13 C735 2 1 37 D13 PTE0 120 R742 1CP418 2 VDD S0 7

DB12 <PTE1> 1CP419


1 2
check
TDO
C

2
38 D12 RAS2U 119 C722 C723
3 VSS S1 6
check SOFTRESET
DB11 39 D11 RAS3U 118 R402 1CP420 4 SSCLK SSCC 5
RAS3U

1
1 2

check

DB10 40 D10 CAS2H 117 <PTE3> 1CP436 DIPSW5


check

R1025

R1026
1CP421

2
DB9 41 D9 CAS2L 116 <PTE6>
check
LEDD2
DB8 42 D8 DACK1 115 <PTD7> 1CP495 INK_ON

1
check

DB7 43 D7 DACK0 114 1CP422 DTAK0


check

DB6 44 D6 CASHH 113 <PTJ5> 1CP508 EEPWD


check

45 VSS5 CASHL 112 <PTJ4> 1CP507 EEPCLK


check

DB5 46 D5 VCC11 111 1 2


C561 R403
47 VCC5 CASLH 110 1 2 1CP423 CASU
C602 2 1 1 2 check

DB4 48 D4 VSS11 109 C739


+3.3V
DB3 49 D3 CASLL 108 <PTJ2> 1CP424 HEADEEPDOUT
check

DB2 50 D2 RAS2L 107 <PTJ1> 2 1 C750 1CP425


check
SYSEEPRD +3.3V
DB1 51 D1 RAS3L 106 <PTJ0> 2 1 C749 1CP426

2
TANKEEPRD

R864
check

DB0 52 D0 CKE 105 2 1 C748 1CP427


1 2
CKE
check

IC446

1
R404

2
RD/XWR

S04

R751

R883

R880

R871

R869

R867
VCC10
VSS10
VCC6

VCC7

VCC8

VCC9

103 CE2A

104 CE2B
VSS6

VSS7

VSS8

VSS9

PTE7
WE0

WE1

WE2

WE3

CS0

CS2

CS3

100 CS4

101 CS5

102 CS6
A10

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

2 4
A11

RD
BS
A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

OFFCONTROLL HARD_STBY

1
DB[31:0] MD0
53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

2
R1022
MD1
MD2
+3.3V

1
MD3
MD4

<PTE4>
<PTE5>
C738
1

MD5
IC446
2

2
S04
C721

R749

R882

R879

R872

R870

R868
1
5
VCC
C601

C736

C600

C599

C737

C598

C560

GND 3

1
2

NC1 1
R522
R541
R521
R540
R520
R539
R519
R538
1

2
1

1
R518

R537
R517
R536
CP545 1 R516
1

1
check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check
CP551
CP570
CP550
CP569
CP549
CP568
CP548
CP567

CP430

CP429

R740
R736
R739
R735
R738
1

1
+3.3V
CP428
1

1
check

check

check

check

check
CP547

CP566
CP546
CP565
AB10

AB12
AB13

AB14

AB16
AB17
AB18
AB19
AB20
AB21

AB22

AB23

AB24

AB25
AB11
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3

AB4

AB5
AB6
AB7
AB8
AB9

AUDSYNC
AB15

A
RDXWR

CS0

CS3
CS4
CS5
WE0
WE1
WE2
WE3
RD

AB[25:0]
BS

LEDD0
LEDD1
To Sdram
To Flash

To Asic

5-123
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (2/13)

F
+3.3V

SH3 Flash Memory

2
NF425
C678

FB
1 2

1
From SH3 +3.3R
To ASIC Memory From SH3
+3.3R To ASIC Memory

2
IC407
AB[25:0] A[25:0]
DB[31:0] D[31:0]
R805 R866

R862 1
1 2
R523 R471 1 2
A16 1 48 A17
AB25 1 2 1CP571 A25 DB31 1 2 1CP513 D31 A15 A16
R818 check
R865 check
A15 2 47
1 2
R503 R472 1 2 A14 BYTE
AB24 1 2 1CP552 A24 DB30 1 2 1CP514 D30 A14 3 VSS2 46
R806 R863 A13
E
check check

1 2
R524 R473 1 2
A13 4 45 D15
AB23 1 2 1CP572 A23 DB29 1 2 1CP515 D29 A12 DQ15
R819 R861
check check

A12 5 44 D7
1 2
R504 R474 1 2 A11 DQ7
AB22 1 2 1CP553 A22 DB28 1 2 1CP516 D28 A11 D14
6 43
R807 check
R860 check
A10 DQ14
1 2
R525 R475 1 2
A10 7 42 D6
AB21 1 2 1CP573 A21 DB27 1 2 1CP517 D27 A9 DQ6
R820 check
R859 check
A9 8 41 D13
1 2
R505 R476 1 2
A8 DQ13
AB20 1 2 1CP554 A20 DB26 1 2 1CP518 D26 A20 D5
9 40
R808 check
R856 check
A19 DQ5
1 2
R526 R477 1 2
10 39 D12
AB19 1 2 1CP574 A19 DB25 1 2 1CP519 D25 NC1 DQ12
R821 R855
check check

11 38 D4
1 2
R506 R478 1 2
WE0 WE DQ4
AB18 1 2 1CP555 A18 DB24 1 2 1CP520 D24 R857
1 2 12 37
R809 check
R854 check
RESET VCC
1 2
R527 R479 1 2
13 36 D11
AB17 1 2 1CP575 A17 DB23 1 2 1CP521 D23 NC2 DQ11
R822 check
R853 check

14 35 D3
1 2
R507 R480 1 2 NC3 DQ3
AB16 1 2 1CP556 A16 DB22 1 2 1CP522 D22 D10
15 RY/_BY DQ10 34
R810 check
R852 check

1 2
R528 R481 1 2
A19 16 33 D2
AB15 1 2 1CP576 A15 DB21 1 2 1CP523 D21 A18 DQ2
R823 check
R851 check
A18 17 32 D9
1 2
R508 R482 1 2
A17 DQ9
AB14 1 2 1CP557 A14 DB20 1 2 1CP524 D20 A8 D1
18 DQ1 31
R811 check
R850 check
A7
1 2
R529 R483 1 2
A7 19 30 D8
AB13 1 2 1CP577 A13 DB19 1 2 1CP525 D19 A6 DQ8
R824 R849 A6 D0
D
check check

20 29 D[15:0]
1 2
R509 R484 1 2 A5 DQ0
AB12 1 2 1CP558 A12 DB18 1 2 1CP526 D18 A5 21 28
R812 check
R848 check
A4 OE RD
1 2
R530 R485 1 2
A4 22 27
AB11 1 2 1CP578 A11 DB17 1 2 1CP527 D17 A3 VSS1
R825 check
R847 check

A3 23 26
1 2
R510 R486 1 2 A2 CE CS0
AB10 1 2 1CP559 A10 DB16 1 2 1CP528 D16 A2 A1
24 A1 25
R813 check
R846 check
A0
1 2
R531 R487 1 2

AB9 1 2 1CP579 A9 DB15 1 2 1CP529 D15


R826 check
R845 check

1 2
R511 R488 1 2

AB8 1 2 1CP560 A8 DB14 1 2 1CP530 D14


R814 check
R844 check

1 2
R532 R489 1 2

AB7 1 2 1CP580 A7 DB13 1 2 1CP531 D13


R827 check
R843 check

A[20:1]
1 2
R512 R490 1 2

AB6 1 2 1CP561 A6 DB12 1 2 1CP532 D12


R815
check

R842
check
+3.3V
1 2
R533 R491 1 2

AB5
R828
1 2

check
1CP581 A5 DB11 1 2

R841 check
1CP533 D11
SH3 SDRAM

2
1 2
R513 R492 1 2

AB4 1 2 1CP562 A4 DB10 1 2 1CP534 D10


R816 check
R840 check

FB
1 2
R534 R493 1 2

1CP582 1CP535

NF406
AB3 1 2 A3 DB9 1 2 D9
R829 check
R839 check

1
1 2
R514 R494 1 2
C465
AB2 1 2 1CP563 A2 DB8 1 2 1CP536 D8
R817 R838
C
check check
1 2
1 2
R535 R495 1 2

AB1 1 2 1CP583 A1 DB7 1 2 1CP537 D7


R830 check
R837 check

1 2
R515 R496 1 2
IC408
AB0 1 2 1CP564 A0 DB6 1 2 1CP538 D6
check
R836 check

R497 1 2
C467
DB5 1 2 1CP539 D5 1 VCC0 VSS2 54
1 2
R835 check

R498 1 2 D0 2 DQ0 DQ15 53 D15


DB4 1 2 1CP540 D4 C466
R834 check 3 VCCQ0 VSSQ3 52
1 2
R499 1 2

DB3 1 2 1CP541 D3 D1 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 D14


R833 check

C754 1 2
R500 1 2 D2 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 D13
DB2 1 2 1CP542 D2
R832 check 6 VSSQ0 VCCQ3 49
R501 1 2

DB1 1 2 1CP543 D1 D3 7 DQ3 DQ12 48 D12


R831 check

R502 1 2 D4 8 DQ4 DQ11 47 D11


DB0 1 2 1CP544 D0 C464
check
9 VCCQ1 VSSQ2 46 C463
1 2 1 2
D5 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 C756 D10

D6 11 DQ6 DQ9 44 1 2 D9

12 VSSQ1 VCCQ2 43

D7 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 D8 D[15:0]


C462
1 2
14

15
VCC1

DQML
VSS1

N.C.1
41

40
B
WE0
C755 1 2 16 XWE DQMU 39
RDXWR WE1
17 XCAS CLK 38 SDCLK33M
CASU
18 XRAS CKE 37 CKE
RAS3U
19 XCS N.C.0 36
CS3
A14 A12
20 A13/BA0 A11 35

A13 A10
21 A12/BA1 A9 34

A11 A9
22 A10/AP A8 33
A8
A1 23 A0 A7 32
A7
A2 24 A1 A6 31

A3 A6
25 A2 A5 30

A4 A5
26 A3 A4 29

27 VCC2 VSS0 28

A[14:1]

C677
A
1 2

5-124
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (3/13)

OFFCONTROLL
O_DATA_BK1
O_DATA_LC1

E_DATA_BK1
E_DATA_LC0
O_DATA_C0

HIKIDASHISET
E_DATA_Y1
E_DATA_Y0

A0_A1_SEL
LATCH_BK
LATCH_CL

O_DATA_BK0
E_DATA_LM0

E_DATA_BK0
LMSUBHT

COVER_SOL
ROLLCVR
JOINTSNS
+3.3V +2.5V

SWDETECT
E_DATA_C0
OUTENB

HEADEEPCS
DA1CLK
BKHENB

CRGHP
CHENB

TANKCVR
DA1LD

SCLK_CL

PINCHCL
LMHENB
CSUBHT
YSUBHT

CVRSW
MHENB

PGHP
2

2
FB E
FB
NF420

NF419

1CP474

1CP657

1CP792

1CP784

1CP790
1CP653

1CP821

1CP739

1CP689

1CP676

1CP701

1CP749

1CP721

1CP683

1CP670

1CP817

1CP685

1CP746

1CP820

1CP738

1CP763

1CP668

1CP719

1CP695

1CP762

1CP671

1CP818

1CP867

CP786
1

1CP857

1CP493

1CP475

1CP654

1CP791

1CP788
+2.5R +3.3R

1
check

check

check

check

check
check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check
SDDATA[31:0]
CEDATA[31:0]

C643
C649
1

1
+3.3R

2
R776
1 2

A10

A12

A13

A14

A15

NC8 A16

GND6 A17

A18

A19

NC7 A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

GND5 A26
A11
A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

NC9 A8

A9

B10

VDD6 B12

B13

B14

TMUPWM2 B15

GND9 B16

B17

VDD5 B18

B19

B20

B21

B22

B23

B24

B25
LMHENB B11
SCLKCL B3

VDD8 B4

VDD7 B5

B6

MHENB B7

B8

B9
CHENB

LMSUBHT
OUTENB

PT5

PT2
BKHENB

PT26

PT25

PT17

PT13

PT10
LATCH_CL

LATCH_BK

DATA1_C

DATA3_LC

DATA0_LC
DATA2_Y

DATA0_Y

DATA2_BK

DATA3_BK

NC13

PT6

PT3

PT1
CSUBHT
YSUBHT

PT23

PT19

PT16

PT12
DATA0_C

DATA0_LM

DATA1_BK

DATA0_BK
+3.3R
A1 GND1 VDDINT4 B26
2 1
C640 +3.3R

B2 ADCC_DATAOUT REGI C25


D
B1 ADCC_CS RS0 C26 1CP853 LFSUBBN ADC_DSET
ADC_CS R777 1CP854
check

C2 ADCC_CLK RS1 D25


1 2 C1 TDI LEA D26 1CP870 LFENCA ADC_CLK LFSUBB
R779 check

1CP816
check

C586 D2 TCK RS_WR E25


1CP809
1 2
D1 VDD1 LFDA0 E26 LFDATA0 LF_SUBWEN
CP632 1 2 1
check

1CP815
check

E2 SCAN_TEST LFDA3 F25


check E1 SCAN_EN LFDA4 F26 1CP814 LFDATA4 check
LFDATA3
check
SDDATA0 CP643 1 F2 SDDATA0 LFDA6 G25 1CP810
SDDATA1 CP642 1 F1 SDDATA1 LFDA7 G26 1CP808 LFDATA6
LFDATA7 check check

CP651
check check

SDDATA3 CP641 1 G2 SDDATA3 LF_ANB H25 1CP807


SDDATA6 1 G1 SDDATA6 LFBN H26 1CP855 LFMAINBN check check
LF_MAINANB
check check

SDDATA7 CP639 1 H2 SDDATA7 LFAN J25 1CP863


H1 NC1 LFA J26 1CP864 LFMAINA check check
LFMAINAN
CP615
check

SDDATA10 CP624 1 J2 SDDATA10 PC2 K25 1CP848


SDDATA11 1 J1 SDDATA11 PC1 K26 1CP849 ASFMB check check
ASFM_0A
check check

SDDATA15 CP627 1 K2 SDDATA15 NC12 L25


K1 NC2 PG2 L26 1CP844 PGAX check

CP605
check

SDDATA18 CP610 1 L2 SDDATA18 PG0 M25 1CP845


SDDATA19 1 L1 SDDATA19 CRENABLE M26 1CP798 CRM_START PGA
check
R792 check

check check

SDDATA21 CP604
IC409
SDDATA23 CP603 1 M2 SDDATA21 CECLK N25

IC409
1 2
1 M1 SDDATA23 CACK_N N26 CACK check

CP594
check

SDDATA25 CP587 1 N2 SDDATA25 SREQ_N P25


SDDATA26 1 N1 SDDATA26 CRPHASE P26 1CP664 CRM_PWM check
SREQ
CP588
check check

SDDATA28 CP595 1 P2 SDDATA28 NC11 R25


SDDATA27 1 P1 SDDATA27 CREQ_N R26 CREQ check

CP596
check
CP638 1 R2 SD_DQ0 CEDATA1 T25 CEDATA1
SDDATA30 1 R1 SDDATA30 CEDATA0 T26 CEDATA0 SDDQ0

1/6
check

CP629
2/6
check

CP622 1 T2 SD_DQ4 CEDATA5 U25 CEDATA5


1 T1 SD_DQ1 NC6 U26 check

SDDQ1 CP650
C
check

CP599 CEDATA8 1 U2 SDWE_N CEDATA9 V25 CEDATA9


1 U1 SD_DQ7 CEDATA8 V26 SDWE R793 check

CP649
check

1 2
CP601 1 V2 SDCLK CEDATA12 W25 CEDATA12
1 V1 SD_RAS NC5 W26 SDCLK check

SDRAS CP600
CP636
check

CEDATA13 1 W2 SDCS_1 CEDATA16 Y25 CEDATA16


1 W1 SDCS_0 CEDATA13 Y26
SDCS0 check
check

CP590 CEDATA17 Y2 NC10 CEDATA18 AA25 CEDATA18


1 Y1 DUMMYIN CEDATA17 AA26
DUMMYOUT CP645
CP633
check
SDADR3 1 AA2 SDADR3 CEDATA21 AB25 CEDATA21
SDADR2 1 AA1 SDADR2 CEDATA20 AB26 CEDATA20
check

CP618
check

SDADR7 CP612 1 AB2 SDADR7 GND8 AC25


SDADR6 1 AB1 SDADR6 CEDATA23 AC26 CEDATA23 check

check
SDADR12 CP635 CEDATA29
CEDATA26 1 AC2 SDADR12 CEDATA29 AD25
C594 AC1 VDD2 CEDATA26 AD26 check
2 1
SDADR13 CP648 AD2 GNDP CEDATA30 AE25 CEDATA30
1 AD1 SDADR13 NC4 AE26

AE18 DATABUS10

AE19 DATABUS14

AE20 DATABUS17

AE21 DATABUS21

AE22 DATABUS24

AE23 DATABUS28

AE24 DATABUS30
AE7 CS_SDRAM
check

ADRBUS10

AE12 ADRBUS14

AE13 ADRBUS18

AE14 ADRBUS21

AE15 ADRBUS25

AE16 DATABUS3

AE17 DATABUS7
AE1 REFCLK GND4 AF26

AE9 ADRBUS1

AE10 ADRBUS6
AE3 TESTCLK

AE8 DTACK_0
AE2 VCOOUT
GACLK33M

AE6 WEN3
DATABUS12

DATABUS20

DATABUS23

DATABUS25

DATABUS29

DATABUS31

AE4 GND7
ADRBUS12

ADRBUS16

ADRBUS19

ADRBUS20

ADRBUS23

DATABUS0

DATABUS6

DATABUS9
ADRBUS2

ADRBUS7
DRACK_0
RD_WRN
PLLTEST

AE5 BS
WEN0
GND2

GND3

INT_2

VDD3

NC3

AE11
AF1

AF2

AF3

AF4

AF5

AF6

AF7

AF8

AF9

AF10

AF12

AF13

AF14

AF15

AF16

AF17

AF18

AF19

AF20

AF21

AF22

AF23

AF24

AF25
AF11
1

B
2
C671

D10
D14
D17
D21
D24
D28
D30
A10
A14
A18
A21
A25
D3
D7
A1
A6
D12

D20
D23
D25
D29
D31
A12
A16
A19
A20
A23
D0
D6
D9
A2
A7

A[25:0]

D[31:0]

SDADR[13:0]

DTAK0
WE3
CS5
BS
A
RDXWR
DRAK0
IRQ2
WE0

5-125
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (4/13)

RESERVE_IN0
KYUINPWM_R

O_DATA_LM1
E_DATA_LM1

O_DATA_LC0
E_DATA_LC1

O_DATA_M1
O_DATA_M0

CRALARMA
DCDC_OVP
O_DATA_Y1

O_DATA_Y0
E_DATA_C1

SYSEEPCS

ROLLFEED
MISTPWM

ATUKAICL
BKSUBHT

LICC2_LD

LCSUBHT

SUBLFHP
TANKSOL

DA1DATA
CRENCB

MSUBHT

PLEDON

KAATSU
MIST_L
YHENB

MEDIA

LC-2-G-WHT/NOTMNT
CP828

CP787
1CP688

1CP776

1CP682

1CP696

1CP684

1CP669

1CP715

1CP852

1CP851

1CP698

1CP505

1CP656

1CP872

1CP675

1CP690

1CP677

1CP729

1CP694

1CP718

1CP858

1CP655

1CP850

1CP865

1CP692

1CP662

1CP793

1CP785

1CP789
1
E

1
check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check
SDDATA[31:0]

C642
CEDATA[31:0]

+2.5R
+3.3R

2
+3.3R +2.5R

C10

C12

C13

BKSUBHT C14

TMUPWM1 C15

C16

C17

GND18 C18

C19

C20

C21

C22

NC18 C23

LSB C24

D10

LCSUBHT D12

GND22 D13

TMUPWM3 D14

TMUOUT1 D15

D16

D17

D18

D19

D20

D21

D22

D23
GND19 C11

NC25 D11
C4

NC19 C5

YHENB C6

VDD10 C7

C8

GND20 C9

D5

D6

D7

MSUBHT D8

GND23 D9
PT7

PT9

PT4

PT0
PT31

PT28

PT21

PT18

PT14

PT30

PT27

PT24

PT20

PT15
DATA3_M

DATA1_M
DATA2_LM

DATA3_LM
DATA2_C

DATA2_LC

DATA1_LC
DATA3_Y

DATA1_Y
+3.3R

CP740 1 C3 SCLK_BK SHTRG D24 1 CP823 D4 ADCC_DATAIN LSA E23 1CP871


SCLK_BK ADTRG CRENCA
check check ADC_DRET check

H5VENB D3 H5SUP RS2 E24 1 CP861 LFSUBAN E4 H20SUP NC24 F23


R780 check VHENB
1 2 E3 TMS LFDA2 F24 1 CP813 CP630 1 F4 TDO LFDA1 G23 1CP811
CP631 check
LFDATA2 check check
LFDATA1

SDDATA2
check
1

CP644
check
1
F3 AC_TEST

G3 SDDATA2
LFDA5 G24

GND17 H24
check
1 CP812 LFDATA5
SDDATA4 CP652
check
1
G4 MEMTEST

H4 SDDATA4
NC23 H23

LFWR J23
check
1CP806 LF_MAINWEN
D
SDDATA5 CP640 1 H3 SDDATA5 LFB J24 1 CP856 SDDATA8 CP623 1 J4 SDDATA8 VDD14 K23 1 2 C652
LFMAINB
check check check

SDDATA9 CP614 1 J3 SDDATA9 GND16 K24 SDDATA12 CP625 1 K4 SDDATA12 PC0 L23 1CP846 ASFMA
CP616
check
R787 CP607
check check

SDDATA13 1 K3 SDDATA13 CESTB L24 1 2 SDDATA16 1 L4 SDDATA16 PG3 M23 1CP842 PGBX
check check check

SDDATA17 CP606 1 L3 SDDATA17 PG1 M24 1CP843 M4 NC20 CEMODE N23 1CP797
check check
PGB check
CRM_DIR
SDDATA20 CP609 1 M3 SDDATA20 CRBRAKE N24 1CP796 SDDATA22 CP608 1 N4 SDDATA22 READY_N P23
CRM_BREAK READY
SDDATA24
SDDATA29
CP593
CP589
check

check
1

1
N3 SDDATA24

P3 SDDATA29
IC409 SACK_N P24

GND15 R24
check

SACK SDDATA31 CP597


CP602
check

check
1

1
P4 SDDATA31

R4 SD_DQ2
IC409 CEDATA2

CEDATA4
R23

T23
CEDATA2

CEDATA4
SDDQ2
check check

R3 NC14 CEDATA3 T24 CEDATA3 CP598 1 T4 SD_DQ6 CEDATA7 U23 CEDATA7


CP628
check
1 T3 SD_DQ5
3/6 CEDATA6 U24 CEDATA6

CEDATA10
SDCAS
CP637
check

check
1 U4 SDCAS 4/6 CEDATA11 V23 CEDATA11

CEDATA15
U3 NC15 CEDATA10 V24 C660 V4 VDD11 CEDATA15 W23
+3.3R 2 1
V3 NC16 CEDATA14 W24 CEDATA14 SDADR1 CP646 1 W4 SDADR1 NC22 Y23
R795

2
check

R401
1 2
CP591 1 W3 DUMMY_OUT GND14 Y24 SDADR5 CP611 1 Y4 SDADR5 CEDATA24 AA23 CEDATA24
DUMMYOUT check check

C593 Y3 VDD9 CEDATA19 AA24 CEDATA19 SDADR10 CP647 1 AA4 SDADR10 CEDATA27 AB23 CEDATA27

1
2 1 check

SDADR4 CP617 1 AA3 SDADR4 GND13 AB24 AB4 EN VDDINT13 AC23 1 2 C663
check

AC8 SOFT_RSTN
SDADR11 CP620 CEDATA28

AC18 DATABUS13

AC19 DATABUS18

AC20 DATABUS22

AC21 DATABUS26
1 AB3 SDADR11 CEDATA328 AC24

AC13 ADRBUS15

AC14 ADRBUS24
C

AC15 DATABUS1

AC16 DATABUS5
AC4 VDDINT12

AC12 ADBUS11
AC9 DREQ_1

AC10 ADBUS3

ADBUS8
check

AC5 CPOUT

AC22 GND21
AC3 VDDP CEDATA31 AD24 CEDATA31

AC7 WEN2
C670

AC6 INT_1

AC17 NC21
2 1
AD19 DATABUS15

AD20 DATABUS19

AD22 DATABUS27
AD18 DATABUS11
AD12 ADRBUS13

AD13 ADRBUS17

AD14 ADRBUS22

AD16 DATABUS4

AD17 DATABUS8
AD9 ADRBUS0

AD10 ADRBUS4

ADRBUS9
AD7 CS_ASIC

C669

AC11
AD3 GND10

AD23 GND12

2 1
AD5 RST_N

AD15 GND11
AD4 VCCIN

AD6 WEN1

AD21 NC17
AD8 WAIT

C653
2 1
AD11

1
2
C654
D15
D19

D27
A13
A17
A22

D11
D4
D8
A0
A4
A9

D13
D18
D22
D26
A15
A24
D1
D5
A11
A3
A8
SDADR[13:0]

A[25:0]

D[31:0]

2
B

R794
1
SOFTRESET
DREQ1
RESET

IRQ1
WE2
WAIT
WE1
CS4

R796
1 2
2

R797
1
2

C672

A
1

5-126
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (5/13)

ADTRG_DUMMY
SDDATA[31:0]

O_DATA_LM0
E_DATA_M1
E_DATA_M0

O_DATA_C1
+3.3V

ROLLEND
SUBLFCL
LCHENB
F

ASFHP

2
FB
NF421
1

2
IC403 C588

1
C582 1 VCC0 VSS2 54
2 1

1 CP691

1 CP678

1 CP702

1 CP693

1 CP748

1 CP824

1 CP866

1 CP795

1 CP794
SDDATA0 2 DQ0 DQ15 53 SDDATA15

C584 3 VCCQ0 VSSQ3 52


2 1
SDDATA1 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 SDDATA14

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check
SDDATA2 C767 2 1 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SDDATA13

CEDATA[31:0] 6 VSSQ0 VCCQ3 49

C645

C646
C647

C648

C644
C766

C765

C764
SDDATA3 7 DQ3 DQ12 48 SDDATA12

SDDATA4 8 DQ4 DQ11 47 SDDATA11

C583 9 VCCQ1 VSSQ2 46

2
+3.3R +2.5R 2 1
SDDATA5 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SDDATA10

1
SDDATA6 11 DQ6

12 VSSQ1
DQ9 44

VCCQ2 43 1 2 C587
SDDATA9
E

E10

E12

E13

E14

GND35 E15

E16

E17

E18

GND34 E19

E20

E21

E22
SDDATA7 SDDATA8

E11
13 DQ7 DQ8 42

E6

E7

GND36 E8

E9
1 2 C769
C585 14 VCC1 VSS1 41

VDD36

VDD35

VDD33

VDD32
LCHENB

VDDINT34

PT8
PT29

PT22
DATA2_M

DATA0_M

DATA_LM

PT11
DATA3_C
2 1
SDDQ0 15 DQML NC1 40

C768 2 1 16 WE DQMU 39
C641 SDWE SDDQ1
E5 VDD15 RS3 F22 1 CP862 LFSUBA
2 1 17 CAS CLK 38
check
SDCAS SDCLK
F5 GND24 LEB G22 1 CP869 LFENCB
C757 check
18 RAS CKE 37
2 1 SDRAS SDCKE
G5 TRST GND33 H22
RESET C763 SDCS0 19 CS NC0 36
1 2
H5 GND25 NC29 J22
SDADR13 20 A13 A11 35 SDADR11
J5 NC26 VDD31 K22 1 2 C650
C651 SDADR12 21 A12 A9 34 SDADR9
SDDATA[31:0]
K5 VDD16 PC3 L22 1 CP847 ASFM_1A
2 1 check SDADR10 22 A10 A8 33 SDADR8
SDDATA14 CP626 1 L5 SDDATA14 CEDATA M22
check SDADR0 23 A0 A7 32 SDADR7

2
C655

R791
M5 GND26 VDD30 N22 1 2
C758

C656
2 1 N5 VDDINT17 IC409 VDDINT29 P22 1 2 C657
SDADR1
SDADR2
24 A1

25 A2
A6 31

A5 30
SDADR6
SDADR5

1
P5 VDD18 GND32 R22
2 1 1 2 C762 SDADR3 26 A3 A4 29 SDADR4
CP592
SDDQ3

SDCKE
CP621
check

check
1

1
R5

T5
SD_DQ3

SDCKE 5/6 DCLK

VDD28
T22

U22 1 2 C659
DCLK
27 VCC2 VSS0 28

D
C658 U5 VDD19 NC28 V22

2
2 1 1 2 C761 C558
SDADR0 CP634 1 V5 SDADR0 GND31 W22

1
check

W5 GND27 CEDATA25 Y22 CEDATA25

SDADR8 CP619 1 Y5 SDADR8 CEDATA22 AA22 CEDATA22


check

SDADR9 CP613 1 AA5 SDADR9 VDD27 AB22 1 2 C668


check +3.3V
DATABUS16
DATABUS2
VDDINT22
ADRBUS5
DREQ_0
GND28

GND29

GND30
VDD20

VDD21

VDD23

VDD24

VDD25

VDD26
INT_0

NC27

2
RD
AB5

AB6

AB7

AB8

AB9

AB10

AB12

AB13

AB14

AB15

AB16

AB17

AB18

AB19

AB20

AB21
AB11

FB
NF422
1
1

1
1

2
C596
2

IC402
2

1
C661

C759

C664

C760
C665

C666

C667
C662

C592 1 VCC0 VSS2 54


2 1
SDDATA16 SDDATA31
C
2 DQ0 DQ15 53
SDADR[13:0]
C591 3 VCCQ0 VSSQ3 52
D16

2 1
D2
A5

SDDATA17 4 DQ1 DQ14 51 SDDATA30


A[25:0] C770
SDDATA18 2 1 5 DQ2 DQ13 50 SDDATA29

6 VSSQ0 VCCQ3 49

SDDATA19 7 DQ3 DQ12 48 SDDATA28


D[31:0]
SDDATA20 8 DQ4 DQ11 47 SDDATA27

C590 9 VCCQ1 VSSQ2 46


2 1
SDDATA21 10 DQ5 DQ10 45 SDDATA26

SDDATA22 11 DQ6 DQ9 44 SDDATA25

12 VSSQ1 VCCQ2 43 1 2 C595


SDDATA23 13 DQ7 DQ8 42 SDDATA24
1 2 C772
C589 14 VCC1 VSS1 41
2 1
15 DQML NC1 40
SDDQ2
DREQ0

C771 2 1 16 WE DQMU 39 SDDQ3


IRQ0
RD

17 CAS CLK 38

18 RAS CKE 37

SDADR13
19 CS

20 A13
NC0 36

A11 35 SDADR11
B
SDADR12 21 A12 A9 34 SDADR9

SDADR10 22 A10 A8 33 SDADR8


GND_32 M13

GND_31 M14

GND_30 M15
GND_36 N14

GND_33 N13

GND_29 N15
GND_35 P14

GND_34 P13

GND_28 P15

SDADR0 23 A0 A7 32 SDADR7

SDADR1 24 A1 A6 31 SDADR6

SDADR2 25 A2 A5 30 SDADR5

L11 GND_1 GND_27 R15 SDADR3 26 A3 A4 29 SDADR4

M11 GND_2 GND_26 R14 27 VCC2 VSS0 28

N11 GND_3 GND_25 R13

2
P11 GND_4 GND_24 R12 C559

IC409

1
R11 GND_5 GND_23 P12

T11 GND_6 GND_22 N12

T12

T13
GND_7

GND_8
6/6 GND_21

GND_20
M12

L12

T14 GND_9 GND_19 L13


SDADR[13:0]

A
GND_10

GND_12

GND_13

GND_14

M16 GND_15

GND_16

GND_17

GND_18
GND_11

R16

N16

L16

L15

L14
P16
T15

T16

5-127
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (6/13)

C5_EDATA0P

C5_ODATA1P

C5_ODATA0P

C4_EDATA1P

C4_EDATA0P
C5_EDATA0N

C4_EDATA1N

C4_EDATA0N
C5_ODATA1N

C5_ODATA0N
C2_ODATA0P

C1_EDATA1P
C1_EDATA1N
C2_ODATA0N

C1_EDATA0P

C1_ODATA1P

C1_ODATA0P
C1_EDATA0N

C1_ODATA1N

C1_ODATA0N
+3.3V +3.3V F

2
1CP767

1CP766

1CP755

1CP754

1CP769

1CP768

1CP757

1CP756

1CP771

1CP770
FB

FB

1CP725

1CP726

1CP732

1CP733

1CP723

1CP724
1CP727

1CP728

1CP734

1CP735
NF418

NF428
1

1
check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check

check
C571

C573

C626

C628
C572

C627

check

check

check

check

check

check
check

check

check

check
2

2
2

2
1

1
1

1
100

100
99

98

OUTM8 97

OUTP8 96

95

94

OUTM7 93

OUTP7 92

91

90

OUTM6 89

OUTP6 88

87

86

OUTM5 85

OUTP5 84

83

82

OUTM4 81

OUTP4 80

79

78

77

NC5 76

99

98

OUTM8 97

OUTP8 96

95

94

OUTM7 93

OUTP7 92

91

90

OUTM6 89

OUTP6 88

87

86

OUTM5 85

OUTP5 84

83

82

OUTM4 81

OUTP4 80

79

78

77

NC5 76
VDD19_3V

VDD18_3V

VDD17_3V

VDD16_3V

VDD15_3V

VDD14_3V

VDD19_3V

VDD18_3V

VDD17_3V

VDD16_3V

VDD15_3V

VDD14_3V
TEST2_VDD

TEST2_VDD
LVDSENABLE

LVDSENABLE
VSS21_3V

VSS20_3V

VSS19_3V

VSS18_3V

VSS17_3V

VSS16_3V

VSS21_3V

VSS20_3V

VSS19_3V

VSS18_3V

VSS17_3V

VSS16_3V
C570
1 TEST1_VDD NC4 75
C625
1 TEST1_VDD NC4 75 E
2 VDD1_3V VSS15_3V 74 2 VDD1_3V VSS15_3V 74
2 1 2 1
1CP752 3 OUTP9 OUTM3 73 1CP759 C0_EDATA1N 1CP737 3 OUTP9 OUTM3 73 1CP730 C4_ODATA1N
C2_ODATA1P check check
C5_EDATA1P check check

1CP753 4 OUTM9 OUTP3 72 1CP758 C0_EDATA1P 1CP736 4 OUTM9 OUTP3 72 1CP731 C4_ODATA1P
C2_ODATA1N check check
C5_EDATA1N check check

5 VSS1_3V VDD13_3V 71 5 VSS1_3V VDD13_3V 71

6 VSS2_3V VDD12_3V 70 C574 6 VSS2_3V VDD12_3V 70 C629


2 1 2 1
1CP764 7 OUTP10 OUTM2 69 1CP773 C0_EDATA0N 1CP745 7 OUTP10 OUTM2 69 1CP720 C4_ODATA0N
C2_EDATA0P check check
HDCLKP check check

1CP765 8 OUTM10 OUTP2 68 1CP772 C0_EDATA0P 1CP747 8 OUTM10 OUTP2 68 1CP722 C4_ODATA0P
C2_EDATA0N check check
HDCLKN check check

C575 9 VDD2_3V VSS14_3V 67 9 VDD2_3V VSS14_3V 67


C633
10 VDD3_3V VSS13_3V 66 10 VDD3_3V VSS13_3V 66
2 1 2 1
1CP750 11 OUTP11 OUTM1 65 1CP761 C0_ODATA1N 1CP742 11 OUTP11 OUTM1 65 1CP714 C3_EDATA1N
C2_EDATA1P check check
HDLTP check check

1CP751 12 OUTM11 OUTP1 64 1CP760 C0_ODATA1P 1CP743 12 OUTM11 OUTP1 64 1CP717 C3_EDATA1P
C2_EDATA1N check check
HDLTN check check

13 VSS3_3V VDD11_3V 63 13 VSS3_3V VDD11_3V 63

C3_ODATA0P check
1CP707
14

15
VSS4_3V

OUTP12 IC410 VDD10_3V 62

OUTM0 61
2 1
C576

check
1CP775
C0_ODATA0N
check
1CP708
14

15
VSS4_3V

OUTP12
IC411 VDD10_3V

OUTM0 61
62
2 1
C634

check
1CP713
C3_EDATA0N
1CP705 16 OUTM12 OUTP0 60 1CP774 C0_ODATA0P 1CP706 16 OUTM12 OUTP0 60 1CP716
C3_ODATA0N check check check check C3_EDATA0P
C577 17 VDD4_3V VSS12_3V 59 17 VDD4_3V VSS12_3V 59 +3.3R
C635
2 1
18 VDD5_3V VSS11_3V 58
2 1
18 VDD5_3V VSS11_3V 58
D

2
1CP699 1CP703 R628

R545
19 OUTP13 D13 57 19 OUTP13 D13 57 1 2
C3_ODATA1P check
O_DATA_C1 check

1CP700 20 OUTM13 D12 56 1CP697 20 OUTM13 D12 56 R6271 2


C3_ODATA1N O_DATA_C0

1
check check

21 VSS5_3V D11 55 21 VSS5_3V D11 55


E_DATA_LM1 LATCH_CL
22 VSS6_3V D10 54 22 VSS6_3V D10 54
E_DATA_LM0 SCLK_CL
23 NC1 D9 53 23 NC1 D9 53
O_DATA_LM1 E_DATA_BK1

2
R546
24 CNT_LD D8 52 24 CNT_LD D8 52
O_DATA_LM0 E_DATA_BK0
25 RESETX VDD9_3V 51 C578 25 RESETX VDD9_3V 51 C636

1
37 CRPWMX_OUT

37 CRPWMX_OUT
2 1 2 1
26 CHKWIDTH0

27 CHKWIDTH1

26 CHKWIDTH0

27 CHKWIDTH1
31 CHKDUTY0

32 CHKDUTY1

31 CHKDUTY0

32 CHKDUTY1
38 CRALARM

46 VSS10_3V

38 CRALARM

46 VSS10_3V
33 CRPWMX

33 CRPWMX
29 VDD6_3V

34 VDD7_3V

40 VDD8_3V

29 VDD6_3V

34 VDD7_3V

40 VDD8_3V
28 VSS7_3V

35 VSS8_3V

39 VSS9_3V

28 VSS7_3V

35 VSS8_3V

39 VSS9_3V
36 NC2

50 NC3

36 NC2

50 NC3
30 CLK

30 CLK
41 D0

42 D1

43 D2

44 D3

45 D4

47 D5

48 D6

49 D7

41 D0

42 D1

43 D2

44 D3

45 D4

47 D5

48 D6

49 D7
2

2
1

1
C579

C580

C581

C638

1
1

C637

C639
R993

check

check

check
CP667 1
check

check

check

check

check

check

check

CP681
C
1 2

check
CP687

CP674

CP680
CP665

CP666
CP679
2
CP673

CP686
CP672
R1019
0,-

To J503asic I/O=15bit
1

R1021

To Power Down
1 2
CRM_PWM_OUT

O_DATA_BK0
O_DATA_BK1
E_DATA_C0
E_DATA_C1
O_DATA_LC0
O_DATA_LC1
E_DATA_LC0

E_DATA_LC1
CHKWIDTH0A
CHKWIDTH1A

O_DATA_M0

O_DATA_M1
E_DATA_M0
E_DATA_M1
CRALARMA

O_DATA_Y0
O_DATA_Y1
E_DATA_Y0
E_DATA_Y1
CHKDUTY0A
CHKDUTY1A

CRALARMB
CRM_PWM

CHKWIDTH0B
CHKWIDTH1B

CHKDUTY0B
CHKDUTY1B
SOFTRESET

LVDSCLK33M

OUTENB
+3.3V

+3.3V
+5V
2

2
R555

R556

R557

R558

R559

R560

R561

R562
+5V
FB

FB

+3.3R
NF415

NF436

1
CHKWIDTH0A
1

CHKWIDTH1A
IC405 IC404 CHKDUTY0A
CHKDUTY1A
B
2

2
20 C568 C731 20 C569 CHKWIDTH0B
VCC VCC

GND 10 GND 10 CHKWIDTH1B


1

1
2

CHKDUTY0B
CHKDUTY1B
IC404
IC405
1

1
R613

R609
R607
R605
R603
R600
R611

2
R547

R548

R549

R550

R551

R552

R553

R554
2 18 R595
2 18 R614 YSUBHT A1 Y1
1 2
C0_SUBH
YHENB A1 Y1
1 2

C0_HENB R593

1
R612 MSUBHT 3 17 1 2
C1_SUBH
MHENB 3 A2 Y2
17 1 2 A2 Y2
C1_HENB R591
R610 4 16 1 2

LMHENB 4 A3 16 1 2 LMSUBHT A3 Y3 C2_SUBH


Y3
C2_HENB R589
R608 CSUBHT 5 A4 15 1 2
C3_SUBH
CHENB 5 A4 Y4
15 1 2 Y4
C3_HENB R587
R606 6 14 1 2

LCHENB 6 A5 Y5 14 1 2 LCSUBHT A5 Y5 C4_SUBH


C4_HENB R585
R604 BKSUBHT 7 A6 13 1 2
C5_SUBH
BKHENB 7 A6 Y6
13 1 2 Y6
C5_HENB
R601 R602 8 A7 Y7
12
LATCH_BK 1 2 8 A7 Y7 12 1 2 1
check CP744
R598 R599 9 A8 Y8 11
SCLK_BK 1 2 9 A8 Y8
11 1 2 1
CP741
2

check
2

2
2

G2 G1
2

G2 G1
R597

1
19
1

1
19

1
R596
R594
R592
R590
R588
R586
1

A
C433
C432
C431
C430
C429
C428
C441
C440
C439
C438
C437
C436
C435
C434

OUTENBA

5-128
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (7/13)

F
Carriage Interface Connector
Controller Interface Connector
J406
J405
1
40 J40P

2
J40P C3_SUBH
39 C0_ODATA0N J40P

J40P
3 C4_SUBH
38 C0_ODATA0P J40P

J40P
4 C5_SUBH J408
37 J40P

C0_ODATA1N 5 C3_HENB
J40P

36 C0_ODATA1P
J40P

J40P
6 C4_HENB
35 C0_EDATA0N J40P

7 C5_HENB +3.3V
J40P +3.3V
34 C0_EDATA0P
J40P
CEDATA[31:0]
8
J40P
51 1
33 C0_EDATA1N
J40P

9 C3_ODATA0N J100P J100P

J40P

32 R938 52 2 R954
C0_EDATA1P J40P

10
1 2 1 2

J40P
C3_ODATA0P J100P J100P

31 J40P
R953
J40P
11 C3_ODATA1N 53 3 1 2

30 C1_ODATA0N J40P J100P J100P

12 C3_ODATA1P R937 R952


J40P 1 2 54 4 1 2
29 J40P +3.3R
C1_ODATA0P 13 C3_EDATA0N
J100P J100P

J40P

28 C1_ODATA1N
J40P
55 5

E
J40P
14 C3_EDATA0P J100P J100P

27 C1_ODATA1P J40P
R951
J40P
15 C3_EDATA1N 56 6 1 2

26 C1_EDATA0N
J40P J100P J100P
+3.3R
16 C3_EDATA1P R936 R950
J40P
1 2 57 7 1 2
25 C1_EDATA0P J40P

17 J100P J100P

2
J40P

24 C1_EDATA1N J40P 58 8
18
C4_ODATA0N

R946

R944
J40P J100P J100P

23 C1_EDATA1P
J40P
R935 R949
J40P
19 C4_ODATA0P 1 2 59 9 1 2

22

1
J40P J100P J100P

20 R948

2
J40P C4_ODATA1N 60 10 1 2
21 C2_ODATA0N
J40P

R945
J40P
21 C4_ODATA1P J100P J100P

20 C2_ODATA0P
J40P
61 11
22 C4_EDATA0N R446

1
J40P J100P J100P

19 C2_ODATA1N 1CP799 1CP803


J40P

23 CREQ 1 2 62 12
J40P C4_EDATA0P
18 SREQ
C2_ODATA1P J40P

24
check J100P J100P check

J40P C4_EDATA1N 1CP804 2 1 C460 63 13


17 C2_EDATA0N J40P
CACK
25 C4_EDATA1P check J100P J100P
R433
1CP802
J40P

16 J40P 64 14 1 2
C2_EDATA0P 26
J40P

15
J100P J100P check
SACK
1CP805 R947 C461
J40P

C2_EDATA1N 27 65 15 1 2
J40P C5_ODATA0N READY 1 2

14 C2_EDATA1P J40P check J100P J100P

28 C5_ODATA0P
J40P 66 16
13 J40P

29 C5_ODATA1N R445 J100P J100P

1CP800
J40P

12 HDCLKN
J40P
DCLK 1 2 67 17
30 C5_ODATA1P
J40P check +3.3R J100P J100P +3.3R
11 HDCLKP J40P
2 1 C459
31 68 18
J40P
C5_EDATA0N
10 HDLTN J40P 1 2
R934 J100P J100P
R914 2 1
R457
32
J40P C5_EDATA0P CEDATA0 1CP455 R444 1 2 69 19 1 2 1CP473 CEDATA1
9 HDLTP J40P

33 C5_EDATA1N check 1 2
R933 J100P J100P check

CEDATA2 1CP454 C502 R443 C503


J40P

8 J40P 2 1 1 2 70 20 1 2
34 C5_EDATA1P
J40P

7
check
1 2
R913 J100P J100P
R932 2 1
R432
1CP472 C449 R462 1CP453
J40P

C0_HENB 35 CEDATA3 2 1 1 2 71 21 1 2 CEDATA4


J40P

6 C1_HENB J40P check J100P J100P


R912 2 1
R456 check

36 C448 C447
J40P ADC_DRETX 2 1 72 22 1 2 1 2 1CP471 CEDATA5
5 C2_HENB
J40P

R631
D
37 1 2
ADC_DSETX 1 2
R931 J100P J100P
R911 2 1
R455 check

1CP452 R442 C501 1CP470


J40P

4 CEDATA6 73 23 1 2 CEDATA7
C0_SUBH J40P

38 R632 1 2 1 2

J40P
1 2
ADC_CLKX check 1 2
R930 J100P J100P check

3 R633 1CP451 C500 R441 C499


J40P

C1_SUBH 39 CEDATA8 2 1 74 24 1 2
J40P
1 2
ADC_CSX 1 2

2 C2_SUBH
J40P check
1 2
R910 J100P J100P
R929 2 1
R431
40
J40P CEDATA9 1CP469 2 1 C498 R461 1 2 75 25 1 2 1CP450 CEDATA10
1 J40P
check J100P J100P
R909 2 1
R454 check

C497 C446 1CP468


2

J40P
2 1 76 26 1 2
1 2 CEDATA11
1 2
R928 J100P J100P
R908 2 1
R453 check

CEDATA12 1CP449 R440 77 27 C445 1 2 1CP467 CEDATA13


1

1 2 1 2

check 1 2
R927 J100P J100P check

CEDATA14 1CP448 2 1 C496 R439 1 2 78 28 C495 1 2


check
1 2
R907 J100P J100P
R926 2 1
R430
CEDATA15 1CP466 2 1 C444 R460 1 2 79 29 1 2 1CP447 CEDATA16
check J100P J100P
R906 2 1
R452 check

2 1 C443 80 30 1 2
C442 1 2 1CP465 CEDATA17
C526
C505
C504

1 2
R925 J100P J100P
R905 2 1
R451 check

CEDATA18 1CP446 R438 1 2 81 31 1 2


C494 1 2 1CP464 CEDATA19
check 1 2
R924 J100P J100P check

CEDATA20 1CP445 2 1 C493 R437 1 2 82 32 C492 1 2


check
1 2
R904 J100P J100P
R923 2 1
R429
CEDATA21 1CP463 2 1 C491 R459 1 2 83 33 1 2 1CP444 CEDATA22
check J100P J100P
R903 2 1
R450 check

2 1 C490 84 34 1 2
C488 1 2 1CP462 CEDATA23
1 2
R922 J100P J100P
R902 2 1
R449 check

CEDATA24 1CP443 R436 1 2 85 35 1 2


C489 1 2 1CP461 CEDATA25
check 1 2
R921 J100P J100P check

CEDATA26 1CP442 2 1 C422 R435 1 2 86 36 C423 1 2


check
1 2
R901 J100P J100P
R920 2 1
R428
CEDATA27 1CP460 2 1 C421 R458 1 2 87 37 1 2 1CP441 CEDATA28
check

C420
J100P J100P
R900 2 1
R448 C419
check

2 1 88 38 1 2
1 2 1CP459 CEDATA29
1 2
R919 J100P J100P
R899 2 1
R447 check

CEDATA30 1CP440 R434 1 2 89 39 1 2


C418 1 2 1CP458 CEDATA31

C
check J100P J100P check

+3.3V 2 1 C418 C417 1 2


START 90 40 +3.3V
J100P J100P

R943 D401 R466


91 41 1 2 1 2
+5V J100P J100P 2 1
R918 R942 STANDBY
+3.3V 1 2 92 42 1 2

J100P J100P
Q402

2
+3.3V 93 43 +3.3V
2

C410 C411 J100P J100P 3


OFFCONTROLL
94 44

2
J100P J100P

1
1

J407 95 45

R941
J100P J100P

96 46

1
J40P

40 R917 J100P J100P

J40P

DSOUT2 WAKE 1 2 97 47
39 Q401

2
J100P J100P
J40P

38 DSOUT1 R916 98 48 R940 R465


R576 To SH3 NMI 1 2 1 2
3
J40P
1 2
DLDX J100P J100P
1 2
CRALARMB
R915 R939

2
37 R575 C619 99 49
J40P
1 2 1 2
From TXLVDSASIC

1
1 2

36 DADTX J100P J100P

J40P R574 100 50


ADTRGX

1
1 2
35
J40P R573 J100P J100P

1 2
DACLKX
J40P
34
33 +3.3V
J40P

XCRENCA RESETC
J40P
32
XCRENCB
31 +3.3V
R572

2
Q429
J40P

30
1 2
HEADEEPCSX
J40P R571 Q428
1 2
HEADEEPWDX

DA401
29

1
J40P

28 HEADEEPRDX
J40P R570 3
27
1 2
HEADEEPCLKX

2
R463
J40P

2
26 1 2 3
J40P
SWDETECT
25 XJOINTSNS

2
J40P

BAIAS

1
24 R569

R464
3

2
C415
J40P
1 2
PLED
J40P
23

1
PSNS

DA401
22

1
J40P

XDCDC_OVP
J40P
21 R578 1 2
20 PLEDONX
J40P

1
J40P
19
18
J40P R567
17
1 2
H5VENBX
J40P R566 1 2
VHENBX
J40P
16
15
J40P R565
14
1 2
OUTENBB
J40P
+5V

J40P
13
2

12
2

C412 C413
J40P

J40P
11
1

1
1

J40P
10
9 +24V
J40P

J40P
8
7
J40P

6
C427
C454
C455
C717
C456
C457
C458
C468
C469
C470
C471
C472

J40P

5
2

J40P

4
C414 C403
J40P

A
1

J40P
3

J40P
2
1

5-129
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (8/13)

+24V
+5V

2
FB

FB
NF412
NF411
1

1
FU402
1 2
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V

1
D417

D418
2

2
CTMOUTAN
C550

1
R716

2
IC416
2 1

1
C

1
2
1 16

R746
R747
R748
R750
R752
MB E

R741
R714

R737
+3.3R

DA414

DA414

DA414

DA414

DA415

2
2 15 CTMOUTA

2
2 1
T MA

2
5

3
3 VMM1 VMM2
14

2
C726 C551 4 13 C545 AUDSYNC

1
GND1 GND4

R713

R715
R789

1
TCK

1
5 GND2 GND3
12
2
6 11 E

2
VCC VR TMS
ASFM_1A 7 I1 C
10
TRST
8 PH I0
9
ASFMA

C552
1
TDI

C546
1
+3.3R

2
TDO

2
AUDCK
1
R788
2

3
ASFM_0A

1
+5V
+24V +3.3V

R754
C

2
2
2

1
DA413

DA413

DA413

DA413

DA415
FB

R745
FB

NF414
NF413

2
FU403

1
R1018
1

1 2
2 1
ASEMD0

1
D

D419

D420
2

2
CTMOUTBN
C553

2
R720
IC418
2 1 +24V

0,-
1
1 MB E
16
R718 +24V
2 1 2 15 CTMOUTB
T MA

3 14

2
VMM1 VMM2
C547
2

C554

2
C727 4 13

1
GND1 GND4

FU404
1

R717

R719
5 12

1
GND2 GND3

6 11

1
VCC VR J412

1
+3.3V

D412
7 I1 C
10

1CP896

2
ASFMB 8 9 A1
PH I0
1

check WJ28P

C548
XMISTPWM_R 1CP897 A2

1
2

check WJ28P

CTMOUTA 1CP898 A3

2
C555

check WJ28P

CTMOUTB 1CP899 A4

1
check WJ28P

CTMOUTBN 1CP900 A5
C

R682

R683
check WJ28P

2
CTMOUTAN 1CP901 A6
check WJ28P

1CP902 A7
check WJ28P

1CP903 A8 To "Parge Uinit"


check WJ28P

1CP904 A9
check WJ28P

PGAO
1CP905 A10
check WJ28P

PGANO
1CP906 A11
check WJ28P

PGBO
1CP907 A12
check WJ28P

PGBNO
1CP908 A13
check WJ28P

A14
WJ28P

IC415

1 E1
R711
PGA 2 1 2 B1

3 C1
R710
PGAX 2 1 4 B2

5 C2
R709
PGB 2 1 6 B3

7 C3
R708
PGBX 2 1 8 B4

9 C4

10 E2

5-130
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (9/13)

+24R +24R

1
R996

R995

R994

2
C549
C732

1
R689

1
2

2
2 1
J409

D405

D407

D409
2

2
R687
Q406 1

2
2 1

3 J4P

1
Q405 R685

2
+5V 2 1 2
3

1
R688
J4P

+3.3R

1
Q404

2
3

2
3

1
R686
J4P

0,-

1
R790
IC417

2
4

1
R684
1

R705

R706

R707
1

1
J4P

0,-
2
1 VDD

1
C487
CRM_START

2
2 UA

2
CRM_PWM_OUTX

2
3 OUTA
R963

D406

D408

D410
CRM_DIR

2
4 LA

C714

C715

C716
2 1

CRM_BREAK

1
0,-
5 GND

1
R962

2
6 LB
E

C689
1
IC412 7 OUTB

2
8 UB
1 RF GND 30
9 UC
2 WH REVSEL 29 R965
2 1 10 OUTC
3 WL BR 28
0,-
11 LC

1
R964

2
4 VH HP 27

C690
12 GND2
5 VL F/R 26

1
+5V

2
6 UH PWMIN 25

R960
7 UL S/S 24

1 8 VCC1 CSD 23 R967


R625 2 1
2

9 IN1+ VCTL 22 1 2
0,-
0,-

1
R966

2
10 IN1- PWM 21

C691
11 IN2+ TOC 20

1
1
R957

2
12 IN2- 12REG 19

13 IN3+ VCC3 18
2

14 IN3- LVS 17

1
R665
R649
15 VREG VCC2 16

C686

C687
2

2
D

2
IC435
1

1
+5V

C688
2
OUTENBB 18 Y1 A1
2
OUTENB

1
17 3 R621
CRHALL Y2 A2
1 2
CRHALLX
+24V
YMEDIA_CTS 16 Y3 A3 4 YMEDIA_CTSX
YMEDIA_RXD 15 A4
5 YMEDIA_RXDX
Y4

14 6 R1010
2

HEADEEPDOUT Y5 A5 1 2
HEADEEPRDX
+5V 13 7 R622
ADC_DRET A6
1 2
ADC_DRETX
R958
R959
R961

Y6
1

TANKEEPRD 12 Y7 A7 8 TANKEEPRDX
J412
SYSEEPRD 11 Y8 A8 9 SYSEEPRDX
B14 1CP909
WJ28P check

+3.3R G1 G2

C483

C484

C485
XKYUINPWM_R

2
B13 1CP910

19
WJ28P check

1
B12 1CP911 Q417
WJ28P check
2

B11 1CP912
3
WJ28P check
Q424 2 1 +3.3V
B10 1CP913
1

WJ28P check
3

B9 1CP914 IC435
CRHALLX

C
WJ28P check

1CP915 C509

1
B8 20
WJ28P check KYUINPWM_R VCC

10
1CP916
GND

2
B7
WJ28P check

B6 1CP917
WJ28P check
+3.3V
+3.3R
B5 1CP918
WJ28P check
XPGHP

2
1CP919 IC434

R629
B4
WJ28P check

244
B3 1CP920

1
WJ28P check

11 9
1CP921

2
B2 LICC2_LD A4 Y4

R778

R781
XASFHP DLDX
WJ28P check

LICC2_DT 13 A3 Y3 7
B1 1CP922 DADTX

1
WJ28P check
LICC2_CLK 15 A2 Y2 5
+5V
DACLKX
ADTRG 17 A1 Y1 3
ADTRGX
ADTRG_DUMMY G

2
R630
IC433

19
20 C525
1

1
VCC
+3.3R
GND 10 IC413
2

S04

H5VENB 2 4
2
R775

IC433
+5V
+5V
B
1

IC434
IC443 +3.3V
244
IC432 +5V
DA1LD 2 18
4
14

13

12

10
11

A1 Y1
9

9 HEADEEPCS 2 A4 Y4 18 HEADEEPCSX
3 17
VSS
VCC

VDD

A06

A05

A04

A03

DA1CLK A2 Y2 IC413
8 PLED
2

EEPCLK 4 A3 Y3 16 HEADEEPCLKX
DA1DATA 4 A3 16 C685 S04
Y3 10 C522

1
5
VCC
EEPWD 6 A2 Y2 14 HEADEEPWDX IC434
1

5 15
2

A4
R626

Y4
R956
11

GND 3

2
8 A1 Y1 12 244
6 14 C523
GND

1
CLK

A01

A02

A5 Y5 20
DO

LD

DI

NC1 1 VCC
1

7 13 G
1

A6

2
Y6 10

2
GND

8 12

R884

1
A7 Y7

9 11

1
A8 Y8

G2 G1
YMEDIA_TXD
+5V
1
19

YMEDIA_RTS
2

R955
YMEDIA_TXDX IC443
OUTENB
1

YMEDIA_RTSX
4

CRM_PWM
13
OUTENBA
CRM_PWM_OUT 14
R1000 12

A
1 2
11

R999
1 2
CRM_PWM_OUTX
2

2
R997

R998
1

5-131
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (10/13)

+3.3V +5V
+3.3V +5V
F

+3.3R
+3.3R IC439

C704

C702
2

2
C705

C703
2

2
IC440

1
1

1
1 AGND OUTB
20
1 20

2
R785
AGND OUTB

2
2 19

R786
OUTA RFBB
2 OUTA RFBB
19
3 RFBA REFB
18

1
3 18
RFBA REFB

1
4 REFA VDD
17
4 REFA VDD
17
5 16
5 16
DGND WR LF_SUBWEN
DGND WR LF_MAINWEN
6 DACA CS
15
LF_MAINANB 6 DACA CS
15
LFDATA7 7 14 LFDATA0
DB7 DB0
LFDATA7 7 14 LFDATA0
DB7 DB0
LFDATA6 8 13 LFDATA1
DB6 DB1
LFDATA6 8 13 LFDATA1
2

DB6 DB1
R666

LFDATA5 9 12 LFDATA2
DB5 DB2
LFDATA5 9 12 LFDATA2
DB5 DB2
LFDATA4 10 11 LFDATA3
DB4 DB3
1

LFDATA4 10 11 LFDATA3
DB4 DB3

LFDATA[7:0] C535
C531 1 2
1 2
+5V
R678
+5V 1 2

R675
1 2
IC438 +5V
IC438 +5V +5V

4
IC436 IC436
+5V 9 R672

11
2 R668 8 9

4
1 2

Q410

11
1 2 10 8

2
1 2

Q409
12 R991 0,-
3 1 10 3

2
1 2
10 R989 14

11
3 1 2 3

1
8 13

11

11
9

4
11
IC441

4
IC441

2
+5V

R988
+5V C534
D

2
R987
C532 1 2

1
1 2
R677

1
+5V 1 2
R676
+5V 1 2

IC438 +5V
C614 IC438 C529 +5V IC427

CP8741
C533 +5V

4
IC427 1 2 IC436 C707 IC436

check
1 2 +5V 6 R671
4

4
1 2
1 2 J415

11
13 R667 LFSUBDA CP822 7 6
4

1 2
J415 3
Q413

1
11
CP819 14 13 1 5 7

CP875
LFMAINDA

2
1 2

5 1 3 R992
R970 Q408 check

1CP965

check

2
1 12 14 5 3 1

2
1 2

R469
7 5 2 1

11
1CP962
check check J6P

12 3 4
2

1 2

1CP966
R470

1
6
11

11
check J6P 2 2
1CP963
8

4
1
check J6P
6
11

5 IC441 CP876
1 1CP967 3
1

check J6P

4
IC441 CP873 +5V
1CP964
check check J6P

1 6 +5V

2
R990
+5V check check J6P

+5V

2
R986

1
1
R673
R669 1 2

1 2

2
R674
C
2
R670

1
1

+3.3R
2

19

1
R773
R784
R782
R774
R783
1

G2 G1

INKSEL0 A8 Y8 INKSEL0X
9 11
INKSEL1 8 A7 Y7
12 INKSEL1X J414
+5V
INKSEL2 A6 Y6 INKSEL2X
7 13
R726 1CP942 1
COVER_SOL 6 A5 Y5
14
1 2

check J20P

R725 1CP943 2
MISTPWM A4 Y4
1 2

5 15
IC420 R724
check J20P

SUBLFCL A3 Y3 1 2 1CP944 3
4 16 check J20P

20 R723 1CP945 4
B
C713

PINCHCL
2

1 2
VCC A2 Y2
3 17 check J20P

GND 10 R722 1CP946 5


ATUKAICL 2
A1 Y1
18
1 2
1

check J20P

1CP947 6
+3.3R

check J20P

XROLLCVR 1CP948 7
IC420 check J20P

1CP949 8
check J20P

XLFENCB 1CP950 9
check J20P

1CP951
2

XLFENCA 10
check J20P

1CP952
19

XSUBLFHP 11
1
R1001
R1002
R1003
R1004
R1005
R1006
R1007
R1008
1

check J20P

G2 G1 1CP953 12
check J20P

R698 1CP954 13
+5V LFMAINA 9 A8 Y8
11
1 2

check J20P

R697 1CP955 14
LFMAINB A7 Y7
1 2

8 12 check J20P

R696 1CP956 15
LFMAINAN 7 A6 Y6
13
1 2

check J20P

IC419 R695 1CP957 16


LFMAINBN A5 Y5
1 2

6 14 check J20P

R694 1CP958 17
LFSUBA 5 A4 Y4
15
1 2

20
C540
2

check J20P

VCC R693 1CP959 18


LFSUBB A3 Y3
1 2

GND 10 4 16 check J20P

R692 1CP960
1

LFSUBAN A2 Y2
1 2 19
3 17 check J20P

R691 1 2 1CP961 20
LFSUBBN 2
A1 Y1
18 check J20P

A
IC419
2

2
1

1
C694
C695
C696
C697
C698
C699
C700
C701

C708
C709
C710

C712
C711

5-132
Part 5: Maintenance W7200 / W7250

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine Controller (11/13)

+3.3V

+3.3V

1
INKSEL0X

2
INKSEL1X ZDA402 ZDA401

R416
R414
R412
R410
R408
R406
2

2
+3.3V INKSEL2X

DA409

DA409

DA409

DA409

DA412
DA411
J401 INK_ONX 3 2 3 2

3
4 4
1
R405 +5V
2 1
DIPSW0
J8P
R407 5 1 5 1
2 2 1
DIPSW1
J8P

3
R409 2 1
DIPSW2

1
J8P
R411 IC442

R981
4 2 1
DIPSW3
J8P
+5V J410
5
R413
DIPSW4

2
2 1
+5V
R415 BK_SENSE
1CP889
J8P
J18P

C706 X0 13
6 2 1
DIPSW5 check 18
J8P

14 C_SENSE 1CP890
IC443
J18P

7 1 2 X1
17
11 check
A M_SENSE

1
1CP891

3
J8P
J18P
15

4
8 X2
16

R969
10 B
check

2 R983 Y_SENSE 1CP892

1
J8P

12 J18P

2
Q423 X3
15

DA410

DA410

DA410

DA412
1 3 9

DA411

2
check
C
LC_SENSE
1CP893
DA410 2 1 J18P

C607

C606

C609

C605

C563

C562
X4 1
C 3

C
14

1
6 check

2
INHIBIT
5 LM_SENSE 1CP894 J18P
1

1
X5

11
3 13

1
check
X
CP840 1CP895
2 1
E
J18P
X6

R968
check check 12
X7 4 1 CP841

2
check

1
R982

2
2
+5V

R1015
R1016
+5V

1
IC443
+5V

4
IC442 6
+3.3V
7 INKSNS
IC429 16
C482 VDD 5

1
20

2
VCC
VEE
7 C544

11
GND 10

1
VSS 8
2

2
R1014

R1009
R881
1

IC429

ADC_DSET 2 A1 Y1
18 ADC_DSETX

ADC_CLK

ADC_CS
3

4
A2

A3
Y2

Y3
17

16
ADC_CLKX

ADC_CSX
D
PLEDON 5 A4 Y4
15 PLEDONX

INK_ON 6 A5 Y5
14 INK_ONX
+3.3V
MIST_L 7 A6 Y6
13

VHENB 8 A7 Y7
12 VHENBX IC444
+5V
H5VENB 9 A8 Y8 11 H5VENBX C616 C718

You might also like